In t roductio n t o Energ y Point s of Yoga an d Ayurv ed a

1

Point s of an d

The use of pressur e points for massag e and acupunctur e has become a popular topic in natural healing today. In Ayurveda , the traditiona l medi • cine of India, these pressur e points are called marmas, meanin g or zones . Such points can be used specificall y for the diagnosi s and treatmen t of disease or generall y for promotin g health and longevity. Marmas are integra l to all Ayurvedi c therapi es from simple self-treatment s to comple x clinical procedures . They form one of the main pillars of Ayurvedic though t and Marma s are also an importan t aspect of the science of Yoga, with whic h Ayurveda is closely connected . Yoga not only has a sophisticate d system of physical postures , it also recognize s the power of Prana or the life-force , which is reflecte d through the points on the surface of the body. An understanding of marma s can add greater efficacy to any level or type of yoga practice whethe r using the body, the breath or the mind . Just as acupunctur e points are used in both Chines e medicin e and in Chinese martial arts, marma points are also used in the martial arts of India, like the Kalari traditio n of South India. Martial arts emphasiz e how to strike these vulnerabl e points with force and precisio n in order to counter attackers . The existenc e of such vital regions demonstrate s tha t the body is not simply a physica l mass but an intricat e energy field wit h points of power through which we can control both physiologica l and psy • chological processes . Marma s are part of a greater that maps out the bod y according to subtle energy current s and power points. The body has its own special sacred points just as the Earth has its sacred sites and energ y currents accordin g to sacred geography . We must learn this sacred geogra • phy of our own body in order to attune ourselve s both to the Earth and to

the greater cosmos .

4

Introduction to

Withou t knowin g these lines of force on our own bodies we canno t really understan d ourselve s or our interactio n with our environment , no r can we create lasting balanc e and harmon y in our lives. Yet thoug h marmas are a key componen t to India's traditiona l sciences , not man y people in the West know about them, includin g many who have studie d Yoga or even Ayurveda . A study of marma s adds a new dimensio n of in• sight to both systems , helping us tap into the current s of vitality and cre • ativity within and aroun d As a first step to understandin g marmas , let us examin e how they fit into the greater schem e of Yoga, Ayurved a and other Vedic sciences . Ayurvedi c Medicin e an d Therapy

Ayurved a is India's traditiona l healing system , its profoun d system of mind-body medicine , natural living and yogic health. Ayurveda , whic h means science of has becom e recognize d today for its wonderfu l dietary, herbal, life-styl e and yogic therapie s that help us live longer , hap• pier, wise r and more in harmon y with the greater univers e of life and con • sciousness. Ayurved a was the dominan t medica l paradig m in the India n subcontinent until moder n times and is still widely practice d throughou t the region as a complet e medica l system . Its roots go back deep both in time and in Ayurved a is part of the older spiritua l heritag e of humanit y tha t contain s much secret knowledg e and profoun d wisdom . It interface s closel y with the spiritua l science of Yoga, and develope d par• allel to it bot h historicall y and in terms of its prime concepts . The science of marma or Marma is anothe r extraordinar y and dynami c Ayurvedi c therapy that has tremendou s value in health, disease , everyday living and in spiritua l practic e . Marm a therapy or Marma Chikitsa is an importan t method of Ayurvedi c treatmen t for the entir e spectrum of health complaint s major and minor. Many differen t marm a regions are describe d in Ayurvedi c texts along with their specifi c effects on both body and mind. Marma s range in size from very small to very large , from special points along the hands and feet to significan t region s on the trunk of the body like the heart or the navel. When manipulated , marma s can alter both the organi c functio n and structura l conditio n of the body . Through the right use of marma s our entire physica l and mental energ y can be consciousl y increased , decrease d or redirecte d in a transformativ e manner. Marma s resembl e the acupunctur e points of Traditiona l Chines e Medicine but extend to larger areas of the body. They include vital organ s like the heart and bladde r as well as bones and joints and points along the

Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda

5

surface of the body. Marmas are centers for the vital-force or Prana, the master power behind both physical and psychologica l processes. Marma s serve like pranic switches that can be used to turn Prana up or down, on or off at various places on the body. Through manipulation of marmas, Prana can be directed to remove blockages, improve energy flow or tap hidden energy reserves and make connections with the greater powers of life and nature. This makes therapy an important tool of or The condition of marmas is an important diagnostic tool in Ayurveda. At marma sites stress and negative emotions get lodged and are held, sometimes for years. Disease is reflected in pain, blockage or swell• ing in these areas even before it may manifest outwardly in the full range of disease symptoms. Ayurvedic doctors palpate marmas as an integral part of patien t examination and gain much information from them. Relieving pain, blockag e or swelling at marma sites is an important therapeutic aid and one of the first stage s of man y Ayurvedi c Marmas are key locations for Ayurvedic bodywork and massage. The Ayurvedic massage therapist will focus on marma regions that are in need of stimulation or of release and use the appropriate methods to adjust their energy flow. Ayurveda treats marmas with pressure, heat, needles, massage oils, herbs or aromatic providing many tools for working with our interna l energies through them . Marmas are a common topic in the three great Ayurveda classics of and which provide a wealth of informatio n on their location, function and application. Marma therapy can be used along with all Ayurvedic therapies from detoxificatio n to tonification and rejuvenation, from self-care to intricate clinical procedures like Panch a Karma. M a r ma s a n d t h e S y s t e m o f Y o g a Marmas are key energy centers for the practice of yoga on all levels from yoga postures (Asanas) to deep meditation Yoga postures af• fect the energ y held in the limbs, joints and spine, which all contain impor• tant marmas . Asana s can be used to stimulate and balance marmas in various Similarly, certain marmas can be manipulated while a person is performing variou s asana s in order to augmen t thei r Marmas connect to the (subtle nerves) and (energy cen• ters) of the subtle body and the mind. They govern the interface between the physical and subtle (pranic) bodies and the interchange of energy and information betwee n them. This means that marmas are important for

The science of marm a . Through using marmas we can restore the proper connection between the subtle body (our inter• nal energy. Thi s means that the mapping of the energy fields in the hu• man body reflects that of the universe as a whole. is a collection of mantras. meditators can learn to energize or clea r points . a good Yoga teacher should possess a good knowledge of marmas and how they relate to various Yoga A serious Yoga student shoul d not overloo k the locatio n or functio n of marma s in devel • oping an effectiv e M a r m a s a n d V e d i c S c i e n ce s The science of marma is an integral part of all the or sciences that emerged in India in ancient The Rig Veda. resulting in increased health and vitality on both levels . withou t requirin g any externa l Therefore. mantra and meditation. adaptabil• ity and immunity.6 Introduction to healing the subtle body as well as the physical body. Marmas are key places where stress and attachmen t accumulate . Special mantras can be used with particula r marmas in order to increase physical or psychologica l strength. Marmas similarly have a place in higher Yoga practices of concentra • tion. which they can learn to modify through thought and will power Through developing mental concentration . moods and emotions) and the physical body (our material con• dition). Just as mantras are the seed-power s that underli e speech and language. The Vedic vision regards the entire universe or macrocosm as the cos• mic person or with the human body as a replica or miniature. a microcosm. improving thei r energy flow from within. blocking the free flow of energy and They can be treated throug h relaxation techniques and the yogic practice of (yogic internalizatio n method s and sensory therapies) to release such blockages . which are words of power or primal sounds that mirro r the workings of the universe on all levels. marmas can be used along with yogic breathing practices Through yogic breathing. the oldest Vedic text. Those who meditate regularly become sensitive to the condition of marmas and aware of the flow of energy through them. As the important bodily sites in which Prana is located. so marmas are the seed-sites that underlie the body and its movement . These Vedic essence of which is the Divine word the the sensitive energy points that govern the greater uni• verse and its processes. we can direc t Prana through different marmas for healing pur• poses.

marmas are referred to under the term an old synonym for marma as a bodily site that requires protection. In Siddha thought. Such blockages can be perceived as a kind of psychic energy. which is one of the four Upavedas or secondary Vedas. The Vedic rishi and sage is considered to be the founde r of the science of varma . As such. the entire universe originates from the union of Lord his wife or con• sciousness-force (Cit-Shakti).Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda 7 arose from this view that our or life energy field adheres to the same pattern as the world of nature . varma points are invisible but can be traced wher e body. Therefore. . a Tantric and South Indian form of Ayurveda. 3. bringing in an astrological link as well. mind and psychic energies concentrate together. Pranayama and other yogic methods. In the Siddha system. Marmas can also be used for enhancing mental and spiritual powers. Prana at rest is Shiva and in motion is Shakti. The use of marma or varma as a form of energ y treatmen t connects to both Shiva and Shakti forces . they are places where the vital energy in the body can become This can be due eithe r to external injuries or internal factors like fear or anger. T a n tr a a n d S i d d h a M e d i c in e Marmas are particularly important in the Siddha system of medicine. M a r ma . mantra. marmas can be controlle d by meditation. Shiva is closely connected to Prana. It reflects the music of nature and the points at which our body can receive the influences of the four It connects us to the cosmic rhythms through which our life reaches out to the universal life. Sthapatya arts for both body and mind dance and literatur e or directional influences and architectur e Yet the science of marma is an important part of all Vedic con• nected to all Vedic disciplines from dance to astrology. The Siddha syste m refers to marmas relative to the effects of the Moon and the planets on the human body. Originally marma was part of Vedic martial arts or Veda. According to the Siddha system. Four Upavedas or Secondary Veda s Dhanur 2.

Pranayama and nadi s mentioned the use of marmas as well. probably dating from this time. Mohenjodaro. cour• age and which rested on the knowledge and control of Prana and its key sites within the body. and the tissue s and organ s of the After this long formative era came the classical period of Ayurved a B CE. the Buddhist religion spread Ayurveda. which lasted up to modern in which many texts and practices were lost.7 0 0 AD ) in which the main Ayurvedic texts were compiled like Ashtanga and Ashtanga Sangraha. including the science of Yoga. which is now being viewed as one of the most importan t aspects of Ayurveda requiring a new critical examinatio n and application . After this classical period came a long decline in Ayurveda. This was the same period in which yogic texts describing asana. including much signifi• cant information about marmas. which is evident from the many seals of figures in Yoga and meditation postures found in such sites. which is one of the oldest and most sophisti• cated civilization s in the This begins with the ancient Sarasvati cultur e (3500-170 0 B C E ) . These classics contain references to marmas. as revealed in large archaeologica l sites like Harappa. . In the later part of this period. marma therapy and related martial arts east to China and Japan . Early Vedi c texts . describe major marma regions like the head. the heart and the navel.8 Introduction to Marmas H i s t o r i ca l B a c k g r o un d o f M a r m a s The science of marma can be traced along with the history of civilization and healing in ancient India. along with the various Pranas. M a r ma s a n d M a r t ia l A r t s The knowledge of marmas was part of the path of the warrior who learned to master his Prana for both defensive and offensive The ancien t Vedic warrior code emphasized the developmen t of personal energy. particularly Sushruta who was himself a surgeon. Only during the recent period since India's independenc e in 19 4 7 has a revival of Ayurveda brought about new research on topics like marma. the largest urban civilization of the world at that time. Rakhigarh i and most of which are located on the long dried-up Sarasvati River in Nort h The science of marma grew up along with other Vedic disciplines from this period. brough t about by foreign invasions and colonial rule.

Today these Vedic martial arts are best preserved in South India. Indo• nesia and Thailand. is said to have originated from the famous South Indian town of Kanchipuram . From this art of self-defense originated the Varma or Varma Marma or Varma therapy . The Mahabharata details a number of such encounters betwee n great warriors like and who could only be defeated if their marma point s were exposed . which was devised to protect these vital points from injury. where the monks no longer had the protection of the kings that they generally had in India .Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda 9 Marmas were associated with the use of armor for the body. Exper t physician s in this therap y were highly regarde d and often becam e royal The spiritual traditions of India have always emphasized the principle of non-harming or non-violence as the basis of spiritual prac• tices. Monk s were not allowed to use weapons for self-defense. dating from the second century B C E . who traditionally brought both Zen meditatio n and martial arts to China in the sixth century. called in Sanskrit. which has much in common with acupuncture. This tradition continued as the use of mantras for protective purposes . in which the knowledge of marmas is central. showing a spiritual view behind the use of marmas from the very beginning. from Ayurveda and Siddha Medicine. The great epic Mahabharata. so martial arts were taugh t to them for unarmed self-protection . At that time great warriors could use their powers of Prana and mental force (mantra) as fighting tools. contains many references to marma and It mentions pro• tective coverings for the marmas of elephants and horses as well of sol• diers. a famous center of learning for yogic disciplines and one of the seven sacred cities of the subcontinent . wher e traditional martial arts like at and Payirchi Tamil Nadu) are still commonly practiced. explains unarmed self-defense as one of the nineteen monastic arts. energizing arrows with natural forces like fire or lightning. Such martial arts gained prominence when Buddhism spread beyond the boundaries of India into China. in which the of Sri Krishna occurs. It is possible that Traditional Chinese Medicine adapted aspects of marma therapy. The highest form of martial arts is called Marma Adi or Varma Adi. . The Buddhist text a dialogue betwee n King Milinda and the monk Nagasena . The first references to marma in the Rig-Veda speak of using varma or protectiv e coverings to protect these It refers to prayer or man• tra (Brahman) as the best protection (varma) for these marmas.

These p in s are c lle d ot a R c t fin s of an a c n t c y in the Gulf of e en d n ie it (India Today. . A c rd g to r c n t a h e lo y . Varma Kundoci. Note b o s like Gods. Varma Ponosi.6 3 and Dronaparva 15. i spe 32. Sages and Kings (F le ) and In Search of the Cradle of Civilization ok raw y and F w ra ley) . 2 002 ) may go b c k w l l b fo e a e er 5 00 0 BCE . cim t e c o in ee rc a o g a sa iv rie w e lo ic h ge l a c a g s and the s iftin g of its h a w te hne h e d a rs . In the T m l la g a e m n y m u rip s are ava l e on th s s ce t art like a i nug a an sc t ilab i er Peerangi. marma s and similar energy practice s have always been with us in one form or anothe r and are an integra l part of the new world They are experiencin g a great revival again toda y in this age of new interes t in natural healing and traditiona l spirituality .1 0 Introduction to Marmas Yet whateve r the history may be. ei u r u ld a a n i re e Note the in th s re ct . Thiravugole. a u p a a e a et For example . fin h g the riv r as a p re n l s a m a u d is in e e n ia tre ro n B E. C V d c c ltu e m s t be o e r th n th t to k o w of th s g a t riv r . the S ra v t i R e r d d up o in g to g o g a l c an s . Feb. and Varma T hes e m nu rip s d sc e in d ta l a sc t e rib e i v rio s ty e s of m rm s and th i r tre tm n .

The goal of human life is to realize this higher Self in which we can go beyond all suffering and pain. and or the principle and the principle of From the union of Purusha and Prakriti arises the entire universe on all levels from inanimate matter to living beings of all types . Just as our consciousnes s or eternal nature is one with the higher Self. The Samkhya system sets forth the of Yoga and Ayurveda. The following chapter is a brief account of the Ayurvedic view of the body and the energies at work behind it. on . we could say that. Samkhya recognizes two ulti• mate universal principles of spirit and matter. Purusha is the or Se l f that is the ultimate source of life. awareness and feeling. our body and mind or temporal manifestation follows the laws of Nature or Prakriti. Relative to marmas as energy zones on the body. gaining release from karma and the cycle of birth and Connecting with the higher Self is the ultimate goal of Ayurvedi c healing as well as that of Yoga practice . In order to realize our higher Self and spiritual freedom we mus t first harmonize our embodiment This means that balance and well-bein g in both body and mind are integral aspects of spiritual development and the foundation for deeper We cannot ignore the body to find the spirit. Prakriti is Nature or the principle of manifestation in time and whose laws and processes underlie the body and mind and their interac • tions.CHAPTER 2 Ayurvedi c Syste m of an d Mar m a To properly approach marma therapy. out of which their principles and prac• tices evolved and whic h explains their goals. particularl y relative to the use of The reader can consult additional books on Ayurved a for mor e detail s on this grea t syste m of natura l Ayurveda like Yoga rests upon the ancient system of cosmol• ogy for its theoretical background. Rather the body is our vehicle for realizing the spirit . we must understand its background in Ayurvedic medicine.

Prakriti or Nature. water. whose nature is extremely Fo r this reason . which proceeds from matter (tamas) to life (rajas) and mind Only from the level of pure sattva (the clarity of the higher mind) can we have an enduring acces s to the Purusha or higher Self. ELEMEN T Ethe r Air Fire Wate r Earth GUN A Sattva Rajas Sattva Sattva Tamas DOSH A Vata Vata Pitta Kapha/Pitt a Kaph a Rajas Tamas . The doshas are the underly• ing energetic force s behind the workings of both body and mind. where consciousnes s and Prana are reflecte d in our psycho-physica l structure and dynamic Marmas help us harmonize our Prakriti practical manifestation ) and our Purusha (our quest for Th e Three Guna s and the Five Element s The Purusha is a homogenous entity composed of pure consciousnes s that serves as the seer and witness behind the processes of nature. The gunas are the primordial forces behind cosmic evolution. They represent the five elements imbued with the life-force (Prana). radiant. The elements show that the entire universe consists of differen t frequencies or vibrations of the same underlying stance (Prakriti). just as water can be found in solid. liquid. liquid and gaseous forms. air and solid. however. From the combination of the three gunas arises the five great element s (Pancha Mahabhutas) of earth. From these five great elements the three biological humors or main factors of Ayurvedic thought. gaseou s and etheric forms of are central to both yogic and Ayurvedi c thought. fire. is a heterogeneou s substance with diverse actions. both Yoga and Ayurveda emphasize the cultivation of sattva Marmas can be used to balance our Prana or vital energy and increase sattva .1 2 Introduction to Marmas the highest level. which func• tion through its presence. Each dosha consists of two of the five great elements as well as a portion of the three gunas . marmas are places in the body where Purusha and interface. It is composed of the three gunas or prime qualities sattva (balance and intelligence) rajas (action and energy) and (inerti a or materiality) and their ever-changin g permutations and interactions .

The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1 3 In this the subtle element s of air and ether (Vata dosha) control the gros s element s of earth. It is the prime force that govern s the transportation of the discharg e of and the elimina • . we can compar e them to the thre e main forces at work in the atmo • Vata as wind. water and fire (Kapha and Pitta Most marmas are locate d near joints and orifices that contain space and hold air or energy. They are responsibl e for all weathe r change s and the externa l cli • mate as they fluctuat e throughou t the Similarly . Pitta as hea t (particularl y the force of the and Kapha as moistur e (both on Eart h and in the atmo• Wind. • Vata is responsibl e for all major and minor. which are its condition s of rest (ether) and movement (air) . Health consist s of the timely developmen t and harmoniou s inter• action of the three doshas. excesse s and inappropriat e Vat a Dosh a The Principle of Movement or Propulsion • Vata means which moves or convey s It is compose d of the ether and air elements . Disease is caused by their imbalances . Th e T h r e e Dosh a s The three doshas or biologica l humors are the prime factors be • hind both health and To understand them more easily. the three doshas rule over our interna l climate or interna l atmosphere by their ever changin g interaction s of movemen t heat (Pitta) and moistur e (Kapha ) through the rhythm s of time and the aging process. Marma s are importan t centers that govern the air and ether element s in the body and therefor e can be used to contro l Kapha the element s in the body as a whole. perceptibl e and impercep • tible movement s in the body. hea t (tempera • ture) and moistur e in their interactio n create all the weathe r pattern s on Earth.

tion of waste-materials . . Its main physica l disorder s are tissue depletion .

chronic and degenerative diseases . speech. which governs our entire functioning. will and effort. Emo • tionally. creativity and rejuvena• tion. mental agitation and nervous system disorders . It causes and instability when imbalanced when in excess . healing. which relates to deep-seated. Udana has a special correspondenc e with the • Vyana Vayu is responsible for the outward movement of energy as in the extension of the limbs or the arterial flow of the blood. • Vata governs the mind and the senses. the five Vayus or airs. which function through its bioelectrical force. adaptability and good communicatio n skills to the mind. Marma therapy is an important way of working on Prana. weight loss. It is the master force behind all our states and conditions of body and mind . which therefore is the most important of the humors in the development and treatment of disease. Vata's main disturbances are fear and anxiety. dehydration and disturbances to the mind and nervous system . Its main region in the body is in the region of the head and it is connected to the marmas located Prana Vata also has a special correspondenc e to the nerves . hormonal secretions. water. Its main region in the body is the chest.Introduction to Marmas debility. Udana. arms and hands and it is connected to the marmas located there. ensuring their quick and balanced function. more specifically. Prana in turn is connected to Vata dosha or the biologica l air-humor. They are also important for the practice of Yoga and for the interface of Yoga and Ayurveda . These are called the five Pranas. the prime vital energy behind all that we do. air and impressions. This makes marmas particu• larly important in dealing with Vata. • Vata's main site in the digestive system is the large intestine where it accumulates in the form of waste From there it gets transported by the circulatory system to weak sites in the body where it causes various Vata diseases like arthritis. including food. insomnia. Its main region in the body is the neck and it is connected to the marmas located there. Prana is responsible for our organic equi • librium. and Apana. Vyana. Depending on its site and function. • Udana Vayu is responsible for the upward movement of energy as in exhalation. • Vata's subtle or master form is Prana or the life-force. five Vatas or. • Prana Vayu is responsible for the intake of nutrients that provide fuel for the body and mind. growth. It gives agility. Vata is divided into five types or Prana. Vyana has a special correspondenc e with the .

Its main region in the body is the navel and digestiv e organs and it is connecte d to the marma s lo• cated there. Pitt a Dosh a The Principle of Digestion or Thermogenesis • Pitta means which cooks or digests things'. Therapeuti c touch occurs mainly through Vyana. inflammatio n and bleeding . 2 .The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1 5 ligaments . Samana has a special correspondenc e with fat tissue . it is the main form of Vata for the treatmen t of disease in general. legs and feet and it is connecte d to the marmas located As it govern s Vata's site of accumulatio n in the large intestine . It is compose d of the fire and water element s (with the oily aspect of liquids providin g for its fuel in the • Pitta is responsibl e for the conversio n of food into heat. which is toxic emotiona l heat or fire . radianc e and insight. • Vayu is responsibl e for the inward movemen t of energy as in the contraction of the limbs and the venous flow of the blood. From there it gets transporte d by the circu• latory system to weak sites in the body and causes various Pitta disease s like ulcers. marma s are most connecte d to Vyan a Vayu. • Pitta's main site in the body is the small where it accumulate s in the form of acid and heat. Emo • tionally. Its main physica l disorders are fever . infection s and inflammatio n of differen t types. courage and the ability to fight disease and resist cold . which govern s the skin. • At the mental level. It facilitate s the breakin g down and digestio n of food. Vyana also distribute s the effects of herbs and oils through marma s to the rest of the body. • Pitta's subtle or master form is called Tejas which provide s positiv e warmth. Apana has a special correspondenc e with the bones . urine or menstrua l fluid. • Of the five forms of Vata Dosha. Vayu is responsibl e for the downwar d movemen t as in the dis• charge of the feces. judgmen t and determination and gives clarity and discriminatio n to the mind. Tejas gives sexual vitality . Pitta is responsibl e for perception . circulatio n and the movemen t of Prana or vital energy. infection . Its main region of the body is the lower abdomen . which dis• tributes Prana throughou t the body and can direct Prana as a healing forc e outside the body as well. Pitta creates drive and passion and its main disturbanc e is an• ger. particularl y blood . to that of the body as a whole. tissues and It govern s digestio n and metabolis m from the cellular level to the tissu e level.

This means that Bhrajaka Pitta is usually the most important form of Pitta rela• tive to marm a therapy. • Sadhaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of nerve impulses by the brain. Marmas have a special connection to Bhrajaka Pitta which governs the skin and joints where most marmas are located. nu• trition. • Kapha is responsible for the formation of new tissue. love and . • Psychologically . Marmas on the extremities and in the chest relate to Bhrajaka Pitta . 3 . wind. • Ranjaka Pitta is responsible for the coloring of the blood. Marmas on the skull and brain generally relate to Sadhaka Pitta . for hydration. Marmas in the region of the liver relate to Ranjaka Pitta . lubrication and protection of the body against heat. particularly fat or adipose tissue . the urine and the feces and works mainly through the liver. wear and tear. directly impact• ing Pitta dosha. The body as a whole is composed mainly of Kapha and Kapha's main physical disorders are accumulation s of mucus. water or excess tissu e development . • Bhrajaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of sunlight and warmt h through the skin. Marmas on the face and near the eyes relate to Alochaka Pitta . which are its states of motion (water) and rest (earth). • Pachaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of food through the diges• tive tract (particularly the small Marmas in the navel area relate to Pachak a Pitta. As it governs Pitta's site of accumulation in the small it is the main form of Pitta for the treatment of disease in general . K a ph a D o sh a The of Cohesion govern specific forms of diges• Coherence or • Kapha means which holds things It is composed of wa• ter and earth elements. heat or the use of aromatic oils directly affects Bhrajaka Pitta and through it the other forms of Pitta . The application of therapeutic touch. Marma therapy can increase or decrease heat in the body. the bile. • Alochaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of light through the eyes (and for digestion through the other senses).1 6 Introduction to Marmas Pitta dosha is divide d into five types or Alochaka and tion. Kapha is the basis of feeling and emotion.

caring . . It impart s stability . calm and contentmen t to the mind .

• Kapha's subtle or master form is called Ojas. • Prana Vayu. its main disturbance is attachment. Just as the doshas work together for creating health or disease. As marmas are commonly connected to joints. • Bodhaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the organs in the head. where it accumulates in the form of mucus or phlegm. so do the subdoshas . which results from too much heaviness (earth and water) in the mind. they have a special association with Sleshaka Kapha . It relates to marmas in the chest region. heart disease and obesity . spine and nervous system and the region of the along with the marmas in these • Udana Vayu. which is increased by stagnation and lack of movement. From there it gets transported by the circu• latory system to weak sites in the body and causes various Kapha dis• eases like asthma. face. diabetes. cation .The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1 7 tionally. • Avalambaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the heart and lungs. tongue and sense of the head and • Tarpaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the system. As it governs Kapha's site of accumulation in the stomach. mouth and neck. govern specific forms of lubri• brain and nervou s heart and spine. it is the main form of Kapha for the treat • ment of disease in general . emotional happiness and peace of mind. Kapha' s subtype s Avalambaka. It relates to marmas in the region • Sleshaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the joints. Alochaka Pitta and Bodhaka Kapha relate to the senses . • Kapha's main site in the body is the stomach. Pachaka Pitta and Kledaka Kapha relate to the digestiv e . which is the essence of all the bodily tissues. Marma therapy can be used to promote the circulation of Prana and break up accumulations of Kapha. It mainly relates to marmas on the head. fertility and longevity. Ojas provides the foun• dation for good health. edema. along with the marmas in these areas . It relates to marma point s locate d in the joint s and • Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the digestive tract. Ojas is responsible for resistance to endur• strength. • Vayu. or subdosha s and are Sleshaka. skull. Sadhaka Pitta and Tarpaka Kapha relate to the brain. It relates to marmas in the region of the stomach .

sturdy build and good tissue development . the doshas imprin t each one of us in a unique manner as our particula r nature or Usually one dosha marks our individual mind-bod y or Ayurvedic constitution as a Vata. nervous and creative individuals. They are sensitiv e to wind. ruddy complexion . motivate d and aggressiv e individuals who achiev e their goals in life but often run into conflict . for example. Ranjaka Pitta and Avalambak a Kapha relate to the interna l organs of the lower abdomen . ac• tive. moderat e body weight. can strongly impact the internal organs and tissues of the body. Marmas . The y are sensitiv e to heat and light as environmenta l factors and feel bette r in condition s of coolnes s and calm. cold and dryness as environmental factors and feel better in condition s of warmth . middle abdome n and chest. Pittas are deter • mined. and lack of tissue develop • ment. who are ofte n hypersensitive and can be a bit fragile . They dislik e . Vatas are restless. mainly the stomach and small intestine s and Agni (digestiv e along with the marmas in these areas . strong appetite . They easily overhea t them • selves and quickly come down with various infectiou s diseases . rest and nurturin g support. • PITTA TYP E S are fiery in their physica l characteristic s with a moderat e frame. Psychologically . however. Th e Three Dosha s and Individua l Constitutiona l Type s Marm a an d Ayurvedi c Constitutio n Besides their general role within the body as a whole. mois • ture. along wit h the marmas in these areas . extremitie s and surface of the body. • Apana Vayu. • Vyana Vayu. poor resistanc e to disease. Psychologically . Marmas on the extremities . Bhrajak a Pitta and Sleshak a Kapha relate to the skin . along with the marmas in these areas . do not affect only the doshic factors in their own regio n of the body. Pitta or Kapha predominan t person . • VATA TYP E S are airy in their physica l characteristic s with a thin low body weight. joints. They easily overexten d themselve s and fall into condition s of ex• haustio n or debility . though this is an importan t They often have broader and indirect influence s as well. good circulatio n and warm extremities . with many talents. intelligent . • KAPH A TYP E S are watery in their physica l characteristic s with a stocky frame.1 8 Introduction Marmas to system.

movement and easily accumulat e weight. water or mucus owing to .

th n ry i cro ke . w v y ic ily a large . b e uh rittl m e od rate . dampness and stagnant air as environmental factors and feel better in conditions of warmth. o b din g lee g ms u s ft . Please examine such books for more information on this important Below is a typical Ayurvedic constitutional chart to help you determine your own constitution . w it e re h th k . th k ld a p ic lag . Occasionally. in which two doshas exist in relativel y equal proportions as Vata-Pitta types. VATA (AIR) H IG T : E H or v r y s o t e hr PITTA (FIRE ) m du m ei KAPHA (WATER ) u u ll y sa so tb t hr u can be ta l a d la e l n rg la e . Mixed doshic types also occur. rg w ll e fo e d rm ha . d m . p k o in w it e or p l e h a co . Psychologically . dryness and increased activity. w ll-fo e d e rm SKIN TEXTURE : d . b n . or VataKapha types. h r d w a to h l d o w ig t eh d l l or d s y u uk s a . which usually contain tests to help you deter• mine what your type may be. de velop e d m d ra e oe t W IG T : E H SKIN LU STER : EYES: H IR : A TEETH: r d y . ne u s m ll rvo d . thin ry u N IL : A S s ft . Pitta-Kapha types. ro gh . lu u s ud stro w rm . o y in il m derate . o . ie in e s y inflamed a il th . people may have all three doshas in rela• tively equal proportion (a Vata-Pitta-Kaph a These doshic con• stitutions are the Ayurvedic mind-body types well-defined in general books on Ayurveda.h d e vy ar to lo e w ig t s eh FRAME: th . They are sensitive to cold.The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1 their slow metabolisms. caring. stable and conservative types who value their feelings but easily get attached . in o y g d oo m sc s u le lo . o y a il p rc g . Kaphas are emotional. o . o d p orl y o fo e d rm ro g .

va b e or ria l high . n rvo s riab e u T IR T : H S SW EATING : lo . e c s iv e xes firm . ca k e s y tiff r c a il : m d ra e oe t lo s e o p o . s a t y w cn m d ra e oe t sat y cn h h ig p s eb t rofu u n t o ed n urin g s w to sa t lo tr b t p fu e u ro s .w it e J IN S : h O T s . go d o m d ra e oe t b t u c n ta t os n la e C C L T N rg IR U A IO APPE TITE : va le .

reliev • ing constipation . re tle s s s po . Marma s as energy centers are most connecte d with Prana and wit h the correspondin g Vata dosha as already but they have their effects on the other two doshas as well . high pain ne u s rvo high . o e te s n itiv e to h a t es e fe e .sn h . te d slow to Kapha M a r m a Therap y an d Doshi c Type s Naturall y the treatmen t of marma s must conside r such constitutiona l fac • tors.es y o r a il exhausted p o . disturbed c lo fre u n o rfu l roaa ti c a r m n. m lo io s lo edu fa t . bones. dryn ss . qet co g stio ne n . c tt g h rp u in m tiv te d o a cn n . e t u lig t d p s sw d am ne in lo . fre u n t s qe s a . n m com lo . ude s a lu g s e u . d rb d or istu e fre u n . ld e ha . promotin g . • VATA TYP E S can use marma points to monito r and treat the level of Vata in their bodies and minds. lo s e o o p fu e . relievin g stress. They can benefit from marma therap y that aims at reducin g Vata from its variou s places of accumulatio n in the large intestine . o te t : nervous . tro g determined cag e hn Pitta lo e v a c mn t tta h e s ay . m v s w oe h h ig ec s s xe m de o rate . e ti c ria le rra Vata cu g e o ra a er ng s n . in q e t . co . in m a vr fla m tio n b o . ch e l e ang ab c ne a o s rv tiv e a a ta ilit y dp b fe r a va b . Marma therap y can be used for pain relief. c a r o e te le cold . v ria l e w a b m d ra . calmin g down anxiety .20 Introduction to Marmas STOOL : U IN T N : R A IO S N ITIV S E S ITIE IM UN E M FU C N : N TIO DISEAS E TENDENCY : DISEAS E TYPE: A T IT : C IV Y sw y lo l ENDURANCE : SLEEP: DREAMS : MEMORY : SPEECH: TEM PERAM ENT POSITIV E EMOTIONS : NEGATIV E EMOTIONS : F IT : A H TOTAL 30 : hard or dry sat y cn s ft . liv r lo d e m d ra e oe t m d ra e but oe t fo se d cu va b e ria l good . c q ic k b u ut sh rp le so w b t l u s a y a se t-m d te d b n in e d s w . y llo w ro s e n rm l o a m d ra . stoppin g tremors . reducin g stiffness . joints and nervou s system .

• KAPH A TYP E S can use marma points to monito r and treat the level of Kapha in their bodies and minds. BLOOD dhatu 3. cleansin g the blood. eliminatin g edema. liver and blood. BONE Asthi dhatu 6. REPRODUCTIVE R p d c e ro u tiv e tis u e R p d c s e ro u tio n T s s . u ru s e te te Shukra dhatu and s cre n s e tio . The tissues go on developin g throughou t life. They are the main substance s that do not get eliminate d from the body for the reproductiv e They remain within the limit of the skin from the outsid e and the interna l membrane s of the organs and joints from within the body. countering infection . promotin g weight reduction . MUSCLE dhatu FAT Meda dhatu 5. • PITTA TYP E S can use marma points to monito r and treat the level of Pitta in their bodies and minds. O the r Bodil y Factor s Th e Seve n Tissue s To understan d the body. They are seven in number. detoxifyin g the liver .The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy sleep and other Vata-reducin g actions . increasin g physical and mental activity and other Kapha-reducin g actions . Name PLASMA Rasa dhatu 2. stoppin g inflammation . calming anger and othe r Pitta-reducing actions . Their proper maintenanc e is essentia l for health and longevity. Marma therapy can be used for reducin g mucus. They can benefit from marm a therapy that aims at moving and eliminatin g Kapha from its places of accumulation in the stomac h and lungs. lymphati c system and fat tis• sues. Marma therapy can be used for removin g acidity. NERVE dhatu Character Function Anatomical Counterpart S n ki B o d ve se s lo s l M s le s and in rn l uc te a o an s rg S und g adipo e urro in s fo a n s rm tio B n s and s e to n oe k le B i n and s in l c r d ra p a o P s a and m c u s N tritio n la m uo u m m ra e s e b n H m g b n p rtio n O yg n tio n e o lo i o x ea of the b o d lo M s l e tis u e uc s Fat or adip e os tis u e s B n e tiss e and o u c rila e at g N rv e tis u e and e s b n e m rro w o a M ve e t o mn Lb a u ric tio n & cu io in g sh n S p o t and upr p te tio n ro c T nm s ra s is io n of n rv e im u e p lse s 7. They can benefit from marma therap y that aims at cooling down high Pitta from its various places of accumu • lation in the small intestine . The tissues are called dhatus meanin g constituents' . we must understan d the seven tissues that com • pose it. removin g con • gestion.

The three main malas or gross wastematerials are urine. ears and genital organs.22 Introduction to Marmas Marma therapy works on the tissues of the body by increasin g or decreas • ing the circulatio n through them. While Vata is not a waste-materia l of the bone. both of which connec t directly to Prana and Vata . fat and bone have a strong nutritiona l componen t but are also strongl y af• fected by our behavio r in terms of exercis e and posture . our daily intake and digestio n of food and drink. Even deep-seate d psychologica l problem s and ad• dictions can be treated by marma therapy . liquid. most Kapha disease s involv e the plasma and lymph glands and most Pitta disease s relate to the blood . it primaril y promote s the flow of blood and Bu t marma therapy is also an importan t method of workin g on the deeper tissues of bone and the seats of Prana and Vata. which produce s Pitta (bile or exces s blood) as a waste-material . bones and nerve tissues in which they are held . They vary from gaseous . II. The main tissue that relates to Kapha is the plasma (Rasa dhatu). The outer tissues of plasma and blood are affected mainly by nutrition . Henc e mos t Vat a diseases . which release s them from the joints. Proper urinatio n is importan t for con• trolling Pitta. Fo r this reason. The intermediat e tissues of muscle . This is because many marma points are on the head or on the joints . The inner tissues of nerv e and reproductio n are affected mainly by our behavior . semi-solid . to solid in form. though unlockin g the Prana held in the deeper tissues. Proper eliminatio n through the co• lon is essentia l for controllin g Vata. The main tissue relative to Pitta is the blood (Rakta dhatu). In additio n to these are subtle waste-material s or exudation s eliminated from the epithelia l linings of the mouth. Waste-Materials The waste-material s or are the constituent s eliminate d from the body during the normal course of metabolism . whic h produces Kapha (mucus ) as a waste-material . how we develop our minds and relate to other people. it is containe d withi n the bones . feces. and sweat. Other minute waste-product s are also formed during tissu e formatio n and as a by-produc t of cellular metabolis m. suc h as involv e the Health is maintaine d when waste-product s are eliminate d properl y and in a timely manner . Certain marma points can be used to promot e or inhibit their discharg e from the body in order to normaliz e them . . The main tissue relative to Vata is bone (Asthi which holds Vata in its joint s and porous spaces. Proper sweatin g is importan t for controllin g Kapha . In this way. Marma therap y can help us change behaviora l patterns .

It govern s the assimilatio n of water and water-containin g includ • ing the digestio n of sugar. 3 . It does not possess a simple anatomica l equivalen t in em medicine . food . Its origin is in the stomac h and the left side of body where most of the digestiv e tract is located .m e t a b o l is m Srotas or Udakavaha Srotas. It is called Mahasrotas or as it is the main canal in the body. from the root meanin g with as the plural of the term. This system has its origin in the heart and gastrointestina l tract sinc e Prana is not only absorbe d through the lungs but also is taken from foo d through the digestiv e tract and is distribute d through the blood and plasma by the action of the heart.The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 23 III . Digestiv e Srotas a Annavaha the channel s that carry food mainly the digestiv e system. W a t e r . Its origin is the soft palate and the pancreas . Diabete s is an importan t disease that relates to . which itself is Annamaya Kosha or the made of Many marma points work on thi s syste m because it is the main system governin g the body. It relates to the subtle or energy bod y Kosha) which envelope s and gives life to the physical body . It is the dominan t system that govern s the physica l body. 2 . R e s p i r a t or y Srotas the channel s that carry the breath and vital It consist s primaril y of the respirator y system . though aspects of the circu• latory and digestiv e system s are involved as well. Many marma points work on this syste m because of their direct connectio n with Prana . bringin g in nourishmen t to the body in the form of breath. which supply the nutrient s to and remove waste ma• terials from the various tissues. the gastro-intestina l tract . but is like the fluid-absorbin g aspect of the digestiv e system . Th e channel s are similar to the physiologica l system s of Wester n medicine. and water : 1 . Channe l Systems Ayurved a views the human body as compose d of innumerabl e like irrigatio n canals. the channel s that carry (convey ) water (udaka or and regulat e water-metabolism . These channel s are called Srotas in San• skrit. Three channel s connec t the interior of the body to the outside environ • ment.

S w e a t in g Srotas Srotas. either to relieve con• stipation or to stop diarrhea . one for each of the seven as well as one separate channel for the mind and making a total of fourtee n 7. Reproductive . U r i n ar y Srotas Mutravaha Srotas or the urinary system. 6 . the channel s that carry the feces Its origin is the colon and rectum. Certain marmas can be used to regulate elimination. Certain marma s can be used to regulate urination . Nervou s 13 . Bone . Certain marmas affect it. Skeleta l 12. there are seven channel systems. Lymphati c Blood . These are a . Fat Adipos e Syste m 11. the organ of excretion . Muscle . 5 . Circulator y 9. Muscula r 10. Certain marmas can be used to increase peripheral circulatio n and promote sweating.24 Introduction to Marmas it. which is an im• portant treatment for many disease s starting with the common cold . 4 . Nerve . largely by stimulating the flow of fluids throughout the body. Menta l Srotas Srotas Srotas Srotas Srotas Srotas Srotas Srotas Ther e are two more channel s in women: th e menstrual system or Srotas and lactation system or Stanyavaha Srotas. Mind . Plasma . In addition. E x c r e t or y Srotas Srotas or the excretory system. the channels that carry (convey) the urine Its origin is the bladder and the organs of urina• tion. Three additional channels connect the interior of the body to the out• side environment and provide the elimination of the three main wastematerials from the body. the channels that carry sweat or perspiration Its origin is fat from which sweat and the hair follicles to which the sebaceous gland s are connected. Reproductiv e 14 .

subset of the reproductive system Srotas) and not alway s .

minor or severe in nature. food must be broken down into a homogenou s semi-liqui d mass that is oily in nature. They are closely connecte d to the anatomica l structures. In additio n to the digestiv e fire. The improperl y digeste d foo d mass become s a toxic substanc e in the digestiv e tract. It helps to energiz e the bioelectrica l force of Prana to circu • late through the fluids and tissues of the body. Most notable is the prime digestiv e fire or in the (Jatharagni ) which digests the food and beverage s or earth and water element s taken in through the mouth. The digestiv e however. burns using the fuel of this oily food mass. organs and orifices through which these channel s flow . each of the seven tissues has its own Agni or digestive powe r responsibl e for its specific metabolis m called tissue Agni s thirteen forms of bodily Agnis in total . aiding in its remova l from the body. Such toxins or Ama set in motion the disease process and invade the tissues and organs creating various ailments . The digestiv e fire or Agni is the key factor in health. th e Powe r o f Digestio n The key force responsibl e for the functionin g of the body is Agni or the power of digestion . the mind has its own Agni through which it digests emotions . Marma s functio n as trigger points for regulatin g the movemen t of en• ergy through these channels . There are several forms of Agni or fire in the body . like a flame in the abdomen . the breath itself is a gaseou s or prani c fire (Pranagni ) that promote s the proper movemen t of energy throughou t the body. which are responsibl e for convertin g the digested foo d mass into appropriat e forms of the five element s in the physical In addition . ideas and Cer - . To create the proper fuel for this pranic fire. When it is low or weak the power of digestio n is impaired . Variou s marma s can be used to increas e Pranagn i and keep our vital energy at its optima l conditio n and able to counter any disease at• This pranic nature of Agni makes it possibl e to work on it through pranic healing and marma therapy .The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 25 counted separately . Workin g along with it are the elementa l Agnis (Bhutagnis) located in the liver. Only then can proper digestio n occur. just as a ghee flame burns using ghee or a candle burns using beeswax . called in San• skrit. Various marma s can be treated for strengthenin g the digestiv e fire and for reducing Ama. Agni. is not simply a materia l but a pranic or electrical fire. Each of the five senses also has its own Agni that aids in the receptio n and recognitio n of sensory In the same way. IV .

Nature's Medicine (F w y and ra le by the a th r s of th s b o . Note Ayurveda. we must conside r both Prana and Agni .26 Introduction to Marmas tain marma s are special Agni points and can help catalyz e these differen t forms of Agni. u o i ok For e a p . T e e are c n e te d to A c a a P a w ic h g v rn s the e hs onc lo h k itt h oe ey . hs onc ahk itt h oe e b lis ra . es T e e are c n e te d to S d a a P a w ic h g v rn s m ta o m in the b in . c m e ta x m le o m n rie s on the Hatha Yoga a c s ic l w r k on Y a . Nature's Medicine (F w y and R osl ok ra le ra le anade ) for m r e in rm tio . o fo a n T e e are c n e te d to R n k a P a th t a o w rk s in the hs onc a ja itt a ls o liv r . which are all interrelated . So wheneve r we think of marm a points. lis s the re u tio n of la s a o og t dc ra s and in re s e of ja c a as one of the m i n g a s of a n a p c e a ol sa ra tic B h a a d a c m e ta ) . ra m n n o m n ry P leas e c n u t b o s like Ayurvedic Healing (F w y ) or Ayurveda.

However. (endocrine system) and (reproductive sys• tem). This means that marmas are important identifiable parts of our anatomy and reflect key physiologica l and psychologica l processes that occur within it. and some marmas contain more than one marma point . As a surgeon. 90 0 ligaments. These interrelated channels create various patterns. These are sometime s reduced to three main vital (lower heart and head. neck. He stated that in any surgica l procedure knowledge of marmas is as essential as knowledge of the nerves . heart . 50 0 muscles. Even Sushruta lists additional marmas beyond Clearly ther e are more significant sites on the body than these 107. therefore. 16 major tendons.CHAPTER 3 Natu r e an d Classificatio n The human body consists of an intricate network of cir• cuits and tissues on many levels from the blood to the most refined nerve tissue of the brain. many Ayurvedic teachers recognize more marmas than thes e classical 107 . Sushruta stressed the importance of marmas in surgical practice. have a strong foundatio n in our anatomy and physiology . bone s and bloo d Charaka mentioned six major marma regions in the head. Marmas. A number of these marmas are mentioned at various places in this book (like the point in the cente r of the forehea d or point s by the . which hous e our most important vital organs. muscles . 21 0 joints. bladder. 30 0 bones (including cartilages and teeth). arteries and nerves. All major Ayurvedic texts refer to the total number of primary marmas as while the total number of primary marma regions is The differ• ence betwee n these two numbers is because several marmas exist on both sides of the body. 70 0 veins. and 107 marmas. linkages and interchanges across which energy and informa• tion continually travel and circulate creating the mosaic of systems that makes up who we The great ancient Ayurvedic teacher Sushruta described the constitu• ents of the body in terms of 7 layers of skin.

posture . linking all the other marma s together . Therefore. the heart wit h its connectio n to the blood relates more with and the head with its pool of nerve and brain tissue relates more to Kapha . each person will have his or her own unique sensitiv e points dependin g upon weight . The same prin • ciples of marma therapy can be applied to the extra marma s as well . behavio r and age . As the doshas are the thre e main forces responsibl e for creatin g the entire body. causin g injury. As Vata and Prana are held in the each joint can also be viewed as a potentia l marma region . In fact.28 Introduction to Marmas sites along the spine). the lower abdo • Basti (Bladder) men with its connec • tion to the urinogeni and excretor y or• gans relates more to The Thre e Dosha s & Thre e Main Marm a Region s Vata. On e could say that the skin itself is the marma . heart and blad • der o r lower abdo • th e thre e main sensitiv e zone s in the body. we should not look at marma s in a rigid way. Letha l and Therapeuti c Marma s Marmas are broadly classified into two categories as lethal or as therapeu• tic Lethal marmas are points where the life-forc e can be hit and driven ou t of the body. Our interna l organs have additiona l marm a points . every point on the body is potentiall y a marma point becaus e the entire skin or surface of the body is itself a marma or sensitiv e region . Althoug h all organs and struc • (Heart) tures in the body can be related to all thre e doshas to some de• gree. The Thre e Dosha s and Thre e Mai n Marm a Site s Th e thre e | mai n head. diet. Therapeutic points are region s where the vital force can be treated for . either directl y connecte d to them or connecte d by reflex point s that can affect them from a distance . On top of such universall y share d marma points. though the clas • sical 107 marma s are a good foundatio n to start with. frame. unconsciousnes s or even death . marma s reflect thei r impact on our physiolog y in variou s ways .

Marma s are primaril y centers ' where the life-forc e accumulate s and flows. the therapis t should know the structure s that defin e each marma and allow for its easy identification . like those of the elbow and knee. They are easy to work on throug h procedures like massage . are more importan t for the martia l arts.Marmas. aromas or ointments . Their Nature and Classification 29 healing purposes . Lethal areas. bones. oils. like the knee (Janu marma ) which have sen• sitive points in their vicinit y that vary in locatio n relativ e to the conditio n of the person . Marma s are defined anatomicall y accordin g to their physica l loca • tion. Physica l and Energeti c Definition s of Marma s The concep t of marma include s a whole range of anatomica l structure s like the skin. Their exact locatio n de• pends upon the Pranas of both the therapis t and the client. We can easil y work upon these external marmas throug h therapeuti c touch. letha l areas often have therapeuti c points around them that can be used whil e avoiding their more central vulnerabl e areas . Lethal marma s are often too sensitiv e for direct touch or manipula • tion. joints. Vulnerabilit y can make an area importan t for therapeuti c purposes . In this regard . Lethal region s are areas which if struck or injure d threaten the life of a person . Therapeuti c regions . not simply on . there • fore. Som e marmas like Shringatak a (the soft palate) or Hriday a (heart) are locate d inside the body. Therapeuti c region s are sensitiv e points tha t can be used to direct energy and counte r diseases . are the mos t important for treatmen t purposes . These internal marma region s are best treated throug h reflex points above them on the surface of the body. while therapeuti c points are more significan t for medica l purposes . Many marma s are on the limbs of the body. but can be worked on in a limited manne r if touche d in a gentle way or if approache d throug h pranic healing . This means that the main definitio n of marma s is not anatomica l bu t energetic. nerves and interna l organs . However . in terms of Prana and the doshas . these two types of marma s cross over to a great extent. like marma s on the arms and legs. How • ever. we must no t regard locatio n of the marma as a simple physica l phenomenon . they can be inappropriat e for stronge r therapies like acupressur e or acupuncture . As region s like the throat. Treatin g them is more a means of treatin g Prana (the electricit y running throug h the body) rather than simply workin g on physica l tis• sues and organs (the light bulbs that carry the This is particu • larly true of larger marmas . Thoug h not as significan t for most healing they are importan t for diagnosti c purpose s as disease is often reflecte d in pain or dysfunctio n at their locations . In addition . acupuncture .

4. Whil e . Whil e many marmas are as small as one-hal f finger unit in size. Measure the width of both palms at metacarpo-phalangia l joint s (bas e of the 3. several like Hriday a (heart) marma are as large as four finger units. Generally the height and breadth of a person is around 84 times the individual figure unit as shown in the illustration at left. The patient should generally be treated where the Prana is focused in the marma region. three finger unit s or four finger units (fist Note Ap• pendix 3 for more informa• tion on this classification . Prana will always work to heal Prana. The Prana of a good therapist can easily find the weak or blocked Prana points on the client even without an extensive physical examination. Divide this by 8 (as this width is average for 8 fingers) . just as water will naturally flow into low lying areas. Marmas are classified ac• cording to their range in size as one-half finger unit (An• guli one finger unit. In addition. We ca n se e from this classification tha t marma s vary greatly in size. two finger units. This is one reaso n why exact marma locations may be slightly different according to differen t Ayurvedi c Size of Marma s and Individua l Finge r Uni t Marmas are located and measured in size in terms of anguli or the of the respective individual. This is individual finger unit. To determine this follow these instructions : 1. a good healer can direct his or her Prana to a marma region at almost any point within it. which is not a fixed phenom• enon. Join both open palms at ulnar (little finger) side. the identifi• cation of marmas is an art and a matter of not simply a physi• ological definition.30 Introduction to Marmas a fixed physical location.

The two can be very different . Marma Adhipati Location Meaning Size unit ui t n ui t n unit ui t n ui t n ui t n Number 1 2. are not always related to acupunc • ture meridian s and are fewe r in numbe r than acupunctur e points . which in severa l instance s occur s on both sides of the body. A pinpoin t locatio n of marma s is not always as crucial as for acupunc • ture points. most marma s are named after their anatomica l position . 1 on e c h arm a 2. This list will serve as an introductio n to how marmas are viewed . 1 on e c h a on e c h sid e a 2. 1 on e c h a to the s e id ui t n by e h eye ac .Marmas. Note Part II of the book for a detaile d descriptio n of each marma and note Appendix 3 for a more detaile d examinatio n of the Sanskrit meanin g of the marma name . 1 on e c h s e a id 2. As you can note. 1 by e c h eye a Top of the he d O a verlor d S ou e r b d e h ld la S oulde r h S oulde r b d e h la S o ld er hu Ani (arm) (leg) Apalapa Apanga Apastambha Avarta L w r re io n of The p in t of oe g o the up e r arm p a ne l e ed L w r re io n of The p in t of oe g o leg up r leg pe a ne l e ed A p t or a ill a U g a e d rm i x n u rd O te r co e r of L o in g a a y u rn ok w the e s ye U p r side of pe Wa t s n s h ta d side the ab o e n dm M p in t a o e C la ity . we shouldn' t confus e marma s with acupunctur e points. Table of Marma s Below is a table of the main marmas . particularl y when marma treatmen t centers on massag e rather than the use of needle s (which Ayurved a rarely So while recognizing the importan t similarities . Some • times they are referre d to as acupressur e However . Their Nature and Classification 31 smalle r marma s can be called rately describe d as or M arm s an d Acupunctur a the larger marma s are more accu • e Point s Marma s resembl e acupunctur e points in propertie s and usages . from id o bv a m the eye s its se sitive e s n ns unit 2. we must be careful no t to simply equate marma s and acupunctur e Marma s can be much large r in size. 1 on e c h s e a id 2.

1 on e c h a on e h s e ac id 2. 1 on e c h a 1 L w r ab o e n B d r oe dm lad e W a t u h ld s 1 u i t h po n the fla k n W a t ris s h e ui t n from the h ip J in t of the n c kJ in t of o e o Vz unit side the n c k e B tw e n th m b e e u and in e x fin e r d g Q ic k to give u re u s s lt uit n Vz unit Vz unit 4 u it s n 4 u it s n 1 ui t n 1 ui t n 3 u it s n Vz unit ui t n 2 u it s n 4 u it s n 4 u it s n B t e n big toe Q ic k to give ew e u and s c n d toe re u s eo s lt h a On e h side of W a t m rk s ac lo e r ilia c s in e the lo s w p in B tto m of th m b A k o t or o u n b nd e u l B to m of big toe A k o t or ot n bu l e nd Base of th m b jo t u in B s e of big a toe jo t in E o w jo t lb in L w r fro ta l end oe n of s o ld r jo t hu e in The h a d e of k rc a u h The h a d e of k rc a u h E o w join t lb R d in d e -jo te L w r fro ta l end R d in d oe n e -jo te of the h jo t ip in W t ris Ba ee t r cl Side of s ide upper n c k e N el av Hn r oo N ave l .32 Introduction to Marmas Bahvi Basti Brihati Guda Gulpha Indrabasti (arm) Indrabasti (leg) Janu Kakshadhara Katikataruna Krikatika Kshipra (hand) Kshipra fo t o Kukundara Kurcha (hand) Kurcha fot o (hand) Kurchashira fot o Kurpara Lohitaksha (arm) Lohitaksha (leg) Manibandha w t ris Manya Nabhi In id e of s u e r arm pp B a d re io n of ro g the u p r b c k pe a Aus n A k e jo t nl in Ha t er C nte r of e fo a m re r C nte r of e lo e r leg w K e e jo t n in Top of shou e r ld jo t in H . 1 on e c h a on e h h n d ac a 2. 1 on e c h k e e a n on e c h a s o lde r hu on e h s e ac id of the b c k a 2. 1 on e c h a of the n c k e 2. 1 on e c h side a 1 2. 1 on e h a m ac r on e c h leg a 2. 1 on e c h side a 1 2.in t ipjo W a t re te s h la to the arm W e or larg e id Aus n A k e jo t nl in Ha t er In ra s a w d ' rro In ra s a w d ' rro K e e jo t n in 1 uit n 4 u it s n ui t n 4 u it s n 2 u it s n 4 u it s n uit n ui t n 3 uit n 2. 1 on e c h a on e c h e o w a lb 2. 1 on e c h h n d a a 2. 1 on e c h a 2. 1 on e c h h n d a a 2. 1 by e c h a k e a nl 1 on e c h a a rm on e h leg ac 2.

1 by e c h ear a 2. veins. 1 on e c h a 2. 1 on ea h side c of the b a t re s 2. 1 on e c h a 2. 1 on e c h side a Shringataka S f t p la e of o at the m u th o F issure s on s u l the s u l kl kl Sira Stanamula Stanarohita Sthapani Talahridaya (hand) Talahridaya fo t o Utkshepa B s e of the n c k a e R o t of o the b a t re s U p r reg n pe io of the b a t re s P in t b tw e n o e e the e e s y C nte r of the e palm of the ha d n P c e we e la hr 4 u it s n fo r ro d s m e t u a e Sm i t u m M th r of the o e blood ve e s ss l 4 unit s 4 u it s n R o t of b a t 2 u it s o re s n U p r re n pe gio of the b a t re s W tg es ha iv s p o t or fix s upr e C nte r of e the s rfa e u c uit n uit n ui t n uit n uit n 1 ui t n uit n 1 uit n C nte r of the e C nte r of e sole of the fo t the s rfa e o u c A o e the ears bv W t is ha u w rd s p a The m g n id-re io W a t is wd e h i leg of the u p r th h pe ig Vidhura Vitapa B h d and e in below the e r s a P erineu m D s s istre W t is hot ha or p in l a fu Definition s of Marma s There are several classica l Ayurvedi c definition s of From thes e we can see that marma s are related to the energie s of the body. 1 on e c h a 2. 1. 1 on e c h side a of the b a t re s 1 2. 1 on eac h h d an 2. ligaments . 1 on e c h a 2. Marma Location Base of sid e the th a t ro Their Nature and Classification Size 4 u it s n uit n uit n the w is t a ui t n uit n Number 2. though all these structure s need not be . 1 on e c h a 2. 1 by e c h ear a 2. 4 on e c h side a of the n c k e 2. 1 on e h sid e ac 4 5 on the 8. 1 by e c h a 33 Meaning D r k blue a The u p r reg n B tto k s pe io u c sid e of the b tto k s u c The u p r hips pe s e id Phana Shankha Side of the ns l ns s o tri o tril T ml e e p The side of A serpe s nt' h d oo A cn h s l l oc he 2. Charak a defines marma s as sites where muscle . bones and joints meet together . mind . Prana and They are key connectin g points to all aspects of our energies from the inmost consciousnes s to the outermos t physica l or• gans .Marmas.

tender and show abnormal pulsation should also be considered as marma or vital point s regardless of their anatomical structure. which is why we can feel pain when they are touched. their treatment can relieve stress and promot e meditation . Tejas and Ojas and the three gunas of rajas and This means tha t marmas control not only the outward form of the doshas. Pitta and Kapha) are present along with their subtle forms as Prana. Tejas and Ojas) and also the mind (sattva). becomes a kind of marma point until it is healed . Marmas mark the junction of the body with the mind. 4. can cause death if injured is a While marma s do not always result in death. serous membranes. sheaths and muscles . According to Sushruta. They are important sites that can stimulat e unconscious bodily processes. marmas are places where the three dosha s (Vata. 1. According to Dalhana. mental/sensor y responses or emotional reactions. Treating them can release negative emotions and remove mental blockages. The descriptions below follow except for the last category of Note Appen• dix 3 for more information on this classification . They are the seats of or This means that any sensitive point on the body is a potential marma. marmas help maintain our immune system and can be treated in order to boost its powers . joint or bone-based regions. for example. Any injured area. 3. Muscle-based Marmas to muscle-based structures like facia. According to Vagbhatta. but thei r inward essences or master forms as well (Prana. Relating to Ojas or the power of immunity. Compositio n of Marma s Marmas are classified according to their dominant physical constituents as muscle.34 Introduction to Marmas present at each This explains marmas as important connectio n centers or crossroads in the physical body. 2. . their impairment causes various disease s that can be difficult to treat . ligament. marmas are sites where important nerves come together along with related structures like muscles and a similar definition to that of He says that sites which are painful. vessel. Connected to Ojas their treatment can be also used for rejuvenation . Connected to the mind. including those of a subconscious nature (like This means that there is an important psychologica l side to their treatment .

color (pigmentatio n factors). connect• ing them with heat. Bone-based Marmas (Astbi to bony tissue. particularly the blood and lymphati c vessels . con• necting them to lymphatic vessels. Vagbhatta says that impulse s flow in this type of channels. partially movable and non-movable . Vessel-based Marma (Sira to various vessels or chan• nels supplying energy or fluids to the body. disorientation. falls. can be classified into bone s proper. All vessels to some degree carry all three of the so their distinctions are only general . yellowish in color. loss of consciousnes s and long term disability. tendons. Sushruta notes that single vessel carries Vata. It can affect all three doshas as well as the blood. teeth and nails. Their injury results bleeding . B) Pitta-carrying Vessels Sira). They can also refer to smaller vessels carrying heat or enzymes . wounds and other catastrophic events. which would identif y them with arterie s and Channels carrying the doshas are more energetic than anatomical in ba• and so anatomical correlations are only general. Vagbhatta says that they are deep-seated and carry red-colored blood. . Pitta or Kapha alone. 4. 5 Joint-based Marmas (Sandhi to the joints. C) Vessels Sira). are impor• tant sensitive on the body for both Prana and the Joint s are classified into movable. connecting them with the but they can also refer to energy carrying channels not entirely physical in nature . Their Nature and Classification 35 2. cartilage. 3 Ligament-based (Snayu to the tissues and structures that bind the bones and muscles together. There are tour types: ligaments proper . Prana and the mind. Significant injury to marmas results in severe and often very spe• cial symptoms . channels that carry mucus and other fluid or plasma-conveyin g D) Blood-carryin g Vessels Sira). bile and lymph.Marmas. darkish in color. loss of coordination . Sushrut a explain s four types of thes e A) Vessels (Vatavaha Sira). Symptom s of Injury to Marma s Marmas are susceptible to damage from injuries. whitish in color. These can be complex or large marmas . sphincter muscles and aponeuroses .

and irregular heartbeat (head and heart marmas) . Sadya Death-Causing Sadya Pranahara means taking the Prana or life-force like the burstin g of a balloon. navel or bladder. but thes e are not all primary Pitta sites. Please examine Appendix 3 for more information on this important classification . Whe n the heating power. extravasation of . Due to severe weak• ness. He suffers from faint. Vaikalyakara (Disability-Causing) and Rujakara (Pain-caus• This is a very important consideration that is defined in terms of the five elements. the elements in this context do not reflect the dosha controlled by the marma but only the effects that occur if the marma is injured. which may become swollen. Injury to thes e main heat-holding marmas results in severe symptoms ranging from interna l hemorrhage. reddish or distorted. Five Type s of Marma s Relativ e to Symptom s When Injure d Marmas are also classified according to five types relative to their degree of These are Sadya (Instan t Pranahara (Long-term (Fatal If Pierced). said to be fiery or heating in their degree of vulnerability. Fo r example. he cannot lift his legs and hands. "When marmas are injured. coma. canno t stay in any posture for long and may soon succumb to death. bodily warmth and power of circulation which they control is weakened. paralysis. navel and heart) are classified as fiery and are the most vulner• able. the blood loss can be severe.ness and restlessness and has difficulty breathing." The effects of injuries to marmas will vary according to the composi• tion of the Any injury of a penetrating or lacerating type to a marma region will naturally produce hemorrhage and blood loss.36 Introduction to Marmas notes. has a burning sensation in the heart. If a joint-based (Sandhi) marma is injured it will become difficult to move the joint. feelin g as though entering into emptiness. If it occurs at a vessel type marma (veins and like in the region of the neck. Injury to a muscle-based marma results in pain. bloo d in urine. marmas that govern the main heat centers in the body (bladder. These marmas are key points of vitality like the heart . They are sites where Prana can be quickly harme d and driven from the body. Significant injury to these marmas can prove fatal within twenty-four and usually results in severe pain along with loss of consciousness . a person rolls in bed due to pain. atroph y or edema of the muscle . our lives are imme• diately threatened. However.

it is said that if a foreign body or weapon becomes lodged at these points. 5. 1. so harm to vitality from their injury is only in the long run. They hold and protect the life-force or but if punctured allow it to quickly leave the body. the person may not live long. which gets aggravated when the marma region is touched. Significant injury to these marmas causes our Prana to gradually drain away and can prove fatal after a perio d of two weeks or more. if injured. or heating and cooling in their degree of vulnerability in nature. Such are points like Simanta (skull points) or points on the chest (Stanamula and Stanarohita) which are sensitive but have the protection of bones or muscles . Vaikalyakara marmas. but nothing that will threate n the life of the person.Marmas. 3. bones. like Sthapani (the point between the and so can cause severe pain or injury as well as disturb the mind. If Pierced (Fatal If Pierced) marmas can prove fatal if the point is pierced. moved or otherwise affected. causing severe harm. Their Nature and Classification 37 blood or urine in peritoneal cavity (Basti marma). If the injury is serious. They are points at which Prana can be remove d from the body in the long-term. nerves and vessels involved. Traditionally . This highlights the danger of damaging these points. These marmas are key points of vitality said to be airy in their degree of These are important Prana points on the head. Thes e . These marmas are said to be both fiery and watery. These marmas are said to be watery or cooling in their degree of which preserves and protects them. Injury to such locations harms ones vitality in a significant but not immediately life-threatenin g manner. it is life-threatenin g to remove it. Death-Causing Kalantara Pranahara means the Prana or life-force away over like causing a leak in a vessel. depending upon the severity of the injury. Injury to them results more in debility than in death and is so These are mainly points on the arms and legs at a distance from the main vital organs and so injury to them canno t cause so much internal damage . result in damage to the marma. marmas result in recurrent or constant pain. shock and pain. harmin g the tissues. Their fiery nature makes them vulner• able but their watery nature protects them.

there will be feel • ings of heat. warm oil massage . Externa l factors like overexposur e to heat . Externa l factors like cold. insomni a and nervou s agitatio n wil l therapie s like the applicatio n of heat. fever. or injuries that result in significan t blood loss. Note the two sets of factors and symp• toms below . Pitta and Kapha increas e at differen t marma s either accordin g to external factors like injury or accordin g to interna l factors like wron g diet. each dosha will manifes t its characteristi c symptoms . • PITTA D O S H A increase s at marma s owing to interna l factors of hy• peracidity. tissue defi• ciency. congestio n or lack of movement in the region. dampnes s and stag • nant air also cause it to increase . Understandin g we can monito r the doshic imbalance s at marma sites. water (edema) . particularl y marma s that relate to nerves. calamu s or ashwagandh a will bring thes e symptoms down . Factor s tha t Increas e the Dosha s at Marm a Site s • VATA D O S H A is most likely to get disturbe d by externa l injuries to marmas. • IF PITTA GE T S DISTURB E D AT AN Y MARM A . inflammatio n or toxic blood. When in a conditio n of excess at a marma . Vata is disturbed at marma s owing to interna l factors of weakness . brigh t light s or causti c chemical s also caus e it to • KAPH A D O S H A increase s at marma s owing to interna l factors of accumulation of weight. anxiety . nervou s indigestion . They are mainly sensitiv e joints like the wrists and Injur y to Marma s and the Thre e Dosha s Vata.38 Introduction to Marmas marmas are said to be both airy and fiery in their degree of whic h make s them sensitiv e and unstabl e and so results in severe pain and inflammatio n if injured . constipation . Externa l factors of cold . irritabilit y and fever often extendin g to the entire body . Pitta symptom s like inflammatio n or bleedin g at the marma point wil l . mucus. nervou s digestio n or hyperactivity . dryness and wind also cause Vata to increas e at various marmas . bones or joints. Vata symptom s like fear. or Vata-reducing herbs like ginger. there will be severe pain not only at the marma site but in the entire body. Symptom s of Exces s Dosha s at Marm a Site s • IF VATA IS D I S T U R B E D AT AN Y MARM A . tremors .

and cooling herbs like sandalwoo d or rose will bring thes e symptoms down.6. red eyes or intoleranc e to light . m s le . 12.sh7. Vishalyaghna (F l If P a a o ps c rs ata ierce ) type s are c m o e d of th e d o ps re fa to . The m r e fa to s in o e d in a m rm . Ashtanga sh. m n n s six e tio a d n l m r a s re tin g to re ro u tiv e s s m p b m s a n g wt h d itio a am la p dc y te ro le lo i and B s i m rm s . ve . m dia ea -C sin a a o p se c r liga ents . Their Nature and Classification 39 combine with general Pitta symptom s like burning sensations . Anti-Pitt a therapie s such as the applicatio n of cold cooling oils like coconut. fasting. Sharira Sthana Sushruta Samhita. ins Ashtanga Sangraha S. Ashtanga Hridaya Sh. Sushruta Samhita Chikitsa Sthana VII. accumulatio n of fluid (edema) and congestion . lethargy. A ta p a a sro s and utra a oi n hhl ta T e e are c lle d S v n .4. Vaikalyakara (D ility-C sing ) s s are c m o e d of two fa to s and only one fa to r is p se t c rs isab au ite o ps c r c re n in (P in a s g ) s s . therapie s such as the applicatio n of heat. These fiv e type s of m rm s also re t e to d r n t a a m a l fa to . Ashtanga Sangraha sh.26-27. there will be swelling. Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VI.3. • WH E N KAP H A B E C O M E S I NCREAS E D A T AN Y MARM A . loose stool.38 and Sharira Sthana IX. n rve s (m rte s a illa s m h ti es l e otor) . the m r e d n e u s in r y to it a -c u in ite o c r v lv a a o a g ro ju Sushruta Samhita.Marmas. Ac c ordin g to G n n t h Sen. A c rd g to Sushruta Samhita. b n s and jo ts . Y n . c p rie . n rv e (sym athe ) . Th s e b lo g g to m uc s oe in o e n in Pranahara (L g r m D a -C u g ) on -te e th a sin m rm s are c m o e d of only four fa to . a a la iffee n to ic c rs c o in Sadya Pranahara (Im e t e D th au g ) m rm s are c m o d of all fiv e fa to s of veins . for exam ple . t e p tic a rie . Keshika. Sharira Sthana Ashtanga Sangraha sh. Sharira Sthana. taking of hot spice s like ginger and cayenne .37. Sushruta Samhita. 4. tirednes s and dislike of movement . Gauri. or using warmin g aromati c oils like eucalyptus or ginger will reduce these symptoms . Overall Kapha symptom s will increase with possible feelings of heavi • ness. the e can be a a n su d aaa s gi b ivide d in o Aruna. Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VI. at a a eai M vah . cough. . hs a Ashtanga Hridaya Sh.4. 16. ly p a c v s e s and Dhamani. hypera • cidity.

e e .is lik l y to b .

r .

Traditiona l Yoga reflects the physiologica l view of Ayurvedi c medicin e with its doshas. M ar m as . karma and rebirth. Throug h Prana we can control our sensory and motor organs.C HA PTE R 4 Yoga in its deeper sense is a spiritua l science of Self-realization . particularly those involvin g Prana. They are the focus of various Yoga practices . and eventuall y the entire mind-bod y complex . in turn. affordin g us easy access to the higher realms of yogic consciousness . the nadis and the marmas . Marmas are related to the chakra and nadi (subtle channel ) system s em• phasized in yogic thought . Toward this goal. Asana is followe d by interna l method s of Pranayam a (breat h control) and Pratyahar a (contro l of the senses) to calm and balance our vital energy and sensory impulse s so that they do not disturb the mind . includin g the role of marmas . being of the nature of pranic or centers' rather tha n mere physica l location s (which is why their actions are seldom perceptibl e at a physica l The nadis are the subtle channel s that run from the chakras to variou s points on the body and which energiz e our physiologica l They are . eliminat e toxins and balance our physica l energies. C h a k r a s a n d N a d i s There are three levels of energy centers that link the body to the mind and higher chakras . the science of Yoga em• ploys many practice s and techniques . we can control our Prana. are followed by mantra and meditatio n to calm and balance the min d and make it receptiv e to higher influences . Th e chakras are the energ y centers of the subtle body that are located along the spine. tissues and channe l systems . This is because marma s are importan t pranic centers . They are the subtles t of the three. They also hold negativ e emotion s and nervou s tension (par • ticularly Throug h workin g on marma points. Its aim is to lift our awarenes s to a higher consciousnes s that transcend s pain and suffering. Asanas or Yoga posture s work on our physical body to release stress.

S . we can understan d marma s as a developmen t on a physica l level of the energies tha t originat e from the chakras and the nadis . e ish a Navel D et e s s m ig siv y te 4. Heart 5. P in a ush a S an . th r ou E . S e . Anahata. R p du tio n on e e ro c g n l s te m e ita ys 3. T ate aste . Throat 6. P g la . E yes . F . W r . u adi K ku a . Three Types of Energy Center s 7 Chakra s 2. 14 Nadi s 3. A hip ti . Vishuddha. They can be felt as certain points or zones on the body. ay 7. 107 Marma s Marma s an d th e Seve n Chakra s There are six main chakras or energy centers distribute d along the spine as well as the seventh or main head center called the or petal that is connecte d to the brain. We should note that each of these chakras and its correspondin g region of the back is a kind of marma or sensitiv e area. N rv u s e o s te m ys nadi . which energiz e all the marma s or pranic centers of the physica l body . Root E arth . Svadhishthana. F e t V vodh r a nadi . d a B in ra . E in lim atio n N di . Khu N . T ouch . Marma s are sensitiv e regions that develop from the They distrib• ute the Prana from the and the nadis throughou t the body as a whole. thap i G andhari . We could say that the chakras are the main marma s or pranic (energy ) center s of the subtle body.42 Introduction to Marmas not physica l nerves but perceptibl e energy-flows . Head C onsciousne s s Ida. Sahasrara. Therefore . m ll N ose . P ya a svin i A pang a S ankh i h in nadis . S nd . Third Eye Air. a va R sp to y e ira r ss m y te V pa ita N b i (n ve ) ah a l H a a rid y (h eart ) Mna .S ars peec h M . In r P rc p n ind ne e e tio S ras t i nadi . H d s V n a n .S ire ight . kin an aru adi C u to y irc la r ss m y te E e . a E c to y s s m x re r y te Guda (anus ) 2. u nd ra Sex T gu .

Suc h very point s are Each chakra has a correspondin g nadi that carries its energy to variou s portions of the body. Relative to the nadis referred to in the table. we can treat the nadis. elements. sense qualities. All nadis begin at the root or base of spine. nadis. these will be explained shortly. through treating the marmas in the region of the navel. which is the central nadi running up the re• gion of the and branch out from the Sushumna at variou s places. mov e parallel to th e Sushumna . including the digestive fire (Agni) and organs of the digestive sys• tem. M a r ma s a n d t h e F o u r t ee n N a di s Along with the seven chakras. and bodily systems relativ e to each . Fo r example. and other factors associated with the chakras. we can treat the nadi and insure the prope r flow of Prana throug h it. including the elements. through the breath. Eac h nadi is identified by a point. sense and motor organs. one can work on the fire element in the body. govern the energy flow on the right and left sides of the body. Apart from the Sushumna. the sense of sight and the feet as a motor organ. . aperture or orifice on the sur• face of the body that connects to it. sens e organs. The important point to remember here is that through treating their re• spective marmas. Through these marmas. the mos t important nadis are the Pingala and the Ida which. Eac h nadi is connected to certai n marmas. motor organs.Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 43 We will not go into great detail about the because this informa• tion is covered in many However. we have presented their main factors of correlation relative to the marmas in a table below. the Yoga sys• tem emphasizes fourteen nadis or channels of the subtle body.

Varun a Extent Runs from the base of the spine to the heart chakra and from it throughou t the entire body. Correspondin g marma is Gud a Chakra Runs from the base of the spine to the sex chakra and for• ward to the end of the urethra. Apertur e is the navel. Supplie s Prana to the urinar y and reproductiv e Apertur e is the penis or chakra and to Apana Vayu . Supplie s Prana to the di• gestiv e system and digestiv e fire . Correspondin g marma is Nabhi (navel) . Bhrajak a Pitta and Avalambak a Kapha This nadi allows for the deeper feeling and knowing of the heart to manifest . Relates to the root or earth chakr a and to Apana Vayu . Apertur e is the anus.44 Introduction to Marmas Extent Apertur e Marma 2. Extent Apertur e Marma 4 . Supplie s Prana to the organs of elimination . Correspondin g marm a is Bast i chakra Runs from the base of the spine to the navel chakra and from it throughou t the abdomen . Supplie s Prana to the entire body. Ranjaka Pitta and Kledaka Kapha. Pachaka Pitta. as well as other marmas in Apertur e Marma . Main marma is Hridaya the chest . Support s the entire body through the digestive system and Agni . Relates to the navel or fire chakr a and to Samana Vayu. Relates to the heart or air chakra and to Vyana Vayu. Kuhu Runs from the center of the root chakra to the tip of the rectum. through the respirator y and circulator y systems and the skin . Apertur e is the skin. chakra Relates to the sex or water Extent Apertur e Marm a 3.

Apertur e is the eyes. particularl y the eight right-lef t predominan t nadis. Supplie s en- Effects . A reflex point for the Sarasvati nadi is in the middle of the jaw below the lips . to Udana Vayu and to Bodhak a Kapha. Tejas and Ojas . mouth. Also related to the root chakra which govern s the sense of smell. 1.Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 45 5. Connecte d to Prana Vayu. eyes and ears . Relates to the throat or ether chakra. specificall y the point betwee n the eyes or third Collect s and distribute s the energy of all the nadis . taste. Extent nad i Branche s out from the third goes to the right nostril . Driving pranic channe l for fiery and Pitta activitie s of all types from digestio n to critical thinking . two for each of the nostrils . the brain. Apertur e is the mouth and throat in general . which is not one of the classica l 107 marmas . Sadhak a Pitta and Tarpaka Kapha . Prana. and support s the bone tissue . Main marma s are Sthapan i (third eye) and Adhipat i (crow n Apertur e Marmas Specia l N ad i s fo r t h e Thir d Ey e The third eye or Ajna Chakra is the origin of six nadis that supply the senses. This nadi. the nerve tissue. Marmas in the throat region like and Manya relat e to chakra Apertur e Marma Sushumna Extent Runs from the base of the spine to the top of the head. and supplie s Prana to it. Supplie s Prana to the throat. wisdom and mantra . which is its orifice. Also govern s the right nasal passage . Sarasvati Extent chakra Runs from the base of the spine to the throat chakra . branching out to the tip of the tongue. Correspondin g marma is the tip of the tongue. song. with many nadis branchin g out from it in the region of the third eye. Energize s the spine. as the name indicates . tongue and vocal organs . gives the powers of speech.

Main marma is the right Apanga marma . Pusha Extent Branche s out from the third eye. Ruled mainl y by Prana as the main power of the senses . and supplie s Prana to it. stimulatin g all the left side nadis . A very importan t nadi because the soul dwells in the righ t eye during the waking state. imaginatio n and creative vision. nadi Effects Marma 3. Marm a Mai n marm a is the righ t Phan a marma . Govern s inspired or visionar y speech. Marma . Also related to the root which govern s the sense of smell. and supplie s Prana to it. Causes the whole body to be nourishe d throug h Prana. Meditatio n upon the Seer in the right eye is a major approac h to Self-realizatio n in Yoga . Main marma is the left Apanga marma . Main marma is the left Phana marma . Ida nadi Extent Branche s out from the third eye. Gandhari Extent Effects Branche s out from the third goes to the left which is its orifice. goes to the left nostril . Also re• lates to Alochak a Pitta and to the navel chakra whic h govern s the sense of sight .46 Introduction to Marmas ergy to the right side of the body. Relates to Alochak a Pitta (the form of Pitta gov• erning the eyes) and to the navel chakra. 2 . nadi Effects Marma 4. Supplie s energy to the left side of the body . goes to the right eye . which is its orifice. stimulatin g all the righ t side nadis . and supplie s Prana to it. which govern s the sense of sight . which is its orifice. Promote s dream. Also govern s the left nasa l Main Prana channe l for watery and Kapha function s from tissue developmen t to sleep.

which govern the hands and feet as motor or• gans and the flow of energy throug h them . They relate to Vyan a Vayu or the outward-movin g vital air. which like the right eye relates to Apertur e Effects . Connecte d to the throat chakra which govern s the sense of hearing .Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 47 5. Also connecte d to the throat chakra which gov • erns the sense of hearing . Effects Marma 6. Its energy comes to a center in the middle of the right hand and foot and from there radiate s out to the five fingers or toes . Extent Affects Marma Th e T w o N a d i s fo r t h e A r m s a n d Leg s Two special nadis supply Prana to the right and left sides of the body and the arms and legs. Also govern s the left Eustachia n Increas es faith and makes us receptiv e to higher devotiona l influences. goes to the right ear . and supplie s Prana to it. There is a strong healing energy potentia l throug h the palm of the right hand. which are very importan t for marma therapy . Payasvini Extent Branche s out from the third eye. though which our Prana radiate s out and interface s with the environment . Many differen t marma s occur in the field of these two nadis. whic h is its orifice . ending primaril y in the right thumb and big Aperture s are the tips of the right thumb and big toe . and supplie s Prana to it. They are connecte d to both the navel and heart chakras . nadi Branche s out from the third eye. which is its orifice . Yashasvat i nad i Extent Runs from root chakra to the navel chakra where it branches out. Main marma is the right Vidhur a marma . Supplie s Prana to the right foot and right hand. Main marma is the left Vidhur a marma . Also govern s the righ t Eustachia n At the right ear we hear the inner sounds of Yoga or the music of the soul. goes to the left ear.

Main marmas are Kshipra and Talahridaya on the left side of the body on both the hands and the feet. Bhrajaka Pitta and Sleshaka Kapha . it is importan t to keep the energy flow in this channel clear and constant . Hastijih v a nad i Extent Runs from the root chakra to the navel chakra where it branches out. Marmas Main marmas are Kshipra and Talahridaya on the right side of the body on both the hands and the feet. Fo r all the marmas on the right side of the body. Relates to Vyana Vayu.48 Introduction to Marmas the soul and to fire. As many marmas are located in the joints. Bhrajaka Pitta and Sleshaka Kapha . asanas help keep the marmas clear and energized . it is important for an effective asana practice to consider the condition of the different centers in the body. Supplies Prana to the left foot and left hand. Please exam- . Apertures Effects Marmas Marma s and Yog a Practices Marmas are an important factor to consider in regard to all Yoga practice s from physical postures to Pranayama and meditation. Therefore. Fo r all the marmas on the left side of the body. 2 . This nadi relates to Vyana Vayu. ending primarily in the left thumb and big Apertures are the tip of the left thumb and big toe. soothing and nourishing than that of the right and is watery in nature. They are an integral part of yogi c thinkin g and the yogi c understandin g of both body and M a r m a a n d A s a n a P r a c t ic e One of the main purposes of the asana practice (Yoga postures) is to insure the right flow of Prana through the various marma regions. aiming at bringing better circulation to those marma regions that are stiff or Marma s that are sore indicate the need to exercise the surrounding muscles and joint s proper/y. Below are a few suggestive indications as this is an importan t topic in itself outside the main scope of this book. The energy of the left hand is more cooling. Its energy comes to a center in the middle of the left hand and foot and from there radiates out to the five fingers or toes. it is important to keep the energy flow in this channel clear and constant .

P r a t y a h ar a a n d P r a n a y am a Marmas as pranic centers can be easily affected through Pranayama . Standing and extending poses (like trikonasana . are excellent for marmas at the base of the spine and for regulating Vata in that area of the body. to energiz e the marmas on the right side of the . Practices like bandha and the more basic practice of Ujjayi are excellent for marmas in the throa t region and for regulating Kapha in that area of the body . The bound lotus in particular is a pose for locking and holdin g marma energy at an internal level. Mos t notable in this regard is the practice of We can use the right nostril breathing (breathing in throug h the right nostril and out through the which is heating in nature. and pascimottanasana ) are better for marmas on the back of the body and are more calming to marma energy. serve to close and protect the marmas for the practice of meditation and for of our energie s of Prana and mind. Practices like bandha and which aim at opening up the solar plexus . Poses that bring the chest forward like upward facing dog and th e cobr a pose (urdhv a and bhujangasana ) are good for stimulating marmas in the chest . parsvakonasana. are excellent for marmas in the stomach region and for regulating Pitta in that area of the body.Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 49 works on Yoga asanas for more detail on the poses referred Sitting poses in general. hips and shoulders. The shoulder stand is excel• lent for marma s in the neck. depending upon the nature of the The headstand is very powerful for marmas in the head. but particularly the lotus pose (padmasana) . Through Pranayama or yogic breathing we increase the flow of Pran a through the chakras. nadis and marmas. M a r m as . one must prepare for these poses properly. through im• proving the flow of Prana through the particularly for marmas in the back. Twists are excellent for unlocking marma energy generally. or serve to open and expand the marma system. Inverted poses aid in the stimulation of marmas in the head and uppe r region of the body. connectin g it with external sources of Prana and vitality . Forward bends (like janu sirsasana. particularl y for the headstand . Naturally. Practices like whic h seal the energy in the root chakra. Backward bends (like ustrasana and urdhva dhanurasana ) generall y open the marmas located on the chest and the front of the body and can strongly stimulate marma energy.

It states. Through working on the particular marma. Pratyahara mediates between the outer factors of Asana that works upon the physical the inner factors of specifically Dhyana or meditation that works upon the mind. Common physical forms of Pratyahara consist of relaxation and releasing the energy in vari• ous muscles and joints. nadis and chakras that it rules over. Vasishta contains an important sectio n explaining the use of specific marmas for the practice of Pratyahara. We can understand the relevance of marmas and Pratyahara when we consider the marmas as control points'.50 Introduction to Marmas body. Such Pratyahara practices includ e closing the eyes and ears to look and listen to the inner lights and sound s withi n and the practice of silence or not speaking in order to control the vocal organ. "Great yogis ever praise Pratyahara as concentratio n (Dharana) on the eighteen marma places that hold Drawing the Prana from each of these place s is said to be the best form of Pratyahara. This clears the en• ergy in the organs and system that the marmas control . Pratyahara is placed be• tween Pranayama or prani c energization . th e fifth of the eight limbs of Yoga . and to or mental concentration . systems. senses. Pratyahara literally means like a turtle withdrawin g into its shell. we can control or affect these factors in various therapeuti c The great yogic text. Each marma has corre• sponding organs . It serves to take the Prana inward. Anothe r metho d is to use to open the marmas in the region of the head . the fourth limb of Yoga. which frees it for both spiritual and healing purposes . It refers to various internalizatio n exercises designed to control the senses and motor organs and introvert the mind. We can use left nostril breathing (breathing in through the nos• out the right). to energize the marmas on the left side of the body. Its role is crucial in taking Yoga practice from a mere physical exercise to a true spiritua l discipline. " We have included a translation and summar y of the materia l as it is not availabl e in T h e E i g h t ee n Y o gi c M a r m a R e g i on s a n d C o r r e s p o n d in g M a r m a s Toes Ankles Kshipra marm a Gulpha (ankle) marm a . Pratyahara is the door between the oute r and inner aspects of Yoga that allows us to turn our energy inward. Yet perhaps the main aspect of Yoga practice that actively considers the use of marmas is Pratyahara. through which Prana and the variou s organs of the body can be influenced. which is cooling in nature. whic h affects related marmas. the sixth limb of Yoga.

the heart the root of the throat (Vishuddha) . Root of the nos e 15. Middle of the cal f Root of the kne e 5. The root of the nose relates to Ida and Pingala nadis. Adhipat i marm a These eightee n marma regions include points for seven root of the anus (Muladhara) . Center of the forehea d 18. Top of the head Indrabast i marm a No t a classica l marma . The root of the anus relates to Alambush a nadi. Middle of the brow s 17. Root of the urethr a 10. Center of the eye s 16. Marm a Meditatio n Below is a marma meditatio n using marma points accordin g to this yogi c . relates to Phana marma by the nostril s Apanga marm a Sthapan i marm a No t a classica l marma . Base of the throa t 13. The point betwee n the eyes relates to the Pusha and Gandhari nadis. The top of the head relates to the Sushumn a nadi. but is still ver y useful. Middle of the thig h 7. The marma s along the legs relate to the Hastijihv a (lef t side) and Yashasvat i (right side) nadis . The heart relates to Varun a nadi. These marma regions also relate to the fourtee n nadis. Th e point on the forehea d also relates to the crown chakra . Center of the kne e 6. Middle of the hip 9. but can also be use d Janu marm a marma Guda marm a Kukundar a and Nitamb a marma s Vitapa marm a Nabhi (navel) marm a Hridaya (heart) marm a marma Shringatak a marm a Not a classica l marma . Anu s 8. The root of the tongue relates to the Sarasvat i nadi. The root of the urethra relates to Kuh u nadi. Navel Center of the hear t 12. the middle of the brows (Ajna) and the top of the head The re• gions of the the root of the the root of the and the middle of the brows relate to the third eye or Ajna chakra as well. the root of the urethra the navel (Manipura).Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 51 3. The navel relates to Vishvodhar a nadi. Root of the tongu e 14.

"One should practice concentratio n by . Samhita states.teaching.

Feel your toes energized . gather your energ y there. 5. release it. release it. 8. On exhalation . release it. Move your attentio n to the middle of your On inhalation . On inhalation . heale d and Move your energy to the root of your urethra . release it. your hips energized . release it. 4. healed and relaxed . 2. gather your energ y there. Move your energy to the root of your anus. gathe r your energy there. Move your energy to your navel. Fee l your calves ener• gized. 7. healed and relaxed . 9. On inhalation . release it. release it. On inhalation . muc h like flexing and relaxin g of the Direct your attentio n to your toes. Feel your urethra ener • gized. release it. your ankles energized . Feel your throat ener - . On exhalation . On exhalation . Feel your thighs ener • gized. On exhalation . Feel the middle of you r knees energized . Move your energy to the root of your throat. healed and relaxed. your navel energized . gather your energ y there. release it. Move your attentio n to the middle of your knees. On inhalation . gather you r energy there. On inhalation . your heart healed and relaxed . On inhalation . On inhalation . Move your energy to the middle of your hips. healed and relaxed . healed and relaxed. On inhalation .Introduction to Marmas drawin g one's Prana by the power of attentio n from each of these marm a To do this practice the following method carefully . healed and relaxed . release it. On exhalation . On inhalation . Fee l your anus energized . gathe r your energy there. release it. gathe r your energy there. 12. using inhala• tion and exhalatio n at eac h marm a region . release it. gathe r your energy there. On exhalation . Move your attentio n to your ankles. 10. On inhalation . On exhalation . Move your energy to your heart. gathe r your energy there. On exhalation . 6. healed and relaxed . gather your energ y there. healed and relaxed . On inhalation . gather your energy On exhalation . On exhalation . Move your attentio n to the base of your knees. Feel the base of you r knees energized . On exhalation . gathe r your energy there. healed and relaxed. On exhalation . Move your energy to the middle of your thighs.

17. Feel your brows energized. In addition . healed and relaxed . Mantras have a special application to protect marma points. gather your energ y there. healed and relaxed . Finally. release it. release it. healed and relaxed . healed and relaxed . release it. heale d and relaxed . you can also direct your attention to any of these marma sites individually in order to heal the area or for specific therapeu• tic purposes . Kavachas are common in . 16. Mantras fa• cilitate the flow of Prana through the marma points and are another im• portant tool of marma therapy . On exhalation. On inhalation . release it. They can create a protective covering or armor. healed and relaxed . using certain mantras or names of God to protect the vulnerable parts of the body. Move your attention to the root of your nose. Move your attention to the root of your On inhalation. gather your energ y there. at a psy• chic or pranic level to shield various Many meditationa l kavacha s have been designed for this purpose. gather your energy there. On exhalation. your forehea d energized . release it. 14. your nose energized. On inhalation . Gather your attention from one marma region to another like climbing a series of steps from the bottom to the top of the body. Move your attention to the middle of your forehead.Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 53 healed and relaxed . On exhalation. On exhalation. called in Sanskrit. gather your energy there. Move your attention to the top of the head. On inhalation. release it. On exhalation. Move your attention to the point between your brows. gather your energy there. 13. 15. Feel your tongue ener• gized. gather your energy there. 18. In this you should concentrate both your mind and Prana in each of thes e eighteen regions starting with the feet. On inhalation. Feel your eyes energized. On exhalation. hold your awareness at the top of the head in the space of the Supreme Self beyond birth and death and all suffering. Feel the top of your head ener • gized. Mantra therapy or Mantra Chikitsa is commonly used in all branches of Ayurveda and considered one of the most important Ayurvedic therapies for all types of diseases. M a r m a a n d t h e U s e o f M a n tr a Besides their usage for spiritual and yogic purposes. mantras have a wide application for healing purposes. Move your attention to your On inhalation.

It can be used for directing men• tal energ y and healing intentions to any marma point. the seed sound of speech. It can be used along with the marma meditation practice outlined above to create a protective field of mantra around the physical body and the Visualize this mantra as creat• ing a deep blue protective force that can ward away all negativity. Fo r the sake of brevity and simplicity we will discuss only a few simpl e mantras. the energy of knowledge. It can be used to stimulat e and energize any marma with pranic power. The mantra H U M can be repeated relative to any marm a that one wants to protect from injury or from energy loss. the energy of transformation . It carries the immortal force of the higher Self and is expansive and ascendin g in its Usually it is visualized as golden in color and as carrying a solar force of life and intelligence . Another practice is that of or consecration . as in the word H U M has a more fiery energy for purposes of warming the marma s and increasing Agni or fire at their locations . possessing a fiery and wrathful na• It is used specifically to protect marma points and is the most important mantra in this regard. which correlates the fifty root th e th e parts th e also be used for this if one wants to be more I m p o r t an t B i j a ( S e e d ) M a n t ra s a n d U s a g e w i t h M a r ma s • The mantra H U M (pronounced rhyming with room) is Varma the seed sound of protection. wisdom and creativity. which is also the power of Yoga. • The mantra AI M (pronounced is Guru bija. the power of action and represents electrical or lightning force. These are among the most energetically powerful as well as the easiest mantras to The Mantra Purusha. cleared and released. • The mantra OM is Prana or the seed sound of energy and vitality. guidance and concentration .54 Introduction to Marmas Tantric texts where they occur in a great variety. Chanted with a shorter u-sound. It holds the Kali energy. and is white in color . It holds the Sarasvati energy. • The mantra (pronounced is the seed sound of shakti. dis• ease or debility. and is dark blue in . internalizatio n and spiritua l awakening. where various parts of the body like the heart and forehead are touched with the hands along with the recitation of mantras in order to dedicat e those areas to the deity. It can be repeated relative to any marma one wants opened. This is another important tool both of ritual and psychic healing .

color . .

attraction or magneti c energy. It can be used to hea l or soothe any marma region. energizing the marma on inhalatio n and releasin g or expandin g it on exha• lation. A good method is to use the mantra OM on inhalatio n in order to gather energy in the marma region.Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 55 • The mantra (pronounce d is the seed sound of har• mony and well-bein g and project s a nutritiv e lunar energy. creativity . Fo r example . It holds the Goddes s energy in general as a force of health . includin g strengthening reproductiv e functions . One can also use these mantra s relative to the eightee n marma region s mentioned above. Chant it for a minimu m of 10 8 times (or multiple s thereof ) for one mont h (preferably the period betwee n two new Meditat e upon the marma you are focusin g on and repeat the mantra along with the breath. • The mantra (pronounce d is the seed sound of desire. mentall y repeat the mantra H U M on inhalatio n while visualizing the marma filling with a protectiv e while on exhala• tion sprea d that protectiv e force from the marma to around the body as a whole . and the mantra H U M on exhalation to protect and fortify the On e can visualiz e OM as creating a golden light to energiz e the marma and H U M creating a dar k blue light to protect it. MARMAS I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E T O TH E KNEES B E L O N G T O T H E EART H ELEM EN T . Key marma : Talahriday a on the feet . Key mantra : LA M (pronounce d as in . vitality and enlightenment . happines s and prosperity . particularl y from condition s of weaknes s or tissue depletion . It holds the energy or the positive force of health . It can be used to open . particularl y interna l marmas like thos e of the heart. • The mantra (pronounce d is the seed sound of the heart. space and Pran a and project s a solar force and golden color. We can treat the element s in the body accordin g to the marma s in the portio n that relate s to 1 . Mantra s fo r t h e Fi v e E l e m e n t s The body can be divided into five regions relative to the five elements . and project s the power of It can be used to increas e Kapha or Ojas energy at any marma . Ho w t o U s e T h e s e M a n t r a s Choose any one of these mantra s that you find suitable to work with . energiz e and heal any marma .

the mantra VAM can be used along with exhalatio n throug h the left nostri l to increas e the water elemen t on the left side of the body. MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E KNE E S T O T H E AN U S B E L O N G T O T H E WATER E L E M E N T Key marma : marma on the middle of the thighs. Key marma : Phana marma on the nostrils . If you want to increas e the water elemen t in the nave l for counterin g acidity . Key mantra : VA M (pronounce d as in 3 . MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E M I D D L E O F T H E BRO W S T O T H E TO P O F T H E H E A D B E L O N G T O T H E ET H E R EL EM EN T . Key marma : Adhipat i marma on the head . if one wants to increas e the fire elemen t in the navel to stimulat e the power of digestion. Fo r example . On e can use the seed sound of Eart h LA M to strengthe n marma s on the feet like Talahriday a marma . MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E AN U S T O T H E HEA R T B E L O N G T O T H E FI R E ELEM EN T . Ke y mantra : YA M (pronounce d yum as in 5 . On e can use the seed sound of Fire RA M to strengthe n marmas in the middle of the body like Nabhi marma One can use the see d sound of Air YAM to strengthe n marma s in the chest and throat like Hriday a marma On e can use the seed sound of Ether HA M to strengthe n marma s in the head like Adhipat i marma . use the mantra RAM . Ke y mantra : H A M (pronounce d hu m as in The seed mantra s of the five element s can be used to treat the marma s in their respectiv e region s of the body. use the mantr a You can also use these mantra s along with alternat e nostril breathing . Or one can use the mantra H A M with alternat e nostril breathin g to increas e . Key marma : Nabhi (navel) marma on the navel . Anothe r method is to use the seed sounds of the element s in order to increase the elemen t require d to heal any marma .56 Introduction to Marmas 2 . Similarly. Ke y mantra : RA M (pronounce d rum as in MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E HEA R T T O T H E M I D D L E O F T H E EY EBR O W S B E L O N G T O T H E AI R EL EM EN T . One can use the seed sound of Water VAM to strengthe n marma s on the thighs like Urvi marma . Fo r the mantra RA M can be repeate d upon inhalatio n throug h the righ t nostril to increas e the fire elemen t on the right side of the body.

In this way one can direct the ener• gies of the five elements to either or both sides of the body and their corre• sponding sensory and motor organs . This can be combined with breath work (breathing the color into the Special machines also exist for transmitting light throug h gemstones. V Vata Energetics: increases Pran a Good for removing inflammation . many traditiona l Ayurvedi c practitioners as well as followers of energetic healing in the West find great value in these subtle therapies. Generally the marma should be bathed in the ap• propriate colore d light for at least fifteen minutes for it to have an effect .Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 57 ether element in the entire body. . also affords protection . infection and fever. meditating on the color as pervad• ing the marm a region. Energetics: increases Agni warming. and for stopping bleeding. particularly relative to Tantra and its energetic prac• tices that work to harnes s the secret forces of Gem s are specificall y referred to as Mani and provide one of the three main factors of Ayurvedi c healing along with herbs and mantras. Light is able to stimulate marmas in various ways depending upon its source and its color . While some Ayurvedic doctors to• day who are trained in modern medicine may not use it. improving blood flow. P Pitta. M a r m as . Color and gem therapy can be used on marmas. These give a particularly high quality healing power to color therapy. M a s and Colo r Therap y arm Colors can be applied with colored preferably projecting a focused ray on the general extent of the marma to be treated. NOTE: in the chart below. Good for stimulation. C o lo r a n d G e m T h e r ap y The use OTA Ayurvedic healing . K Kapha. Color can be used internally through visualization as well.

.

while the practitione r is workin g on an• other. stimulation . One can use the point of a crystal to stimulat e a marma point. Transmit s a solar force . A simple method is to tape the crystal on the respectiv e marma. balancin g the mind and stoppin g pain . calmin g the nerves. nurturin g and increasin g tissues and bodily fluid s (Kapha) . workin g on a subtle level to help balance the flow of Prana and connec t us with cosmic light sources that emanat e from the stars and Th e Use of Crystals Crystal s are easy to use for marma therapy . nourishin g and groundin g energy . and spiritualization . promotin g Prana. YELLOW Energetics : Goo d for balancing . Placing larger crystals on large marma regions like the heart or navel is another method . Marmas and Gem Therapy Ge m Therap y is called Mani Chikitsa in Sanskri t and is commonl y use d along with both herbal and mantra Gemstone s provide a strong form of color therapy . WHIT E Energetics : PV-K+ . though they can be more A crys• tal can be placed on one marma . increase s Pran a Goo d for giving vitality . clearing . and the flat face of the crysta l to calm it. also promotes growth the tissue development . GREE N Energetics : PK-V+ . . increase s Oja s Good for balancing . They are not expensiv e and can be found in sufficien t size (ten or more carats) to have a good effect. pain relief. using a soft tape that doesn't damage the skin. Pol • ished stones are not necessary .58 Introduction to Marmas GOL D Energetics : increase s Tejas and Oja s Good for energization . cleansin g the blood.

tonifies and builds energy in marmas . R O SE C R Y S T A L Warms . it is more effectiv e to keep such primary gems on marm a points for a period of a month or longer for stronge r action. arm. which can be expensive . bangles or pendant s which touch them. making them re• ceptiv e to healin g M I L KY C R Y S T A L Has a nourishing . Improve s vitalit y and immun e A M E T H Y ST cleanses . energizin g and opening marmas . Such a gem is an importan t consideratio n when• ever prescribin g the use of gems . bracelets.Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 59 C L E AR C R Y S T A L Useful in clearing . neck or heart can be treated by wearing rings . but should generall y be at least one carat in size. Some marma s like those on the hands. C I T R I NE Strengthens . Primar y G e m s For these stones. For this it is best to have an open setting for the gem in which the gem can directly touch the skin. energize s and stimulate s the circulatio n at marmas . cut gems are preferable . Goo d for acute pain or infection . The usage of primary gemstone s is de• fined astrologicall y accordin g to the rules of Vedic astrolog y which can be examine d for more informatio n on the Such gem s . Substitut e stones to these primary expensiv e gems can be used muc h like the crystals mentione d above. Cu t gems can be used in small sizes. purifies and detoxifie s marmas . Strength • ens the blood . Uncu t or unset stones can be used but may not be as strong in their affects. Builds tissue s and increase s bodily fluids. moistenin g and calming lunar energy. Uncut stones should be used in larger sizes. preferabl y over five Lik e crystals they can be temporaril y taped over marma Or the therapis t can hold the gem on the marma point using his thumb or middle finger for a minute or two . However .

60 Introduction to Marmas usually require an examination of the birth chart and should not be pre• scribed according to Ayurvedic indications alone. V Vata . increases Prana Transmits a Mercury or pranic energy to relieve pain and tremors. calming for children . Goo d for Ojas. tonify and build good quality tis• sue at marmas. Y E L L OW S A P P H IR E Substitutes: topaz. lubricate and nurture marmas . cultured pearl s Energetics: increases Ojas Transmits a gentle lunar force to cool. and counter mental or nervous agitation at marmas. PerPitta. promoting vitality and longevity. muscles and bone and improves male energy. strengthen and energize marmas . in the chart below. sunston e Energetics: Increases and Tejas Transmits a powerful solar force to warm and stimulate pro• moting circulation. E M E R A LD Substitutes: peridot. citrin e Energetics: generally balancing. K Kapha. jade. strengthenin g the lungs and soothin g the R ED C O R A L Substitutes: carnelia n Energetics: P+(slightly) VK-. strengthening the heart. P R U BY Substitutes: red garnet. counterin g drynes s and debility. increases Ojas Transmits a Jupiter energy to fortify. energy flow and relieving pain. green tourmalin e Energetics: generally balancing. Helps heal injured marmas . milky crystal. increases Ojas and Tejas Transmits a Mars force to warm. P E A RL Substitutes: moonstone. Helps build the blood.

and strengthen marmas .Marmas and the Practice of Yoga S A P H I R E Co n t i n u e d haps the best strengthening stone for general usage. They are particu• larly good for counterin g . Helps heal injured marmas. DI A MO ND Substitutes: white sapphire. zircon. energize. S a c re d S t o ne s a n d Y a n t ra s Other special stones can be used to heal marmas as well. particularly good for the elderly . clear quartz crysta l Energetics: PV-K+. special small egg shaped rocks from rivers and mountains in India . Increases Ojas Transmits a Venus energy to clear. bringing the energy of Ojas (higher Kapha force) to them. small stones can be used of one to three inches in size. turquoise. lapis lazuli Energetics: PK-V+ Transmits a Saturn energy to cool. cleanse. inhibiting bleeding and stop• ping infection . The important thing is you are connected to the healing power of the The Earth energy of such stones is very good for bring• ing calm and stabilit y to pranic energy through th e marmas. Also im• proves female energy and strengthens the bones . These also help stabilize and heal marma points. B L UE S A P P H IR E Substitutes: amethyst. detoxify and calm the energy at marmas. One can use (Shiva stones) or (Vishnu stones). Or you can use any sa• cred stones tha t you ma y have. Fo r this purpose.

62 Introduction to Marmas Vata dosha. ra h r ig te a gion Vasishta Samhita IV. a is Note Y g a for Your Type: An Ayurvedic Approach to Your Asana Practice (F w y and o ra le Vasishta Samhita for d s rip e c tio n of P tya a a on e h e n m rm a re s . Note Yoga and Ayurveda (F w y ) c a te r ra le hp for m r e in rm tio n on the o fo a c a s . Another im• portant healing yantra for marma therapy is the Sri Yantra sacred to the which consists of five upward facing and four downward facing triangles. mainly triangular in nature. along with inscribed mantras.61 Note Yoga and Ayurveda (F w y ) c a te r 17 for in rm tio n on the M n a P ru a and the use of ra le hp fo a a tr u sh . Generally one should use small yantras of one or two inche s in size for treatment energizing them with the appro • priate These are most commonly found made out of coppe r which is a good metal for conducting pranic energy . gold or various al• contain geometrical designs. Vedic astrology or Puja supplies are sold. dedicated to the Sun. Note Yoga and Ayurveda (F w y ) c a te r h kra ra le hp for m r e in rm tio n on o fo a the n d . It can be used with the mantras or Such yantras are often available where Ayurvedic. is importan t in this respect. which represents Prana. Another method is to place small yantras on Yantras are meta l made with copper but also with silver. It consists of a six-pointed star with a in the middle along with various inscribed mantras for the Sun. Yantras serve as conductors for spiritual and cos• mic energies. They help conduct the healing energy from the Earth which in turn is connected to that of the stars and planets . Yantra.

m n s . Note Astrology of the Seers (F w y ) c a te r a tra ra le hp a lo y . stro g for in rm tio n on use of g m s in V d c fo a e ei .

or maintenance methods ' that we can do on our own as part of a harmoniou s While marma therap y is part of Ayurvedi c clinica l aspects of it can be safely used as part of for treatin g our friend s or ou r famil y Ayurvedi c method s for treatin g disease are classifie d into two groups : those for removin g toxins and reducin g excess tissues . which are calle d methods' and those for restorin g vitality and re• building deficien t tissues . herbs and variou s instrument s like needle s to stimulate marma points. going to the roots of our being on physical .C H A P T E R 5 Ayurvedi c therapy combine s all factors of right living. Tonification method s aim mainly at increasin g the tissues but also aid in revitalization and rejuvenatio n strengthe n immunit y and pro• mote longevity . marma therapy can be used for pranic healing or energ y . and our connection s with the greater univers e of consciousnes s in all these areas . psychologica l and spiritua l levels. oils. It is perhap s the world's most comprehensiv e and integra l healing system . outwardl y and in• wardly. reducing and decreasin g the dosha s of Vata. Followin g this therapeuti c model. Broadl y speaking . Ayurvedi c therapie s can be divided either into ods for treatin g applied mainly in a clinica l setting . which are called method s ' (Brimhana). as well as every type of healing modalit y for body. Pitta and Kapha . Reductio n therapie s include method s for increasin g Agni. many types of marma therapy hav e arisen that cover the entire range of natural treatmen t modalitie s includin g the use of massage . Marma therapy can be employe d as part of daily and seasona l life-style practice s or part of com• plex clinica l procedure s to eradicat e the doshas Beside s treating the body. mind and Prana.

Aroma aromatic oils like sandalwood or camphor on Thi s may be combine d with massag e or 3. Here we will examine the medical methods. It can also be used for calming the mind. Mardana or application of pressure on particular which may be combine d with the use of special massage oils or aromatic oils done as part of massage . Herbal herbs internally in the form of pills and decoc• tions as well as applying them externally to marmas in the form of poul• tices (whic h overlap s with the use of herba l III .64 Introduction to Marmas medicine in various forms. applied along with them for added enhancement . facilitating the opening up of consciousnes s on an inner level. 2. This is aided by applying heavy oils like sesame or special Ayurvedic medicate d herbal oils so it includes not only massage but also oil therapy. Pranic or Energy Prana either at a distance or through therapeutic touch. Lepa or Applying Herbal of herbal pastes like sandalwood. calm• ing the emotions and stress reduction. Marma therapy is a great aid for Yoga and meditation. Marma therapy is usually supplementar y to other Ayurvedic whethe r constitutiona l or disease focused. turmeric and ginger or various herbal ointments on different marmas . I I . We have already examined in the previous chapter the yogi c methods of marma therapy. 4. Method s of Marm a Therap y M a s s ag e a n d E n e rg y M e t h od s Abhyanga or various forms of pressure and movemen t with the hands or other parts of the body like the feet and elbows. 6. so many tech• niques fall unde r it. which can be divided into three groups . not requiring but often enhanced by the use of massage techniques and oils. Some forms of Ayurvedic massage may use dry powders. H e r ba l M e t h od s 5. We can identify ten main medical methods of treating marmas. Us e s of I n s t r u m e nt (vedha) of veins 7. Sira Vedha (Vessel Piercing) and .

or vessels particularl y blood-lettin g or bleeding of marm a .

Us e of Instruments to Treat Marmas: Blood-letting . Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 65 8. or Heat of heat application (karma ) to marma regions. including the use of heated rods and moxibustion. which is more technical in nature. In yogic philosophy. Good Ayurvedic doctors develop a strong power of Prana. both from their medical practic e and from the i r yogic practice s (particularly which is an integral part of an Ayurvedic life-style. 2 . The air element in turn relates to Prana or the cosmic life-force . needles or caustic substances. just as it is the main method for treating the surface of the body where most marmas are located. We must not overlook this healing power of the therapist. The third group. Prana at a deeper level carries the energy of love and so therapeutic touch can help heal the mind and heart as well as the body. acupressure and pranic usually used together. On the . Thes e are generally strong in nature and require a good clinical knowledge for thei r application .Marmas. They generally require a therapist but can be done on a limite d scope as a form of self-treatment . The second group of herbal methods can be used along with massage methods or by They require a workin g knowledge of herbs to utilize. A practi• tioner with good Prana can achieve good results even without a great deal of technical skill or much time spent in treating a marma point. Massage. which is the main healing power of life. Acupuncture. Agni-karm a and Kshara-karm a . The first group of four aroma therapy. Ksharakarma or (karma) of herbal alkali s (ksharas) or caustic substances near marma points like chemical cautery . A highly evolved Ayurvedi c doctor can heal marma points by his pranic power alone. We will discuss the first two groups of massage and herbal methods in the current chapter. touch is the sensory power that corresponds to the cosmi c air element. Par t II I . The Prana from the practitioner affects the marma. Touch conveys Prana. 10. rods. which itself is a pranic center wher e our vital energy easily gets impaired. Ayurvedi c M assag e and Energ y Method s of M arm a Therap y Therapeutic touch is the main method for treating marmas. or with needles (suchi) or includin g puncturin g of small vessel s at marm a 9. The third group of four methods employ s variou s instruments like magnets. is described briefly in the Appendix for reference pur• poses (Part III. 1.

other .

The different methods of Ayurvedic massage are prescribed according to season. wrist. Perform th e massage motion in a clockwise motio n when tonification or strengthening th e internal organs and tissues is th e aim . particularly to cover larger regions. environmenta l conditions. We will define them here mainly according to doshic consti • tution. palm of the hand or heel of the foot can be used in certain conditions. individual marmas can be massaged by themselves without any addi• tional massage as a limited or quick form of treatment . massages of the arms and hands. legs and feet. 1. even if technically correct in their treatment .66 Introduction to Marmas hand. using mainly the thumb. the knuckle. However. 2. massage of specific marmas is con• ducted along with whole body massage as an added enhancement . This means that a facial or head massage can be given before treating marmas on the head . a practitioner with little development of Prana may not be very ef• fective. Such regional massage helps open the en• ergy in that part of the body and make s specific marma massage more effective. Fo r massage two important rules should be remembered . The dura• tion of massage for marma points should be at least three to five minutes twice a day. How• ever. It employs not only massage techniques but also the use of special massage oils. Similarly. Imagine putting a clock on the body of the patient and then follow the movement of the clock's hand forward from right to left as it progresses from 12 to 1. Another method consists of giona l massaging the area of the body where the marma is located. M a r m a M a s s ag e Marmas are sensitive areas. Fo r the strongest treatment level. Perform th e massage in a counterclockwise manne r when th e goal is to . or back or front of the body can be given before treating the marmas located in those areas. M a rm a O i l M a s s ag e Abhyanga or massage is the main Ayurvedic method of treating marmas. 2. disease condition and individua l constitution. Whol e body massage opens marma energy in general and makes individua l marmas more accessible for treatment. It is also not as time-consumin g as whole body massage. so massage should be done carefully. which projects the main pranic power of the hand. Abhyanga combines the power of therapeutic touch along with the medicinal properties of herbs and aromas. 3 and so on. to which special herbs and aromas may be added to extend the heal• ing energy to all regions of the body.

almond. ghe e Mustard . in cases of (toxins in the digestiv e tract evidence d by thick tongue coating) . Such oils can penetrat e into marmas . sunflower . ghee (clarifie d butter) and sunflowe r oil . which benefits from using them in larg e amounts. Such are • However . which is the main oil base these are made with. Heavier oils that are heating in nature. even sesame. Heavy oils can suppres s Agni (the digestiv e and help hol d toxins and pathogen s in the body. sesame (small amounts ) Spe ci a l A y u r v e d i c M e d i c a t e d O i l s ( T a i l a s ) Ayurved a uses various medicate d oils called from meaning sesame oil. making the massage more pleasant . • Only a few oils are cooling in nature and are better for coconut. safflower . olive.Marmas. This allows the . Their oily or emollien t quality softens the skin and reduces friction . M a s s ag e O i l s a n d D o s h i c I n d i c a t i o n s Dosha Vata Pitta Kapha Main Massage Oils Sesame . Imagine putting clock on the body of the patient and then follow the movement of the clock's hand backwar d from left to right to left from 12 10. • Some oils are light and spicy and good for like mustard or safflower. Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 67 reduce exces s dosha s or exces s tissue s growt h or for detoxificatio n pur • poses. Oil s f o r M a r m a M a s s a g e Massag e often requires the use of heavy or fatty oils like sesame or al• mond. dependin g upon the nature of the oil and the amount used . when there is a cold. apricot. Massage. • Most heavy oils like sesame or almond are heating in nature and are generally used for Vata. we should note that such heavy oils are not used. ghe e Coconut . some of which like sandalwoo d or campho r may be aromatic . Tailas consist of fatty oils like sesame or coconut in which various herbs are cooked. loosen tension. flu or fever. Ayurvedi c oil therapy or employs differen t oils in various con• texts to either strengthe n the patient or remove toxins. relieve pain and bring nourishmen t to the skin and muscles in the region . safflower . can also be used for Kapha but the amount applied should be small . or used onl y sparingly. 9 and so on. or in other acute conditions .

Som e aromati c oils like sandalwoo d can be used instea d of heavy . it is best to work an aromatic oil into a marma region one's fingers or even if little other massage will be done. No t all of them have pleasant aromatic properties . They can reduce excess doshas or bring in subtle heal• ing energies of Prana Tejas (primary and Ojas Aroma therapy for marma points is both one of the most powerful forms of aroma therapy as well as one of the best forms of marma therapy. On e can apply an aromatic oil befor e massage in order to open the energy of the point. Herbs used include tonics like ashwagandha . use a clockwis e motio n of massag e strengthen the energy at a marma and a counterclockwis e motion to duce it. Generally. Applying an aromatic oil as a treatment in itself. Generally. however. which con• tain mainly camphor .68 Introduction to Marmas properties of herbs to enter into the oil and add their effects. Aromas can penetrate deep into marmas and adjust their energy level and frequency. inflammation or irritation at the Us e warming and stimulating oils like cinnamon or eucalyptus to remove cold and stiffness or to promote j circulation in the region. Various pain balms like Tiger balm. This is particularly good for acute conditions or if one does not have the time for a fuller treatment. serving to radiate their influence to the different channels. A number of Ayurvedic massage oils are mentioned relative to the treatment of marmas. Or one can anoint the marma with an aromatic oil once a massage is over in order to help complet e and seal the treatment . Tailas are often the best way to treat marmas because they combine massage oils and herbs for a more powerful synergistic action. Us e cooling and sedating oils like sandalwood to relieve pain. These Tailas are listed in the Appendix Many of these are now available from Ayurvedic stores and companies in the Unite d 2 . Tailas are usually named after the main herbs in them like Ashwagandh a a sesame oil preparation dominated by the herb They offer a greater herbal effect to the use of massage oils. and shatavari and nervines like and gotu kola. Aroma therapy is a quick and easy method of working on marmas that can be applied either by itself or as part of massage. it is stron• ger if it is combined with massage of the point. organs and systems of the body and mind . A r o m a T h e r ap y Aromatic oils have powerful effects upon marmas. menthol or can be used this way as well. one can anoint a marma point as a kind of quick or instant treatment. Just as the case of marm a massage .

A few oils are earthy and slightly in smell. Most commo n are or pun• gent aromati c These are usually heating in nature and good for reduc• ing Kapha and Vata. You may wish to wash off any excess aromati c oils if you don't want a lingering fragranc e (though this is often helpful Or. jas• mine. formula s combinin g several aromati c oils can also be devised . sage and thyme. The doshi c applicatio n of aroma s is no t as stric t as tha t of food s or Just as Ayurvedi c herbalis m employ s many diverse herbal formula s and compounds. you can apply aromati c oils to marma s before sleep and then shower the oil off in the morning . saffron . Note that many fragrance s can help reduce all three doshas. These are good for reducin g Pitta and Vata but can increas e Kapha. guggul. rosemary . as well as the resins of variou s conifer s (particularl y pines) . bay. spearmint .Marmas. eucalyptus . pain. cumin. mint. lily. cloves . rose and saffron. valerian . onion . pine and spruce . Hima• layan cedar . Such oils include camphor . iris. gardenia . juniper . with fewer restriction s on Pitta tha n other spicy oils. Suc h are garlic . Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 69 like sesame for general massag e purpose s as well. heena. Some spicy oils are more aromati c than heating and can be used to some degree for all three doshic types. turmeri c and Anothe r importan t type of aromati c oils is oils'. stiffnes s and arthritis . Type s o f A r o m a t i c s Oil Aromati c oils are of several major types. Such are frankincense . Massage. Hot-nature d aromati c oils like eucalyptu s can be used like rubbing alcohol or prepare d in rub • bing alcohol as penetratin g massag e agents . ginger . They are effectiv e for gynecologica l complaint s and are tonics to the heart and the reproductiv e system . fir. such as cedar. jatamams i and asafoetid a Aromati c Oi l s a n d D o s h i c I n d i c a t i o n s The followin g are generall y good aromati c oils for the differen t doshas . Mos t oils that derive from coniferou s trees are of this type as well. pepper. which are gener• ally derived from flowers. Such fragrance s are evening primrose . honeysuckle . These are particularl y good for Vata and for stabilizin g of consciousnes s in condition s of shock or hysteria. motherwort . frangipani . cinnamon . cardamom . Typica l spicy oils include basil. myrrh and shallaki . fennel. nutmeg . Certain oils derived from tree resins have special healing propertie s for treating injuries . coriander. These are often good for all three doshas and are particularl y useful for Vata and Kapha. .

Ayurvedic practitioner s often devise their own aromati c blends, just as

70

Introduction to Marmas

they do various herbal The general rule is that several herbs or oils in a formul a will have a stronger therapeutic effect than the same amount of any single herb or oil. This is owing to the synergistic effect that occurs from combining related healing substances. Special Ayurvedic aroma combinations have been developed for treating various marmas .

C o m b i n a t io n o f H e a v y O i l s a n d A r o m a ti c O i l s Differen t oils and aromas have specific therapeutic effects that can greatl y enhance the efficacy of massage. Fo r balancing the doshas, the following oils can be used on differen t TYP E INDIVIDUAL S OR CONDITIO N S OF HIGH VATA (deficient tissues, tremors, pain or insomnia) : This requires the use of heavy or fatty oils like sesame, almond or castor oil. Warm aromatic oils like ginger and cinnamon or calming oils like sandalwood or rose are also but generally Vatas require a liberal application of heavier oils like sesame to really ground them. Some high Vata types may be sensitive or disturbed by any strong even which are usually good for thei r type.

Marmas, Massage, Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing

PITTA TYPE

OR CONDITION S OF HIGH

PITTA (exces s heat , fever, bleedin g or This requires cooling massage oils like coconut, sunflower or ghee along with sweet and cooling fragrances like rose or khus or along with aromatic oils that reduce Pitta but improve di• gestion like cloves or coriander. Often the use of sweet aromatic oils is enough to bring down high Pitta conditions like fever or irritability, particu• larly the use of sandalwood. However, many Pitta men who could benefit from the use of swee t fragrances may be unwilling to use them because of the feminine con• notations of the fragrance. If this is the case, one can use sandalwood, khus, cloves or mint, which reduce Pitta without leaving a strong flow• ery aroma like rose or

FOR KAPHA TYPE

OR CONDITION S OF

HIGH KAPH A (exces s tissues , fluids or This requires lighter application of warming massage oils like mus• tard along with hot and penetrating aromas like eucalyptus, cinnamon or mint. Often the use of hot aromatic oils or pastes of spicy herbs like euca• lyptus, camphor, ginger or calamus is enough to reduce Kapha conditions of congestion or dullness. Kapha types like sweet and flowery fragrances but these are not good for them . How O i l M a s s ag e a n d A r o m a T h e r ap y C o m p ar e Ayurvedi c massage is part of oleation (Snehana) therapy. Oleation is part of detoxificatio n or reduction therapy (Shodhana) used for loosening tox• ins in the bones, joints, muscles and skin. The use of hot aromatic oils or herbs is part of sweating or sudation (Swedana) therapy, which is also part of this same type of therapy. It aims at drawing toxins out through the blood and skin. In Ayurveda, oleation and sweating therapies (Snehana and Swedana) are used together to help draw the doshas out of the deeper tissues and bring them through the circulatory system and into the diges• tive tract for their elimination from the body by other therapeutic method s the theory of Pancha Karma as explained in various books on | § This means that oil massage and aroma therapy on marma points can be viewed as a special or localized Snehana-Swedan a therapy. It can be

TOUS

to marmas on the head helps remove toxins from the region of and harmonizes the movement o f Prana in the mind and the ner system.

Introduction to Marmas

The use of heavy oils like sesame or almond is also part of Ayurvedi c tonification therapy and is indicate d for condition s of low body weight , poor tissue developmen t and high Vata. Fo r tonificatio n pur• poses, it is importan t to combin e oil applicatio n to selected marma s with whole bod y massage , using large quantitie s of oil. Oil drips to various marma regions , particularl y the forehea d can be helpful as well. Oil enema s (combinin g half a cup of sesame oil and half a cup of warm water) are even more powerful as they work on site of accu• mulation in the colon . On the other hand, the use of hot spices and aromati c oils is part of reduction therapy indicate d mainly for condition s of excess body weight , high Kapha and (accumulate d It is part of Ayurvedic palliatio n therapy , which aims at increasin g the di• gestive power or in order to burn up toxin s (Ama). The use of hot aromatic oils on certain marma regions is goo d for weigh t reduction , stimulatin g digestio n and promotin g Oils and aromas can be used to manage differen t types of pain. Heav y oils like sesame or almond are better for pain owing to weaknes s or stiff • ness Ho t aromati c oils like ginger or eucalyptu s are better for pain owing to cold or congestio n Cool aromati c oils like sandalwoo d or khus (vetiver ) are better for pain owing to inflammatio n (Pitta) . 3. (Acupressure ) is another method of Ayurvedi c massag e meanin g

We can also call it Mardan a is particularl y suitable for usage on marmas , especiall y smalle r points of one finger unit or less in size (the majorit y of marmas) , where the bodily energy is concentrated . Acupressur e consist s of applyin g pressur e to the marma , using the thumb or fingers , particularl y the index or middle fingers , which can hold a greater force. It is particularl y good for marma s on the extremitie s (legs and arms) or on the head, which are of easy access. Acupressur e can be done on sore or sensitiv e points (unless injured ) until the pain and tension is released . On e can use the thumb or the nail of the thumb for a mor e pointed This works well if combine d along with the index finger for marma s like Kurcha that one can grasp from both sides. In larger and deeper-seated marmas , like those on the hips or back, the elbow can be used for greater pressur e when necessary . Metho d o f Ayurvedi c Acupressur e • Locate the respectiv e marma region and apply a steady and moderate pressure with the thumb or finger, starting slowly and gently and gradu • ally increasin g in strength .

Marmas, Massage, Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing

73

• Just as with marma use a slight circular motion clockwise in direction when tonification or strengthening the internal organs and tis• sues is the aim. • When the goal is to reduce excess doshas or excess tissues, apply a slight circular motion in a counterclockwise manner . • Continue to apply pressure for three to five minutes or until the patient feels relief. • Lightly massage the area to disperse any tension . Ayurvedic acupressure is best done as part of overall body It also works better, particularly on Vata types, if done with massage oils like sesame. It is good to end acupressure treatment with the application of aromatic oils to aid in restoring circulation into the area. The use of aromatic oils with acupressure is similar to that relative to marma so most of what was said there applies here as well. While more comple x massage oils and aromas can be used as per the indications of the marma, the following simple recommendation s can be followed in most instances : • For Vata, plain sesame or almond oils are good to use along with acupressure. Fo r aromatic oils, cinnamon or calamus are best. • For Pitta, sandalwood oil is the best general oil/aroma. Clove oil can be used when the intention is more to stimulate the point . • For Kapha, it is best to use stimulating aromatic oils like camphor , cinnamon or eucalyptus along with acupressure . The F i v e P r a na s The five Pranas relate to the five We can use different fingers to project the different types of Prana to various marma points . • • • • • • Prana relates to the thumb . Udana relates to the index finger . Vyana relates to the middle finger . relates to the ring finger . Apana relates to the little finger. The palm carries the energy of all five Pranas and of Prana itself.

The five Pranas have their different roles in massage. Prana itself affords us overall energy. Udana allows our energy to move upward and holds the body erect. Apana moves downward and reflects the force of gravity, giv• ing stability and grounding us. Vyana moves outward, expanding and re• leasing, while Samana moves inward, holding and conserving . This means that we can use the force of Prana to energize that

74

Introduction to Marmas

of Udana to stimulat e them, that of Apana to ground them, that of Vyana to expand and release energy, and that Samana to contrac t and hold thei r energy. This can be done by the type of massag e performed , by the type of oils used or by how the therapis t directs his or her Prana during the treatment . A simple way to do this is relative to which fingers we use for acupressure . Acupressu r e don e with th e thu m b strengthe n s Pran a overall . Acupressure done with the index finger project s the upward moving en• ergy of That done with the middle finger project s the outwar d moving energy of Vyana. That done with the ring finger project s the con• tracting and consolidatin g energy of Samana . That done with the little finger project s the downwar d moving energy of Apana. However , an Ayurvedic practitione r must have a good pranic energy in order to do this . In additio n we can massag e the fingers of the hands and the toes of the foot in order to work on these differen t types of Prana that they hold. This is a kind of specia l Ayurvedi c han d and foo t 4 . Prani c o r Energ y Healin g Pranic or Energy Healing, called Prana Chikitsa in Sanskrit, is an integra l part of Ayurvedi c massage . Muc h of what we have already said relative to massage applies to it as well, but it can also be done by itself. In this prac• tice one simply uses ones Prana on the marma point. In large marm a zones like the heart or the navel, one can simply put the palm of the hands on top of the marma , or a small distanc e of a few inches above it in order to bring in positive pranic energy and dispers e negativ e energy. Anothe r method is to touch the marma and use the pressur e of the touch (includ• ing acupressure ) to convey Prana to the client . In pranic healing , where one aims at the transmissio n of energy from the healer to the client, the massag e techniqu e may be of little importance . Fo r this the Prana of the healer is the main focus. In pranic treatments , it is best to direct Prana along with your breath, projectin g positive vitalit y along with your inhalatio n and removin g negativ e energy along with you r pranic healing combine s well with other yogic method s men• tioned in the last chapter like Pratyahar a and mantra , includin g the use of colors and It also goes well with Polarity which itself is a kind of pranic healing . Anothe r method that can be used along with pranic healing is the use of magnet s or magnet therapy . And, of course, when one is performin g massage , one should always conside r the positive flow of Prana to the client .
Note Ayurveda and Aroma Therapy (L h t and B n ig ria M iller) . Note Ayurveda and (Joshi) . Note The Ayurvedic Guide to Polarity Therapy

The oil allows the herbs to adhere better as well as helping the herbal propertie s penetrate through the skin. M a rm a T h e r ap y w i t h H e r ba l P a s t e s Treatment by applying herbal pastes is called Lepa Chikitsa or It is much like the western herbal usage of poultices. a broad range of herbal therapies can be used as part of marma therapy. except in Ayurveda generall y an oil like sesame is added to powdered herbs in order make a paste. They can be applied on the marma for direct treatment. as can honey in some instances . Pastes are sometimes applied after massage in order to seal the energy of the treatment and continue its healing effects.CHAPTER 6 which convey the pranic force of nature. 1 . There are three types Lepa according to the thickness of the herbal paste : paste 1. There are special herbs for treatin g all the system s of the body and all Herbs have their special usage in marma therapy. Herbs can also be taken internally to aid in healing at the marma In this way. paste . are the main medicines used in Ayurvedic treatment. Ayurveda uses herbs accord• ing to their tast e (rasa) . Demulcent herbs like aloe gel can be used instea d of oil. tissues and systems in order to counte r disease and increase posi• tive vitality. heating capacity post-digestiv e effect and other such Thi s allows herbs to target specific doshas. Herbal pastes help reduce swelling and pain when applied over an in• jured marma. A complete marma therapy should alway s include the taking of herbs . They afford strength and stability to injured bones and joints.

3. past e .

It can be used on man y marmas for this purpose much like sandalwood oil. It has a natural antiseptic action . To create this. • Fo r soft tissue injuries. pastes of herbs like turmeric and aloe gel. • Honey is a good ingredient for herbal pastes in the case of burns or wounds. It can be combined with pow• dered herbs like turmeric or sandalwood in order to strengthen its cool• ing and healing action . 1/6 part for Pitta and 1/8 part for Kapha. calamus and cloves is excellent for such pur• poses. Apply the paste opposite to the direction of the bodily hair. • Ghe e (clarified butter) is also excellent for burns. Us e sufficient oil to create a consistent paste that will adhere to the skin. nirgundi or Siberian ginseng that promote healing and strengthen the bone tissue . including treatment for burns and sunburns and for most Pitta conditions . Then apply the paste over the marma. Ghe e is the best oil to use for cooling and anti-inflammator y actions . relieving inflammation . for countering dryness and protecting the bones and joints and for most Vata and Kapha conditions. Sesame oil is best for pain relief. Then it is less likely to irritat e the skin. or cloves can be applie d for headache. • Aloe gel is great for cooling action on marmas. • Sandalwood paste is good for cooling and stress-relievin g action. bloating and distention . Asafoetida (hing) is good for this purpose .76 Introduction to Marmas or a medium paste is used more often. nasal congestion or sinusitis at marmas on the head like Sthapani. use pastes of bone tonic herbs like comfrey root. The combination of ginger. Herbal pastes of carminative (gas-dispelling ) herbs to Nabhi marm a (navel) are excellent for countering cramping. it does leave a yellowish stain on clothes or skin. • . get a suitable quantity of the powder of the herb to be used one or two ounces). nutmeg. Castor oil is good with herbs for treating injuries and swelling . Shankha or Phana marmas. reduc• tion of Pitta and and calming the mind and heart. • Turmeric paste is good for minor injuries and for improving circulation to marmas for all the However. • Herbal pastes of spicy herbs like ginger. Then add oil or ghee part to the amount of the herb for treating Vata conditions. • Fo r injuries to the joints or bones. or poultices of green herbs like comfrey leaf or plantain are helpful. irritation or sunburn at the affected area. rashes and inflamma• tions .

nirgundi. Fo r treating external application of herbs to the specific marma often goes along with ingestion of the herbs in order to treat the body as a whole . shallaki. • Important herbs in the pain-relievin g group include cloves. mocharas. working well on both soft tissue and bone injuries. padmak a (wild and Himalaya n ceda r (devadaru ) • Additional western herbs of similar properties are wintergreen . many herbs can be used in their treatment. jatamamsi. Guggul is per• haps the best overall herb for marma therapy. chaparral.3 grams three times a day in the form of powders or herbal teas for short term but please note their specific indications in various herb books. mint . valerian . powders and including a number of special formulas and preparation s as part of its vast pharmaceutica l industry . licorice and myrrh. prasarini. They can also be applied in the form of a paste on the marma to be treated. Ayurvedic pain balms and ointments using wintergreen . lady's slipper. It is ex• cellent for keepin g marm a point s free of obstructio n or 1 . kava kava. Some are also available in ointment form like Tiger balm. for improving healing at marma points and increasing circulation to marma regions. H e r ba l T r e a t m en t o f M a r m a s Ayurveda uses different herbal teas. relieving pain and restoring energy flow. campho r or othe r pain-relievin g and muscle-relaxan t . T r e a t m en t f o r P a i n Charaka indicated using special pain-relievin g or analgesic herbs (the Vedana-sthapana group of herbs) for pain relief at different Many herbs of a strongly spicy or bitter taste and aromatic nature have this property . kadamba. willow . Turmeric is excellent for all soft tissue injury. if available.The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2: Herbal Methods 77 2 . Note that the herbs and dosages recommended for internal usage are only general. • Ayurvedic formulas like Yogaraj Guggul joint pain) and Guggul (for nerve pain) are great. The Chi• nese herb is also very good . Please consult an herbal text for more precise information before taking such Two great herbs for overall treatment of marmas are turmeric and guggul. As marmas relate to key vital points on the body and important vital organs. birch. Such herbs are generally taken internally in dosages of 1 . guggul.

nagakeshara .3 grams thre e times a day in the form of powder s or herbal teas for short term but please note their specific indication s in various herb books. • Additiona l western herbs include arnica. guggul. The y the marma to be . • Turmeri c paste is good by itself and can be mixed with dry ginger pow • der to promot e circulatio n to the region . ginger. • Ayurvedi c herbs in this stopping-bleedin g group consist mainly of as• tringents like turmeric . T r e a t m e n t fo r Bleedi n g Sushrut a as a surgeon indicate d various method s for controllin g bleedin g including ligation of bleedin g vessels . herb books. Sushrut a suggest s sev• eral differen t water-dispellin g herbs . alum. as well as leaves of lemon and onion . sandalwood . They can be applied in the form of a paste or poultic e on the marma to be treated . nirgundi . • Ayurvedi c herbs for this include stimulant s and diuretic s like turmeric . T o Counte r Shoc k Charak a suggest s using the Consciousness-holdin g (Samjna-sthapana ) group of herbs for revival from Such herbs are generall y spicy and 1 . The mineral alum . Himalaya n cedar. pressur e bandages . gojihva and padmaka . coriande r or • Pastes of certain tree resins like myrrh. Swellin g an d Edema To relieve swellin g and edema at the site of injury. cubebs . 3 . Also excellen t is the Chi• nese paten t medicin e Yunnan Bai Yao .3 grams thre e short term usage . which is a strong astringent . is also excellent . cautery . mullein . 4 . fir or pine can be applie d to the marm a for thi s Such herbs are generall y taken internall y in dosage s of times a day in the form of powder s or herbal teas for Again please note their specific indication s in various can be applied in the form of a paste or poultic e on treated.78 Introduction to Marmas 2 . gokshura . mochara s and shilajit . • Many diuretic herbs can be used internal ly like juniper berries. white oak bark. plantain . aloe and alum root. uva ursi . barks of pancha valkala (five fig laksha. col d water or ice and the use of certain hemostati c or Many such herb s can be found in nature . plantain . Such herbs are generall y taken internall y in dosage s of 1 . yarrow. lotus.

These are usually bitter or astringen t in Of course. • Anothe r method is to crush a clove of garlic and put some of the juic e at the base of the nostrils and in the mouth of the person. give them a warm bath with a little ghee . most of which have strong odors as aromati c • For quickly revivin g a person. camphor . • Once the patient is awake. Hing is best and will bring down Vata as well. use warmin g stimulant s like cayenne . kola ) and ashoka . myrrh. . ginger or mustard taken in the mouth . have them inhale a snuff of hing (asafoe • calamus or ginger powder. one must be careful if there is a high fever or sever e use herbs like aloe gel. • Such conscious-revivin g herbs are asafoetid a calamus . bayberry . dandelion . milk or coconu t juice added to the bath water. comfrey . valerian . Administe r a cool sponge bath using a little sandalwoo d oil or powder when shock has occurre d owing to heat or fever . 6 . or anjanas ) to apply • If shock is owing to cold or poor circulation . guggul. garlic . T o Preven t Pu s Formati o n o n a Woun d Many commo n alterativ e or blood-cleansin g herbs are good for preventin g and promotin g healing . Such herbs are sometime s taken internall y in the form of powder s or herbal teas for short term usage. sesame oil. They can be applied in the form of a paste or poultic e on the marm a I to be treated. musk. guduchi . turmeric .The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2: Herbal Methods 79 in They open the mind and senses and allow the Prana to nove throughou t the nervou s system . These are also very helpful . eucalyptu s or menthol. jatamamsi . cinnamo n or cardamo m to stimulat e their circu • lation. Some of these are powerful herbs like camphor that should not be taken internall y except in very small Please note their specific indication s in various herb books before usin g 1 them. Once the patient is revived . Or have the person inhale a penetratin g aromati c oil like camphor . This restores the bodily fluids. have them drink warmin g and stimulatin g herbal teas like ginger. • Ayurved a has special eye creams around the eyes.

plantain and yellow dock as pastes or poultices . .

This is mainly for internal usage . use anti-bacterial herbs like golden seal. This is mainl y for external application. angelica.3 grams three times a day in the form of powders or herbal teas for short term usage. barberry. But please note their specific indications in various They can be ap• plied in the form of a paste or poultice on the marma to be treated . saffron. arnica and plan• tain. turmeric and katuka as powders or herbal teas . Fo r internal usage of the herbs mentioned above. H e a l in g W o u nd s a t M a r ma s Fo r healing wounds to there are many herbal combinations that can be used both internally and applied externally to the site as pastes or poultices . Ghe e and butter are also good for externa l application in the case of burns and inflammation . rose and manjishta (mad• der) are indicated. guggul. Such herbs are generally taken internally in dosages of 1 . To prevent scarring. 6 . much like the herbs mentioned above for stopping-bleeding . both inter• nally and externally . Honey applied externally is a simple and effective remedy to promot e healing and stop infection.Introduction to Marmas • Internally. nirgundi. • Fo r injuries affecting the bones or joints herbs like myrrh. but taking small amounts of the herbs internally can also be helpful . circulator y stimulants like turmeric. again generally follow the dosage of 1 . kava kava or Siberian ginseng are good. applied daily until the wound is healed . Two additional special Ayurvedic decoctions for injuries to marmas are Marma Kashaya and Dhanvantara These are mainly for internal Note Appendix 5 for thei r . • Turmeric or aloe gel can be used separately or mixed together. the long-term use of an oil like sesame or vitamin E oil is good.3 grams three times a day in the form of powders or herbal teas for short-term usage Please note their specific indications in various herbals for more specific indications and for more long-term us• age. The Ayurvedic text gives two excellent herbal formulas for healing of marmas that can be taken in pill Marma Gutika and Laghu Marma Gutika. • Fo r soft tissue damage and clearing out any stagnant blood. arjuna . Note Appendix 5 for their ingredients. Man y western herbs can be used the same way like comfrey.

rehmannia . America n ginseng . Fo r this purpos e there are many special tonic herbs that can be used. when ther e is physica l or nervou s debilit y or exhaustion . Such treatment . deep breathin g exercise s and restorativ e Yoga poses .36 . should be started only after the acute injury has healed.48 . or the Ayurvedic jell y • For healing the nervou s system .3 grams thre e times a day in the form of powder s or herbal teas and can generall y be used for period s of one month or more. T o Restor e Vita l Energ y If there has been severe injury to marmas . IV. shankhapushpi . haritaki . • Fo r rebuildi n g th e bon e s and muscle s use toni c herb s lik e ashwagandha. use nervin e tonics like kola. hi s g Note b o s like the Yoga of Herbs (F w y and Lad) and Planetary ok ra le (Tierra) . It may be continue d for a long period of time. They are also good taken as milk decoc• tions (cooke d in milk) or taken with ghee. Charaka . and ginseng . like and ginseng . however. it is importan t that the patien t undergo a long-ter m tonificatio n and rejuvenatio n treatmen t to increas e vitality (Ojas) and rebuild damage d tissues . marshmallow. jatamamsi .The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2: Methods 7 . gotu Such herbs are generall y taken internall y in dosage s of 1 . and licorice . nutritiv e (tissue-rebuilding ) diets. S h aS am it utrasthan a X . astragalus . IV C aa a S h a S hrk am it utrasthan a IV.47. • For restorin g the blood and bodily fluids use tonic herbs like shatavari . and amalaki . Please e a in e b k s on A rved a like the Yoga of Herbs tor in rm tio n on the A u d c view of he s xm oo yu fo a y rve i rb and t e r u a e . up to three to six months. They are usually combine d wit h adequate rest.

.

.

section explains how to use the following Table of Marmas. Its is on preparing the reader to effectively use the therapies indicate d under each marma. It also contains tables and illustrations correlating the marmas according to the subdoshas and channel-system s to aid in broader Ayurvedic treatment strategies. We recommend going over it carefully before proceeding to the individual marma descriptions . The Table of Marmas describes each marma according to the Ayurvedi c factors discussed in the first section of the book, as well as anatomically in modern medical Fo r those unfamiliar with Ayurvedic terms such as the doshas, subdoshas and srotamsi, please refer to the earlier chapters in which these are Fo r the anatomica l terminolog y consul t a dictionary if needed .

O vervie w of Marm a Therapies
The Table of Marmas describes special treatments for each marma point described. The of treatment outlines simple methods for treatall marmas. Its purpose is to enable the reader to treat any marma on a general level, even if he or she may lack the specific knowledge of oils and herbs necessary for detailed treatment. Please examine previous chapter s the details of marma therapy as needed. In addition, remember to treat the person as a whole. Marma therapy is an important adjunct to be applied along with othe r Ayurvedi c therapies , diet and life-style It is usually given by those skilled in the broader field of Ayurveda. B However, marmas can be used for self-treatmen t as well. Many marma B points, particularly those on the extremities of the body, are easy to reach B for self-treatmen t with massage, acupressure, massage oils or aromatic Boils. You can do this on a daily or weekly basis to aid in energy circulatio n counter chronic ailments. You can use specific marmas to treat headaches, digestive problems, insomnia and many other conditions that you

be suffering

This kind of treatment is particularly good befor e

86 Table Treatment

of

Marmas

and

Their

taking shower s or baths, which can follow in order to wash off any exces s oil. However , it cannot substitut e for treatmen t by another , which bring s in a differen t and potentiall y transformativ e pranic source . Massage , aroma therapy and acupressur e are combine d togethe r un• der one treatmen t section for each marma . This is because massag e oils and aromati c oil s are usuall y use d alon g wit h massag e or Oi l M a s s a g e Oil applicatio n is usually the best treatmen t for condition s of high Vata or for debility condition s generally. Remembe r to apply oils warm, particu • larly for Vata. However , in cases of high Kapha, overweigh t or edema, it is not always necessar y to use a massag e oil. In these cases, dry massag e is usually better. Fo r simple treatmen t by oil marma s can be mas• saged wit h the following oils : • Sesame or almond oil for Vata types or condition s • Coconu t or sunflowe r oil for Pitta types or condition s • Mustar d or sesame oil (smalle r amounts ) for Kapha types or condition s Carry out the massag e as explaine d in the section on Marma Massage ,

Chapter 5 (p. 66) .
Ke y Sy mp to m s o f Hig h Dosha s a t M a r m a Point s Vata Pitta Cold and dry sensation s in the area, sensitivit y to wind or exp o sure, crackin g or roughnes s of the skin, severe or cutting pai n Ho t and damp sensation s in the area, oiliness of the skin, bleed • ing, redness , skin rash, hot or burning pai n

Kaph a Cold and damp sensation s in the area, palenes s or whitenes s of skin, swelling , fatty deposits , congestion , edema, dull ach e 2. Aroma Therapy The use of spicy, penetratin g oils is specific for condition s of high Kapha or conditions of stagnatio n and congestio n generally. The use of sweet fra• grances is specific for condition s of high Pitta or condition s of fever and inflammation generally. Fo r simple treatmen t by aroma therapy , marma s can be massage d or anointe d wit h the following • A combinatio n of spicy and sweet oils like ginger, cinnamon , sandal • wood and rose is good for Vata . • Cooling sweet oils like sandalwood , rose or lotus are good for Pitta .

86 Table Treatment

of

Marmas

and

Their

taking shower s or baths, which can follow in order to wash off any exces s oil. However , it cannot substitut e for treatmen t by another , which bring s in a differen t and potentiall y transformativ e prani c Massage , aroma therapy and acupressur e are combine d togethe r un• der one treatmen t section for each marma . This is because massag e oils and aromati c oils are usuall y use d alon g wit h massag e or Oi l M a s s a g e Oil applicatio n is usually the best treatmen t for condition s of high Vata or for debility condition s generally. Remembe r to apply oils warm, particu • larly for However , in cases of high overweigh t or it is not alway s necessar y to use a massag e oil. In these cases, dry massag e is usually better . For simple treatmen t by oil marma s can be mas• saged with the following • Sesame or almond oil for Vata types or condition s • Coconu t or sunflowe r oil for Pitta types or condition s • Mustar d or sesame oil (smalle r amounts ) for Kapha types or condition s Carry out the massag e as explaine d in the section on Marma Massage,

Chapter 5 (p. 66) .
Ke y Sy mptom s o f Hig h Dosha s a t M a r m a Point s Vata Pitta Kapha Cold and dry sensation s in the area, sensitivit y to wind or exp o sure, crackin g or roughnes s of the skin, severe or cutting pai n Ho t and damp sensation s in the area, oiliness of the skin, bleed • ing, redness , skin rash, hot or burning pai n Cold and damp sensation s in the area, palenes s or whitenes s of skin, swelling , fatty deposits , congestion , edema, dull ach e

2. Aroma Therapy The use of spicy, penetratin g oils is specific for condition s of high Kapha or conditions of stagnatio n and congestio n generally. The use of sweet fra• grances is specific for condition s of high Pitta or condition s of fever and inflammation generally. Fo r simple treatmen t by aroma therapy , marmas can be massage d or anointe d wit h the following • A combinatio n of spicy and sweet oils like ginger, cinnamon , sandal • wood and rose is good for Vata . • Cooling sweet oils like sandalwood , rose or lotus are good for Pitta .

Overview of Table of Marmas

and Marma Therapies

87

• Spicy penetratin g oils like eucalyptus , campho r or mint are best for Kapha. Note that many of the specifi c treatment s in terms of oils and herbs men • tioned under differen t marma s can be used on other marma s when ther e are similar problems . Also note the formula s below . Si mpl e M a r m a O i l s OI L Take cup of sesame oil. Hea t until slightly warm (not too hot or the aromatic oils will disperse ) and add a few drops of sandalwoo d oil and calamus oil (if you cannot get calamu s oil use cinnamo n oil). Us e the mixture slightly warm, but not so hot as to evaporat e the aromati c oils . ANTI-PITTA O I L Take cup of coconu t oil and heat to slightly warm. Add severa l drops of sandalwood oil and a little rose oil, until a mild fragranc e is produced . let the mixtur e cool for OI L Take cup of sesame oil and cup of mustar d oil and mix togethe r sesame and mustar d oil in ratios of one to heating slightly . Add a few drops of campho r oil, mentho l or until a good fragranc e is created . 3 . Acupressur e Acupressur e or finger pressur e is specificall y indicate d for treatin g man y different It is an importan t method for stimulatin g marma en• ergy, particularl y for smalle r marma s or for trigger points within large r marmas. Generall y a strong level of pressur e with the thumb or middl e finger can be used for medium for Pitta, and more gentle for Vata, but be careful to note how painful each marma point may be and do not hurt the patient . 4 . Prani c g an d Energ y Healin

This can easily be done on any marma , using either the fingers or the pal m of the hand. It depend s upon the Prana of the healer, which should be stron g and Other T r e a t m e n t Method s

Additiona l treatmen t method s like acupunctur e and heat applicatio n are

mentioned for a few marma s by way of

Such therapie s can be

88 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment used on most marmas . These correlation s are only by way of predominance . ship u a ni B vi . K k h d aa . Holdin g the mind and Prana (our power of attention ) at marma s aids in their healing and facilitate s thei r energization at an interna l level. idh K tika . Please examin e the Appendix 1 and Appendix 2 for more detail s on these therapies . K rp r a (left) . In asti . Hips and B c k a B a i rih t N c k and H a d e e Sira A panga . A a p a p bh p la Hips and B c k a B ati . particularl y relativ e to the chakras and nadis that they rule over. gn oy 2 . ah L hita a . A h at i d ip KAPHA A s and Leg s rm K ra . N i . G h a an an a ulp A d m n and C e t bo e hs B sti . doshas . Pitta and Kapha . Marmas and the Dosha s Belo w are som e prime correlatio n s betwee n th e marma s . rika U tkshe a . A s p a k a rih m a h la *T e e m r k the m s t im o n t m rm s for the co s o hs a o p rta a a rre p ndin g re io s of the b d . This can help us understan d how to use various marmas . A astam a . o ksh as a h r n itap G lp a u h A d m n and C e t bo e hs S aroh tan ita . mantra . . but may require more trainin g in order to appl y effectively. A a p a a abh p la Hips and B c k a K ta a . subdoshas and tissues of the body. We have not mentione d gems or color s much relativ e to specifi c marmas but their genera l applicatio n can be use d here as well . II. M ar ma s an d th e Thr e e Dosha s VATA A s and Leg s rm K ra . V ura . atika run A spa k a m a h la Nck a d Had e n e S thapani . K rp r a (right) . Ja u (left) . ship M ib dh . J n u u ash drab u a a (rig t ) A do e n a h b m nd C e t hs H ridaya . Yogi c Methods Yoga practice s like meditation . p PITTA A s and Leg s rm K rch ira . M ar m a Point s an d th e Subdosha s The followin g are a few key connection s betwee n marma points and the subdoshas or five forms of Vata. Pratyahar a and Pranayam a hav e been mentione d for severa l importan t marmas . A . V a . Most marma s can be used to treat any of the doshas dependin g upon the treatment method s and substance s used .

5.Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therapies 89 Prana V u ay Vata Subtype s and M rm a P a oint s and S ap i m rm s on the h a d re t e to P n a th an a a e la ra V y u a d to the c w n (S ha ra ) ch a n ro a sra akra . T e y c n l the h o tro m d and the ce tra l ne u s system . A a m h a and K rc a ir a m rm s a a ah p sta b u h sh a a re t e to S m n a V y u and the na l cha la a a a ve kra . V a a V y u yn a 4. S m n a Vayu N b i (navel) . P a a and V h r a in n rvo hn id u m rm s are also good for P n a as circu tio n in the h a d and a a ra la e se nses . K ip a and Talahridaya are goo d for g ra l stim la n sh r ene u tio of P a and its e tr y in o the b d . S ve l m rm s on the yn a n er hk e ra a a h n s and fe t are c n e te d with V a a as w l l as P n . A a a V y u pn a B st i (bladder) . 2. hk H a a (hea . U a a Vayu dn 3. ad e onc yn e ra a p rtic la y T rid y a and K a u rl alah a shipra . M rm s on la pn a w h ka a a the le s a g nd fe t like T la rid y a a d e ah a n a e c n e te d to r onc A a a as w l l as to V n . rid y rt) and m rm s re t e to a a la V a a V y u a d the h a t c a ra . . ran n t oy and m rm s on the n c k a a e and sh u e s re t e to U a a V y u and to the tho t o ld r la dn a ra c a ra . G d a (anus ) and V p a (p rineu ) m rm s a u ita e m a a re t e to A a a V y u and the two lo e r c a r s . ve l o tro pn n a . U s e a m rm a on the he d pn e ya a tk h p a a has an o ra l c n l of A a a a d V ta .

R n k a P a a ja itt Sadhaka Pitta d e t s K o le g e ig s nw d Nila & M n a ay si n k Bhrajaka digests K o le g e nw d N hi ab Pachaka Sadhaka Pitta- H y a rida fire . S ap n i and A an a m rm s u a u ash th a p g a a are re te d to A c a a P a (s e g p w r of the la lo h k itt e in oe e s ) and v u l a u . a rid and K tik ta n a a a ru m rm s a e re te d to B ra k a P a and d e tio n a a r la h ja itt ig s of lig t and h a t at the le l of the s in . spo s al P s u p rt l itta Ranjaka liv r e K rc a u h Alochaka v io n is Subdosh a s of Pitt a and Marm a s Kurcha . K rch ira . ab K rc a h a and u h s ir Ind b t i m rm s are re te d to P c a a P a ra as a a la ah k itt a nd the d e tiv e ig s N h i (navel) . B ra k a P a h ja itt 4.90 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Pitta S ubtype s and M rm a P a oint s S d a a Pitta ahk and H a a m rm s (on the h a d rid y a a e and h a ) a e re te d to S d a a P a and the e rt r la ahk itt d e tio n of k o le g e and e e n e . P c a a P a ah k itt 5. K rp r a (elb ) . A c a a P a lo h k itt 3. h e ve k N h i (navel) . r 2. ig s nw d xp rie c K rch . J n u (kne ) a ab u a ow a e nd K k n a a marmas are re te d to R n k a P a (dig tiv e uudr la a ja itt es p w r at the le e l of the b o ) a o e v lo d nd the live . ye is a c ity T lah aya .

Gulpha (a nkle ) and K tika ru a (hip ) m rm s are a ta n a a re te d w h S s a a K p a (lu ric tio n of the la it le h k ah b a jo ts . H ay rid e rt) and T la rid y a m rm s ah a a a a e re r late d to A la b k a K p a (lub tio n of the va m a ah rica m c u s membranes in the ch uo est) . So are S rin a k a and K a a o te tm n h g ta rik tik m rm s on the he d and n c . and P a a m rm s on the face hn a a a nd neck are re te d to B d a a K p a (p e r of la ohk ah ow taste) .a (h a . So is K rc a h a on the h n s and fee . M n a d a (w a u a lb ) a ib n h rist) . N b i (n l ) and ah ave m rm s are re te d a a la w h K d k a K p a (K p a d e it le a ah ah ig stiv e se cretions) . u h s ir ad t J n u (knee) .Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therapies K h a Subtype s and M rm a Point s ap a Kp a ah A ip i and dh at on the h a d and H a a (h art ) e rid y e m rm s are re te d with T rp k a K p a (e o n l a a la a a ah m tio a c n n e t) . Se h k a K p a lsa ah . K rp r a (e ow . in ) 91 2. K d k a K p a le a ah 5. 3. Kp a ah Kp a ah 4. a a a ek S ring h ataka .

i c 3. s ip S n m la . K h ra . Janu . tra t u h s ir ig s y te . N b i (nave . ta m la N m a ita b . Rasavaha H a a (he rid y art) . S a lb w d e e M trik a a K rc a h u h s ira . S an . K k n a a uu d r H a a (he rid y art) . b i n A a ta b a . S a u . h a . msu r ss m tan m la S na ta rohita . T h a ala rid ya . e b lis yste ac a Bh i av B asti . a a ru a A hip . V p a (perineum . s i n ta a h wa y te k 14. n le p dc m te te . H a a (h a ) thap i rid y e rt B s i (blad at der) . h a t ys m g er 2. c lo n x re r yste o N . S a ta . h art . respiratory s te . Annavaha N b i (nave . G d a (anus ) u u c la y te 7. Others are listed in the table of marmas . liv r B ati . G d a (anus) . Channe l System s and Marm a Point s The followin g are a few key marma s relating to the differen t channe l systems . d ip ti im n thap p s mh h g k A a p . S rin ata a p la a e u m ra Shukravaha (a k ) . u ah l) K tik ta n a a ru a . n rvo s syste . G h a ud ita ) ulp B s i (lo e r a d m n ) at w bo e B st i (bladder) . at la e a a ru a 9. Purishavaha S hankh a e c to y s m . In ra s . K rp r a ah l) u a rih a ne ) o ita s a ir (e o ) . system. bloo . S ani . uudr rin r ys m id e u a yb de r rin r la d G a (anus) . a u Mutravaha K k n a a u a y s te . N b i (nave . ah l) d ba ti K rc a h a d e tiv e s s m . la ta n s s m c tio y te K tik ta n . Asthivaha s e ta l s s m k le y te Kkna u u d ra . p n re s 4. A astam p bha . re ro u tiv e syste . the m d in m n tru l s s m es a y te Stanyavaha S n roh ta a ita . m ta o m s m . lun s . a d ly p a c s te . K rp u ara . L h k h . 6. ila Swedavaha S n ro it a s e tin g s s m . G d a (anus) . g . K tik ta n . K hip .92 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment 3 . J n u (kn e ) a a ru a a e B s i (b dd r ) K tik ta n . a ip e s s m d os y te 8. u ru s s s te G a (anus) . k n ys . S an i han thap (he art) . S na u . J n u (k e . H a a (he rid y art) . S a d ati im nta . P ud arshvasandhi . A h a . skin ta a u n m h ti ys m e rt Na il 5. H a a s ra rid y Pranavaha P a .

focusin g on one as the mos t important or centra l marm a for the One method is to select marma s from each section of the body like the arms. one can trea t Kshipra (hand) . back of the body and head. Naturally . Then one must focus on stimulatin g marmas on the side or portion of the body requirin g energization . Several marma s are usually treated during a session . using the above correla• tions one can combin e differen t marmas to treat specific doshas . Guda (anus). to open the Pranavah a Srotas or respiratory/energ y system . Manibandha (wrist) . For example . Gulpha (ankle) and Katikatarun a (hip) . one can treat Sadhak a Pitta (Pitta in the nervou s system ) throug h marm a therapy on Simant a (skull) and Hriday a (heart) marmas . These are only a few suggestions . while either not treatin g or sedatin g the marma s on the opposit e side . Hriday a (heart) . like that of herbal formulas . legs. For anothe r ex• ample. However . one can treat Sleshak a Kapha (lubricatio n of the joints) by doin g marma therapy on the main joint marmas : Janu (knee) . An exceptio n to this is if one is trying to correct an energ y imbalanc e on the right and left sides of the body or on the upper and lowe r portion s of the body. can be complex . Fo r when treating Kshipr a make sure to treat both right and left points and also Kshipr a on the foot. This can be combined with overall body massage . One can treat the channel-system s in the same manner . Kurpar a (elbow) . front of the body. subdosha s or channel-systems out of Generall y three to seven marma s is a good number to consider . Marma formula s are an advance d topic usually taught in a clinica l setting and requirin g extensiv e Ayurvedi c knowledge and trainin g by the student . Talahriday a (palm of the hand) and Talahriday a (sol e of the Or one can focus on key region s of the subdoshas . (back of the neck). Phana (nostrils ) and Adhipati (head) marmas .Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therapies 93 Strategie s of Marm a Therapy/Marm a Formula s Marma therapy is not limited to the treatmen t of single marmas. Talahriday a (hand) . Fo r example . howeve r important this can be. . one can treat Vata in a comprehensive manne r throug h marma therapy on Adhipat i (head) . The numbe r and sequenc e of marma s treated will determin e the nature and effects of the therapy . Fo r example . Anothe r importan t principl e to conside r is that it is generall y good to treat the correspondin g marma s on both the right and left sides of the body or on both the upper and lower extremities . the development of marma formulas .

.

Marma s on the arms have two points. They are easy to reach and manipulat e for treatmen t purposes. Such periphera l points on the body impact the circulatio n of energy in the organs and in the spine as well as the arms and leg position s where they are located . increasin g Agni (fire) and the Pitta function s of the body . promotin g circulatio n and improvin g digestion . reducing inflammatio n and buildin g They have a calmin g effect. Treatin g these specifi c marma s goes along well wit h general massag e of the arms and hands . whic h makes them very importan t in marma therapy . particularl y for Vyana Vayu (th e ward-movin g pranic which they convey throug h the sense of touch.C H A P TE R 8 Table of Marm a s o n Ar m s and Han d s 1 1 Marm a Re gi on s an d 2 2 Poi nt s c hands and arms contain a numbe r of importan t marma points for the and expressio n of Prana. Marmas on the hands are the basis for therapeuti c touch. Generally . Their energ y should be kept strong and clear for those who wish to project their healin g power on to others. marmas on the right arm or solar side of the body are better for increasin g heat. Marmas on the left arm or lunar side of the body are better for coolin g action. one for each arm. They stimulat e bodily activities. increasing the Kapha or watery function s of the body. .

T e y can be re a e d as p rta e pu ro e s h g rd s co d r y K h r a p in s a tre te d in a s ila r e na s ip ot nd a im mn e . lo a d itu te e e m d gr c te b te ll y on the d rsa l and p lm r s rfa e s of the h n d in ila ra o a a u c a d the web f r e by the d rs l in ro s o s m s l e b tw e n om o a te s e u uc e e the firs t a s c n d m ta a a l b ne . o liq e and tra s rs e h a d of a d c r n to ic le o o re b u n ve e d u to S c re s p llici s m s le . re c g its im e ia e e c ) s ip q ic fle tin md t ffe t 2 m rm a p in . one on e c h h n d a o ts a a L a e t (S yu ) ig m n na 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n S a d b tw e n the thu b and in e x fin e . B n h s of m d n n rve . lu g s and A a m a a a n v la b k K p a (lubrication of h a t and P n a and V a a V y s .96 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Kshipr a (hand ) Description Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it K h r a ( u k . nd e o e c rp o s Note: (The s s b tw e n the o e r fin r s also h v e ite e e th ge a im o n t th ra e ti c p p rtie . a n r) C n o s p s a and re p to y s s m s (R s v h a o tr l la m s ira r y te aaa a nd Pranavaha he rt . ah er ra yn au Cn l s o tro A a m a l F x r p llici s b vis . d rsa l m ta a a l tru tu o uc ra c e e ia e o e c rp .

g rs Qa u litie s Relative to In r y ju S m to s y pm If In re d ju K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u g ) ty e an r ra a a og r e th a sin p m rm . s g e p r m ti ua p s in a o a or to o e n the e e y and re v e p in . c n m n . u in g a s n g pl a as g re s tro c u r m tio n for a o t five m u s . p n rg lie a A p y p w e s of c la u s or g g r for s ila r p rp se . ca e e l s u . as g A u re s r c p su e and Ao a rm Therapy A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . n m n s . use s n a o d o . L s s of a d c n and fle io n of th m . o in ro g o o h le U e s p i n s s m e o l or m s r d o l la ea i u ta i as m s a e as g Use s ic y ao a c oils like e c ly tu . W e n th r e is b rn g r am n e e ll pl ak h e u in s n tio . in re s e e e y flow and get the P n a irc la n c a n rg ra m v g th u h u t the b d y as a w o .Marmas on the Arms and Hands 97 a r y a s p rfic l p lm r a h s p ly g b o d to rte nd u e ia a a rc u p in lo the fin e . irc la o bu in te This is also a g o d m rm a for a u re s r e to p m t e o a c p su ro o c u tio . if the s n a n e sa n pl h la u r e s tio I jue d nr is m r e o in rn l . a a rch Msa e . a p y g e e (c rifie d b tte ) or. nu g n ro im ite Te t e t If G n ra y a p y an ice p c . g u . B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y a a o r nd a r e re u ea ilit . te a a d lw o il . c p nt r g g u bes ry ip la ot lc n a pr p o s s or c c e d h n s . e s e s . pl o dr am in e im u o s A u u cu e For tin lin . a u u c r e s o l d be d n e s ria i ra k ad c p n tu hu o two a g l i (fin e r u its ) p x a l to the s . and b e in g from o d u tio x u b le d the p lm r a .

o tro s ira r y te ra a a ro s) e rt lu g . h e fu ro n e lt an 1 C n l s re p to y s s m (P n v h a S ta .98 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a T la rid y a (h a t or c n r of the ah a er e te 2 m rm a p in . fa in g the ro t of the itu te e te a c o j I fin e r (c n r of the p lm r s rfa e of the h n d s p rfic l g e te a a u c a u e ia to th d ir joint) . 1 Cn l s o tro An im o n t p in t for e e y c u tio n for the e tir e b d y p rta o n rg irc la n o t a t is h lp l for all a u d h a h and b la ce . 1 ns B ra k a P a (c u tio n a h ja itt irc la nd h a t re e tio n on the s in ) e cp k . h a . one on e c h a o ts a p lm ) N m e r a u b hnd a Tpe y Size Se it md e id l Msl e uc a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n S a d in the c n r of the p lm .

v la b k ah b a er n s) Controls Y s a v t i N d i (rig t h n ) and H s v a N d i ahsa a h ad a tijih a ( f t h n ) a n g with V a a V y u (p w r of c u tio ) . le a d lo yn a oe irc la n .a d n A a m a a K p a (lu ric tio n of h a t and lu g .

It is o n a s r e ad fte o p in t in m s t p o le . T i s is g a t for m s a e ua p s in a o a po h re as g p c n r s to p p r e th m e e s for tr a e t . u e p n tra n rg ad s e e tin g a m ti c o s lik e ro a il e c ly tu . A so pe o bv ae l c n l s the h n s as a m to r o n . a p y ice to the a a . th d and o x x n io eo d ir fo rt h fingers and a d c n of s c n . R b in g the p lm s to e e r oe e pu uh ub a g th q ic l y for a few s c n s e e iz s this p in . as g se p ro a il ua p s c mh r a po for c a g P n v h a S ta s le rin ra a a ro (re p to y sy m . For V a a V y u (p n c c u tio ) and s ira r ste ) yn a ra i irc la n to e e iz e the h n s . B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of a a o r nd a r e re v ln r b y . e h n in g ra titio e re a e s lv e tm n nac the p w r of th ra e ti c to c . O c e the uk eo d n rg e ot n p lm s fe l w rm . e rt M dtao n A g o d p in t of c n e tra e i ti o o o c n tio n and m d tio n for b g g e ita rin in in andYoga p s e h a g e e ie s and P n a from the e te a l o itiv e lin n rg ra x rn e v n e t and for re a n iro m n le sin g n g tiv e e e y and s ss . A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . y a i itt v a a Aromatic oils like c n m n . s ffro n and a g g r a p d at th s p in t a g o d f sim lain g the in e p lie i o re o or t u t ha . th d and fo rt h u d u tio eod ir u m ta a a e c rp ls . o tro ad o rga Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu Qa u litie s Relative to In r y ju | S ptom s ym In re d ju T n o n of fle o r ed x p fu d s . le din pl re . B e in g m y lead to p in . s o k or in c n . ro n u and e te s r x no Muscle tis u e of tu ic a m d a of s n ei s p rfic l and d e p p lm r a .Marmas on the Arms and Hands 99 in the u p r half of the b d y (a o e the n v l) . le d a a hc fe tio Treatm en t M s a e . in r y to n a y v s e s c r am n lth u uc a a ju e rb es l an Inue d c u e ble d jr as e ing . th can be p c d on o e r m rm s for a e a ey la e th a a h a g p rp se . U s ic y a m ti c o s like e c ly tu . ra c e e ia e e K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g m rm . u in g a s n g c u r as g pl a as g re s tro irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s or u ti l the e e y in the c p su o bu in te n n rg h n d is and A m a re a e . B n h s of the m d n n rv . in lu in g o e r e lin u o s cd v the e e s for c lmn g P a or o e r the e r s to calm V ta . ea n rg tre Te t e t A o g h it is a m s l e m rm . c r a o in a o ad m m . u ea ilit ) L s s of fle io n and e te s n of the s c n . In ro s i m s u e ia e a a rch te s e u cle . c n m n or c m h r . This is also a go d m rm a for a ro le s d o a a u re s r e for Therapy cp su o e in g up the h a g e e y of the pn e lin n rg h n s . Use N ra a n o o ep a y s s m e or a o d ea lm n oil for m s a e . To stop b e g .

tu e c a lic ric e p w e s m d e in a p s e a n g rm ri nd o o dr a to at lo w h a litl e c s r o l for h a g p rp s s .P i n g e e is g o d for h a g the area or the s e ia l la h o e lin pc A u e i c form l a S a d u a G y rv d u h ta ha t hrita . it t a to i e lin u oe .

p x a l to K h r a m rm . w ic h can be re a e d as in th gr e h g rd se o d r y cna K rc a uh p in . of the m s le s at the b s e uh n ud uc a of the th m ) u b 2 m rm a p in . one on e c h h n d a o ts a a L a e t (S yu ) ig m n na 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n T m i n p in t is s a d o a g l i (fin e r u it ) d ta l he a o itu te ne n u g n is from the wis t jo t at t r in he b s e of the th m b jo t (ir t a u in f s la g a l jo t) . Its la e size of fo r n am oe rg re rg u a g li s can be e p in d in th t the m rm a in lu e s the nu x la e a a cd jo t s of the o e r fin e s as w ll . o ts C n l s C n l s A c a a P a (s e g fu c n of the e e ) . o e l l o tro o tro lo h k itt e in n tio ys v ra s n o y a u y and P n a V y u (o e l l p n c and n rv e esr c it ra a v ra ra i e . but ne in ro im s ip a a the e tir e m r a c v r s a la e a a .1 00 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it K rc a (a k o t or b n le .

and p rtic la y to the a u rl j An im o n t p in t for P n a p rta o ra .

te d n of x no d is no e te s r c rp i ra ia s b v s and lo g s and fle o r x no a d li ra i nu x d ito m ig ru and p fu d s . as g F llo w u u l m s a e p c d re . in ju . The c n l a a of th s o sa as g ro e u s e tra re i A u re s r e m rm a is g o d for a u re u c p su a o c p ss re . oe h m m tu For o e in g the e e y and s u tin g P n a use a m ti c pn n rg tim la ra ro a oils like c m h r . R laiv e to a a et W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . c a o il e and lo s . e e Qate s u li i V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm . w ic h also stim la s the h u te m d . ar e re ue b I ju y nr S m to s In r y m y im a r c o in tio n of the c rp l and y pm ju a pi o rd a a a m ta a a l e c rp If In r d jue jo ts . he Use c o g and s e t a m ti c oils like s n a o d . o lin we ro a a d lw o r s .Marmas on the Arms and Hands Aa ma l n to ic Sr cue s tu t r T n o n of e te s r ed x no e te s r in ic . and Ao a in rm For c n llin g A c a a P a (se in g fu c n of o tro lo h k itt e n tio the e e ) T ea y ys hrp m s a e with s n a o d oil. e te s n a a d c n of the w t a c u e in x n io nd b u tio ris nd a s d to is rtio n of the T a e t re tm n Msa e . as g a d lw o Sa dat a h ta h u G rit a h or p in la ge . T i s also h lp s to k e p a po in lo e h e e Te t e t A p y a s p o r am n pl u p rtiv e b n a e to m im e p in . m t or c v s . Use tu e c adg in iz a rm ri If Inue d jr p s e or a at loe gel for m o r in ry . B n h s of m d n ro n u ra c e e ia n rv .

s a d two a g li s (fin e r u its ) a ib n h itu te nu g n p x a l to K rc a . c lm g V ta . D ta l to he o u s bv rt is M n a d a . s m c . K p a and a rm itta a h Vata g v rn • ing d e tio ) . firs t c r • p m ta a a l jo t d ta l to a ib n h a o e c rp in is the C n l s A c a a P a (se in g p w r of the e s) . in e o ste s a in a T e th m b is re a e d as m n s tio n of h u g rd a ife ta not s p y im l Cn l s o tro . P c a a P . K d k a g o e to a h ahk itta le a K p a and ah V y u (fo s of P . o tro lo h k itt e oe ye A n i (digestive p w r) . oe ig s n ls flu n e ed m d and n rv u s sy m .1 02 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Kurchashir a (hand ) D escription Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it K rc a h a (the h a d of K rc a ) u h s ir e u h 2 m rm a p in s (one on e h h n ) a ot ac ad L a e t (S yu ) ig m n na 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n T ro t of the th m b ju t a o e the wis . or b tw e n K rc a a ro im u h e e uh nd M n a d a . A o in e c s the h a .

o ve ll F r c n llin g A c a a Pt a (se in g p w r of the o o tro lo h k it e oe e e ) use ys coconut or s n w r u flo e o . T i s is an im o n t A n i p in t o e h p rta g o for c n l • ling th s e d re t fo s of fire . Use c o g a m ti c o s like s n a o d . in e in a o lo e a a o For c a g the m d . hs For A n i and d e tio . te d n of a d c r p llic s ed x a d lis no b u to o i lo g s . m rr h or c m • le rin in a ms y a p o . Injury u ea ilit S m to s y pm b e in g le d If In re d ju Treatment F llo w u u l m s a e p c d re s u in g a s n g o sa as g ro e u s tro Msa e . c v s or c rd m m . v le n hr a in a a d lw o a ria Te tm n t A p y tu e c p s e or a e g l for m o r ra e pl rm ri at lo e in in ry . as g m s a e . use s u tin g a m ti c o s g ig s n tim la ro a il like g g r . use oils like c la u . o tro e iffe n rm Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu T n o n of fle o r c rp i ra ia . u kr a -ca sin a a Q ate s u lii B t h a y a fie y in d g e of o ir nd r e re R la e to e tiv v ln r b y . This is also a g o d m rm a for u le s d o a ro a u re s r e and T ea y c p su h lp s in re s e P n a and s ua e A n i e c a ra tim l t g hrp in the b d y o ra .Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 03 as the p w r of d e oe ig stio n but also as the p w r of P n a oe ra a nd as the s u l its lf . c n m n . te d n of e te s r c rp i ra ia s lo g s . nu no x no a d li nu te d n of extensor p llic s lo g s and b v . For c lm g V t a use oils like s n a o d . p irm n x nd b u tio ris from the ra ia l a r y a d rte nd p i n due to in r y to the a ju ra ia l ne . d rve . ro e or ils o lin ro a il a d lw o s ku . no o i nu re is R ja a a (P in u g ) type m rm . If In r d ju jue Im a e t of the fle io n a a d c n of the w t . Acupressure p ric lal y w h y u r th m b u t l the e e y as g at u r it o u ni n rg in the th m b is and A m a re a e .

B t h p in s c a rt ls pr n o ot an be tre te d a to e e .1 04 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment mar m a Manibandha Description Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it M n a d a (b c le ) a ib n h ra e t 2 m rm a p in s (o e on e c h w ) a ot n a rist J in t (S n h ) o adi 2 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n T he w t . w h the m i n p in t o e a f a g l i (fin e r u its ) ris it a o n -h l nu g n la r l to the c n r of the wis t jo t (a te r ra ia l w t tea e te r in n rio d ris c a e in the w l l fo e d by the ju c r e of the ra iu s re s e rm n tu d w h the s a h id n t e c rp l b n s) . e tra ar ris h le C n l s s e ta l s s m (A iva a S ta ) and m v m n t o tro k le y te sth h ro s oe e of h n s . it c p o /lu a a a oe po on the b c k of the wis . The o e l l m rm a is m d m in size and c v r s g th r v ra a e iu oe the c n l p t of the w t joint as a w o . The site o p site . S s a a K p a (lu rica n of the jo ts ) a ad le h k ah b tio in nd V a a V y u (p rip e l circ la n . is a o im ota t . yn a e h ra u tio ) Cn l s o tro .

c a in n rg ad For c n llin g A th a a S ta s (s e ta l s s m ) a d o tro s iv h ro k le y te n S s a a K p a . m rh . In re d W e n th r e is a sm l e in r y wh u t fr c r . use S h c a a le h k ah a ahr Ah a a d a swgnh s s m e oil or a o d oil . a he ea . a w llin A u u c r e In case of c rv a l ly p a e itis . R d l d -ca a a e ts a ia m d n n rv e and a ry .Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 05 Aa ma l n to ic a nd S c re s tru tu Qa u litie s R la e to e tiv v ln r b y . e te s n . nd e lin ro a il ne a b h . ad Treatm en t Msa e . as g F llo w u u l m s a e p c d re s w h m d ra e s n t h o sa as g ro e u it oe t tre g u ti l n A u re s r e the e e y in the w t is re a e . nu g n is a a T a e t If F r d lo a re tm n o is c tio n or fra tu e a p y a b n a e to the w t c r pl adg ris jo t . In r y can also ca s e w a n g . p rfo rm a u u c r e on c p n tu e ic mh d n e c p n tu the (s c i k rm ) p in t t u a a o wo a g l i (fin e r u its ) d ta l to the m rm . ad ju u e ke in d c o in tio is o rd a n . u kr a -ca s g a a B t h a y a fie y in d g e of o ir nd r e re Injury L s s of fle io . T c p su n rg ris le s d he c n l a a of e tra re ro th s and A m a i m rm a is also a g o d m rm a for a u re s r e for a o a c p su h ra in re s g T e p y e e y flow to the h n . u ea ilit S m to s y p m If In re d ju W t jo t . ris in and ra io rp l lig m n . b th e the in ju h e i p ju it o a tue a a a re in w r m g e or s s m e oil . ea lm n U e p n tra s e e tin g a h a g a m ti c o s lik e a g lic . g g u l or w te re n w ic h re v e jo t irc yr ug in rg e h lie in p i n and s e g . d lo a n and d to is c tio is rtio n of the h n . a d c n and a d c n of the o x n x n io d u tio b u tio h n . e ia e rte R ja a a (P in u in ) type m rm .

) at en la d th o te ts 2 m rm a p in . d bs d ' rro ue p rro o in g to the s a e of the m s le s in the re io n of the m w hp uc g id fo a re rm . one on ea h fo a m a o ts c re r Msl e uc 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n C n r of the fo a e te re rm .1 06 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Indrabast i Description Nme a (arm ) In ra a t i (In ra s a w or a s p rio r ty e of a w . e b n) Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it . B s i also m a s b d e r in o e r c n x . s h y at the la ra l a p c t lig tl te se w e e the radial a r y p s e s (a te r fo a m m lin e hr rte as n rio re r id b tw e n the e o w a d w t c a e in the b ll y of the e e lb n ris re s e fle o r c rp i ra ia s su e x a d li p rficia l to the in ro s u s te s e m m ra e .

A n i naa ro s g (d e tiv e fire). ra e m s ip Inue d jr . Has an e c t on ig s ic s a te e ffe the p s a (R s a D a ) as w ll . R la e to B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b a a e tiv o r nd a r e re u ea ility I ju y nr S m to s y pm In r y ju If In re d ju . u w r m s ic y a m ti c o s like ig s y te ) se a p ro a il a is . a ea ils For c n llin g the s a l in s e and A n v h a S ta s o tro ml te tin n aa ro (d e tiv e s s m . fe l . h p rta tru tu i a d rte m y le d to d to a a is rtio n of the h n d re u g in a s ltin It m y a o c u e p ra s s of a ls as a ly i the fo a m or s v r e ble din . T e im o n t s c r e at th s m rm a is the ra ia l a ry . ro a re uc s a ia e ia e ra ia l a r y and trib ta s of c p a c v in . la m a h tu e A a m a l F x r p llic s lo g s . mustard or s s m e o . R d l and m d n n rve .Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 07 Cn l s o tro C n l s d e tiv e s o tro ig s yste m (A n v h a S ta ) . g g r or c rd m m . d rte u rie e h li e Qate s u li i K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . T i s is also a g o d irc la c p su o bu in te h o m rm a for and A m a a u re s re . e te s r c rp i r d lis . re r ee e g T atm re en t Msa e . n to ic le o o i nu x no a a ia b c io d li s ra h ra ia S u tu s tr c re and p n to r te s m s le . use ) T ila . a ro cp su T ea y hrp For s u tio n of A n i (d e tim la g ig stiv e fire . ne nne in e a a o C la u s oil is g o d h r e for p m tin g c u tio n in b t h am o e ro o irc la o the digestive s s m and th u h the p sm . ig s a a a a n in ra a Pitta (d e tiv e ju e ) and sm l l in stin . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . y te ro g la a Te tm n t If The sa e as K h ra . S m n a V y u (b la c g P n ) . u in g a s n g pl a as g re s tro c u r A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s .

H w v r . a la e m rm . S m n a V y u (b la c g P n ) . a ja itta a lb o tro p e Cn l s o tro . one on e c h a m a o ts a r J in t (S n h ) o adi 3 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n The e o w jo t as a w o . the c rre p n in g d o te a e t) o ee o sod p in t on the inside a the p in t im e ia l y b h d the o nd o m d te e in e o w jo t a e also im o n t p in . M rm a on rig t e o w c n l s the liv r a e b lis ) a h lb o tro e nd R n k a P .1 08 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment D escription Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it K rp r a (e o -jo t ) u a lb w in 2 m rm a p in . lb in r p rta o ts C n l s b o d and c u to y s s m (R k v h a o tro lo irc la r y te a ta a S ta . M rm a on left e o w c n l s the s le n . The m i n p in t lb in h le rg a a a o is at the o ts e (tro h a r u id c le la ra l e o w s p rfic l te lb u e ia to ra ia l c lla ra l lig m n . R n k a ro s) a a a a n in ra a a ja P a (c lo g of itt o rin the b o d and b ) and U a a a a S ta s ( a r lo ile dkvh ro w tem ta o m .

the p in s on the o ts e and the in e . m s a e the le t ise se pe ac a as g f Kurpara m rm a with M n h d i T ila . u a . U e s ic y a m ti c o s lik e g g r . c rv a l s o d litis . e ise se as g h u a a a U e Pd aa iMn h d i s a mk d a jis ta g e e or h s fflo e r o s for m s a e . as g A u re s r c p su e and Ao a rm Therapy For liv r d a s . w r w o . e te s r c rp i ra ia . b o -le e iso e lo d ttin g s o l d be d n e from the hu o rig t c b l ve . tin lin g or c p n tu ra h e ra ia e ic pny g . lig m n t c p u . Watery in d g e of v ln ra ility . F r ig a pl e it e ro e o e la e • m n t of the s le n . For sp e n d rd rs . use a s n itiv e p in t on the n rg e pe es o le t m rm . The f a a e p lie hu ild p ce u e can be repeated e e y a rn t e day for s v n ro d r vr lte a ee d ys . il o ne y om o d a rm ric For d a s of s le n and p n re s . a a o y rm ric For a u re s re . n ro a re uc s V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm . m da n n rv e and b n h s . tric p s e u in r x no a d lis ic p e a d p n to r te s m s le . oe it o tre g F r e la e e t of the liv r . ea il s p ro a il in e c rd m m . trib ta ra h rte u rie s of c p a c and m d n c b l e h li e ia u ita v in . m s a e the rig t K rp r a m rm . cp su ot u id sid in fro t and b h d the e o . it s o l d be d n e h u ita in le iso e hu o from the le t c b l v in . s fflo e r oil or a a jis ta a a w s s m e o . The h a t a p d s o l d be m . a a e re ue b In r y w l c u e b e in g a ju il a s le d nd d m g e the fu c n a a n tio of the fo a re rm . s ffro n or tu e .Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 09 A ao ic n t ma l Sr cue tu t r s E o w jo . U b o -c a s a w il as g se lo d le n in g a m ti c ro a o s like c ria d r . od nd lo e th u b is fe ta t A u u c r e For b c ia l n u lg . b e s . s le t a s n itiv e p in t on o n rg m n e ec es o the r h t m rm a and a p y h a t w h a m ta l p b . Q aitie s ul Relative to I ju y nr S m to y pm s If In re d ju Msa e . a Ha t e A p aio n p lic t (A n g ik rm ) a a B o -le lo d ttin g For liv r d rd rs . m rr h or tu e . are also g o d and can be n e in lb w o w rk d on w h s m e s n th . O l y s a l a o n s of b o d f u ita e n ml mu t lo s o l d be ta e n and the w u d c v re d w h tu e c hu k on oe it rm ri p w e r a a e g l or o e r s ita l e d in c n . S p a • to . d a e ts ei e ra c e B c ia l a ry . m rrh . ra ia l and a n la r lb in a e a s le ln r d nu ra ia l collateral lig m n .

or g g u l e y te a ro o e lin ug a d n . is u a a a Te tm n ra e t If In re d ju A p y a c s s ty b n a e to the a a .n m • n s s of the p lm . U h rb s like pl ro pe a d g re se e tu • r m ri c and m rr h in rn ll y to p m t e h a g . a u u c r e s o l d be d n e on u b e a c p n tu hu o the p in t fo r a g l i (fin e r u its ) e e r p x a l or o u nu g n ith ro im d ta l to K rp r a m rm .

one on e h a a o ts ac rm L a e t and T n o n (S ig m n ed nayu ) 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n .Table of Marmas and Their Treatment An i ( ar m ) Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Ani (the p in t of a n e le ) o ed 2 m rm a p in .

ju Treatment Msa e . In r y to ra in rw r nd w rd ju the n rv e m y c u e c m le e p ra s s of the a . ys m ac a id e s m B e s and c ra o ra h ic p o c b c ia l m s s . Un r and m d n u cle la e ia n rv s .t rm wo (fin e r u its ) g n p x a l to the m d l e ic n y e of the h m ru . ro im e ia p o d l u e s C n l s U a a a a S ta s (w te e b lis o tro dkvh ro a r-m ta o s te ) . B c ia l a r y e e oe u e s ra h rte a d ve .Marmas on the Arms and Hands Se it Cn l s o tro Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu In the a p c t of se a . p n re s and k n y . il Ta e t re tm n If In re d ju . L w r end of the h m ru . ju rte a as ee le d g An e s y area to re c h for m s a e . cu re s r ro d re F r c n llin g U a a a a So s (w te e b lis m o o tro dkvh r ta a r-m ta o s s m ) msa e w h y te as g it Taila or p i n m s r d la u ta U e s a m ti c oils like g g r . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . F lo w u u l m s a e a a as g o sa as g or a p s u e p ce u s . as g A u re s r e c p su and A m a ro Te p y h ra o. ro a in e cra o ad m m . e a as o pt a ly i rm In r y to the a r y m y c u e s v r e b e in . a le ne A p st e of aloe gel and tu e c can be u e d for m o r a rm ri s in in ry . a a e tiv ar e re ue b In r y ju S m to s y pm wl l e If In re d ju In r y to th s m rm a im a s e te s n of the a . as ju i a p ir x n io rm as the d w g of the arm fo a d a in a . n in Q ate s u lii V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) ty e a a aa isa ility a sin p m rm . p rs y or ju ip r .

one on e c h a m a o ts a r Vs l e se 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n In the ra ia l a p c t of the u p r arm a o t fo r and a d se pe bu u h l f anguli (fin e r u its ) from the m d l e ic n y .Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Description Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it B h i (w a t re te s to the a ) or av h la rm of the u p r a ) p e rm 2 m rm a p in . a g n e ia p o d le (th e w e re io n id g .

t y e or g g r . ls o e ro e p v m h ti irc la n T ea y hr p M s a e w h p i n s s m . rm D m g e to the a r y c u e s b e in . e Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu Qat s u liie V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) type of a a aa isa ility a sin m rm .Cn l s o tro C n l s p s a and w te e b lis m (R s v h a a d o tro la m a r-m ta o aaa n Udakavaha V a a V y u and g v rn s h a y tis u e yn a oe e lth s g w . n g k s a a or p n in . a g n For c n llin g R s v h a S ta s (ly p a c s s m ) u o tro aaa ro m h ti y te se d in g a m ti c o s like c m h r . M d n and u a r n rv s . in F r im ro in g c u tio n u s u tin g a m ti c o p v irc la se tim la ro a o s like c n m n . a o d or m s r d o s to asg it la ea e lm n u ta il w r m the re io . Bc p s a d ro la d e ia ln e e ie n tric p s muscles. u in aaeh r la ta . ro th B c ia l a r y and v in . In r y may ca s e a a rte as le d g ju u im a e t of the fu c n of fle io n a e te s n of the p irm n n tio x nd x n io Msa e . adg e o ta e a w m lle . u in g a stro g pl a as g re s n c u r A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s . il in a o hm in e Te t e t r am n For b e in g a p y ice to the site and if n c s a y a le d pl ees r p su e re s r If In re d ju b n a e . c rd m m . a a e tiv ar e re ue b I ju y nr S m to s y pm If In re d ju a . L m h v s e l d in g e to a illa y ra h rte e y p es ra a x r g u p of g n s . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . Use h m s ti c h rb s like y rro . A u re s r e irc la c p su o bu in te c p su a o w rk s w l l and A m a h r e for im ro in g ly p a c c u tio . b y e y or ry ro a il a po a a o a b rr mt. as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a .

re se .Table of Marmas and Treatment Description Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it L h k h a (re -jo te . a te r a p c t of a illa y x r rte as s n rio se x r c a . the lo e r fr n l in e t of the o ita s d in d w o ta sr s o ld r jo t ) hu e in 2 m rm a p in s (one on e h sh u e ) a ot ac o ld r V s e l (S ) es ira 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n C n r of the a p t or a illa y fo s a th u h w ic h e te rm i x r s ro g h a illa y a r y p s e .

in a a o For co tro g R k v h a S ta s (b o ) . y nmn Te t e t If th r e is b e in g a p y ice and if n c s a y p s u e r am n e le d pl ees r re s r b n a e . use n llin a ta a ro lo d T il a a or s s m e o l a a m ti c o s like s ffro . Use ilv d a u ta ea as g K p a . use ro m h ti m B a i T ila . m s r d oil or s s m e oil for m s a e . a u rl g A a m a l A illa y a r y and v in . Te p y h ra For co llin g ntro S ta s (ly p a c syste ) . ro e . ue b In r y ju S m to s D m g e to the a illa y v s l s can c u e h m rrh g . aaa rota blood (R k v h a S ta ) and V a a V y u (p rip e l a ta a ro s yn a e h ra c u • irc la p rtic la y to the le s . tr c re ro la d e ia ln ee do i . ah dc ro a il ua p s in a o m t or c rd m m . y pm a a x r e se as e o ae In r y ju It In re d ju to the m s le s m y c u e loss of fu c n of the h m ru . uc a as n tio u e s T reatm en t M s a e . F llo w u a l m rm a m s a e p ced as g o su a as g ro ures . adg ju s e o ta e te a ar w m lle n or u i ngksa a a e h ra . o e p ix r aaa m k and s g r to re to e b d y flu s if n c s ry . usau uc s Qat s u l ie i V ik ly k r a (D a ility a s g ) a a aa is b -C u in m rm . c ra o ra h e to li a in r o c b c ia l a d n s b c p la r m s le . c n m n . As fo d th ra y give a m tu e of b n n . L m h v s e l d in g e to a illa y n to ic x r rte e y p es ra a x r S u tu s g u p of g n s .re u in g a m ti c o s like e c ly tu . This is a g o d o A u re s re . M d n and u a r n rv s . m rm a f a u r s ue . il ua sr o id e e sa Cn l s o tro . ea i nd ro a il a n s m rr h or cin a o .Marmas on the Arms and Hands C n l s p s a and lym h ti c s o tro la m pa yste m (R s v h a S s) . R la e to W te y in d g e of a a e tiv ar e re v ln ra ility . rs p c ra s m jo r and m o . If In re d U e h m s ti c h rb s in rn ll y like y ro . w ic h w l h l p d i n the cp su a or c pe s r h il e ra d ly p ac s a and A m a m h ti n ro re a e m s u r te le s u c la nsion .

Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Kakshadhara D escription Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size K k h d a a (w a t u h ld s the fla k . n a r the top of as a h r h po ns e the s o ld r jo t ) hu e in 2 m rm a p in s (one on ea h s o ld r ) a ot c hu e L a e t (S yu ) ig m n na 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n .

b d y p s r e and V a a V y . a T il a or a p i n s s m e oil . N rv e in r y m y le d to p ra s s of the hu e e ju a a a ly i h n . ad as uc fe tio C nr l s o to A ao ic l n t ma Sr cue s tu t r Q aitie s ul Relative to I ju y nr S m to s y pm If In re d ju Msa e . ro s) s o ld rs . w e e the n nd e ia o ird la ic hr m d n n rv e is s a d . L m h v s l d in g e to uc s e ia e y p e se ra a a illa y g n s . s ro a il ua p s in a o rm ric m rr h or s ffr n w ic h im ro e c u tio n to the y ao h p v irc la m s le . A illa y a r y and ve . and d p s io n of the nd rw r ra in rm e re s s o ld r joint. la ea U e a m ti c o s lik e e c ly tu . tu e . or la ra l e g e of the tip of the e ia e itu te te d c ra o d p c s s of the s o ld r g le .third a m d l tw -th s of c v le . x r la d x r rte in V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) type of m rm a a sin a W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . d w w r d ju a as p irm n oe e t ona a fo a d d w g of the a . G o d for stiff ro g ro g c p ssu o s o ld r s owing to high V ta . c n m n . hu e o il o tu yn au P c ra s m jo r and m o r as well as in rc s l e to li a in te o ta m s le . ar e re ue b In r y m y c u e im a e t of m v m n . as g A u re s r c p su e and A ma ro Therapy Te tm n ra e t if A g o d m rm a for re v g m s u r te sio n e e r o a lie in u c la n ith th u h massage or th u h a u re re . uc s A s e ia l A u e i c oil c lle d pc y rv d a T il a (4 p rt s a a s s m e oil. w tin g of the m s le s or in c n . pl a to i a lie .Marmas on the Arms and Hands Se it T o a g l i (fin e r u its ) b lo w the po t jo in g the la ra l w nu g n e in in te o e . hu e a For c n llin g M m a a a S ta s (m s u r s s m ) o tro a svh ro u c la y te use T ila . 2 p rt s g e e and 1 p r t c s r oil) is v r y ea a h a a to e A p y c s r o l for p i n re f . o ci ro e hu e ird C n l s msu r ss m o tro u c la y te S ta . M d n n rve .

p .

They stimulat e bodily activities . increasin g Agni and the Pitta func• tions of the body. the outward-movin g air that govern s movement . which occurs mainly through the feet. the downward-movin g air that connect s us to the forc e of gravity and govern s the processe s of eliminatio n and reproduction . Generally . and for the projectio n of Pran a through walking and running . Marma s on the left leg or lunar side of the body are better for cooling action. one each leg. reducin g inflammati on and buildin g tissue. They have a calming effect. Th e legs contain importan t marma s for the receptio n of Prana from the Earth . increasin g the Kapha or watery function s of the body . which is why most have the same names. This connect s the leg marma s both wit h Vyana Vayu. Treating these marma s goes along with massag e of the legs and the feet . marma s on the right leg or solar side of the body are better for increasin g heat.1 1 Region s an d 2 2 Point s The marma s on the legs and feet mirror those on the arms and hands in both number and location . . and als o with Apana Vayu. Marma regions on the legs like those on the arms have two points. promotin g circulatio n and improvin g digestion .

) p rta ro e s . re c g its im e ia e e c ) s ip q ic fle tin md t ffe t 2 m rm a po ts .1 20 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Kshipr a Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it (foot ) K h r a ( u k . h la g a in o Note: (The s s b tw e n the o e r to s also h v e ite e e th e a im o n t therapeutic p p rtie . one on e c h fo t a in a o L a e t (S ig m n nayu ) a g l i (fin e r u it ) in s e nu g n iz In b tw e n the b toe a d t e e ig n he firs t toe (w b b tw e n e e e t he firs t d ta l p a n e l jo t a the s c n d m d l is h la g a in nd eo e ia p a n e l jo t s of the fo t) .

M ta rs -p a n e la ta rte e ta o h la g a l jo t . w b Use M h n ra a n T ila . ro a il a po in a o cra o ad m m . cp su ro o ra a p rtic la y in the T ea y a u rl hr p lo e r lim s . a a e ti o r nd a r e re u ea ilit I ju y nr Smt m s y po the If In re d ju T reatm en t Msa e . in Qate s u li i K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . T i s is also a g o d m rm a c p su o bu in te h o a for and A m a ro a u re s r e for p m tin g the flow of P n . ns er n ve ll A d c r h llu i s b v s a d u to a c ra i nd m s le . D m g e to the a r y may ca s e b e in . P s rio r uc s o te Aa ma l n to ic tib l ia Sru t r s t cue n rv . p n r a h and m d l e e o a e ta a rte la ta rc e ia p n r a ry . as g rp s F r o e in g and cle rin g the lu g . or e c ly tu . c n m n .Marmas on the Legs and Feet C nro s ot l C n l s ly p a c and re p to y s s m s (R s va a a o tro m h ti s ira r y te aa h nd Pranavaha A a m a a K p a (lu rica n for h a t v la b k ah b tio er and lu g ) and h a t and lu g s o ra . ua p s Te t e t r am n The s m e as the tre tm n t for K h r a on the a a e s ip h n . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . R lav e to B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y . re e a a rte u le d g h m to a in id e the p n r a o e ro i s a e am s la ta pnu s nd . s s m e oil or am n d oil for aaa y a ea l o m s a e pu ose . D rs l m ta rs l a ry . h a t and ly p a s o pn a ns er m h tic use p n tra e e tin g a m ti c o s like c m h r . If In re d ad ju In r y m y im a r the fu c n s of a d c n a fle io n of ju a pi n tio d u tio nd x g a t to . u in g a s n g c u r pl a as g re s tro irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s .

w e e in hr the e te a l p n r a r y s e p s a ro s the p n r x rn la ta rte we c s la ta a h of the fo t . one on e c h fo t a o ts a o Msl e uc a g l i (fin e r u its ) in s e nu g n iz U p r c n r of the s l e in line w h the ro t of the th d pe e te o it o ir P n r a p c t of the th d la ta se ir jo t . e (foot ) T la rid y a (h a t or c n r of the fo t ) ah a er e te o 2 m rm a p in . rc o .1 22 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Talahriday a Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it to .

fle o r d ito m a c s o r m s le . P n r a h a r y a d n ei la ta rc la ta rc rte n trib ta s of u rie K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . x n h la g d u tio re e S v r e b e in g m y o c r due to in r y to the p n r ee le d a cu ju la ta a h. e o rg F x r d ito m b v s and lo g s m s le .Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 23 Cn l s o tro C n l s re p to y s s m (P n v h a S ta ) . A d c r le o ig ru re i nu uc s d u to h llu is . In r y m y c u e im a e t of the fu c n of fle io n ju a as p irm n n tio x a nd e te sio n of p a n e s and a d c n of the g a t to . B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y a a o r nd a r e re u ea ilit Aa ma n to ic l S u tu s tr c re Qa u litie s Relative to In r y ju S m to s y pm If In re d ju . and the itt irc la e cp k) fe t as a m to r o a . C n l s the e rt h e m n t in the b d y pn au o tro a le e o as a w o e a d hl n the fe t as a m to r o an . f lo it yn a oe irc la n p rtic la y for the lo e r p r t of the b d y (b lo w the n v l ) a u rl w a o e ae and A a a V y . rc Yga o Treatment M ss g . e o rg n C n l s Y s a v t i N d i (ig t fo t ) and H s v a N d i o tro ahsa a rh o a tijih a (le t foot) a n g w h V a a V y u (p w r of c u tio ) . a ae A u re s r c p su e and A ma ro Therapy Te tm n t ra e If In re d ju M d tio n e ita . M s l e tis u e a c x ig ru ces uc s uc s of tu ic a m d a of p n r a h . B ra k a o tro s ira r y te ra a a ro s h ja P a (c u tio n and h a t re e tio n on the s in .

e rt A g o d p in t for m d tio n to c a e g u d g . It also s n th n s the im u e s s m . a ssm e ea oil or a o d oil lm n to s n th tre g e n the fe t e and calm the n rve . s iu ti ro a il ea im la a ea p rs y or ju ip r for p m tin g c u tio n in the lo e r a le ne ro o irc la w bd . ah a . calm V t a o o e ita re t ro n in a and to d w in h a g e e ie s from the E rt h into the b d y ra e lin n rg a o a nd the c c la r y s s m . e s U e d re c a m ti c o s like c d r . This is also a g od o m rm a a for a u re cp s s re . c lm g a e e ro n in a in a d V ta e u in n a -r d c g . y te Use B l a a T ila . H a y n c d r . tre g e mn y te the re ro u tiv e syste m and O s . a The sam e as T la rid y a of the hand . c rd m m . u w ic h h w l re u e il d c Vt a a a nd cn l o tro Aaa . re u in g a s s ng tro c u r irc la m tio n o for ao t bu five mu s in te or u ti l n the ee y n rg in the fo t is o re a e le s d .Ap y pl m rm a a msa e as g to the a a. p dc ja A m ti c oils like c n m n . oy The a p a p lic tio n of g rli c oil h r e is v r y g u d g . It can also be u d to re a e ir u to y te se le s n g tiv e e e y and s s s d w n ea n rg tre o the E rth . pn s n th n tre g e i ng the im u e mn ss m . s ffro n a ro a in a o a a o a nd g g r a p d at th s p in t a g o d f sim lain g the in e p lie i o re o or t u t ha .

b t the e tir e m rm a c v r s a la e a a . h la g a in u n a oe rg re Its la e size of fo r a g l i c o l y be e p in d if it rg u n u an n x la e in lu e s the p in s at the ro t of the o e r to s .1 24 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Description Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it K rc a (a k o t or b n l e of m s le s and te d n ) uh n ud uc nos 2 m rm a p in . one on e c h fo t a o ts a o L a e t (S ig m n nayu ) 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n The m i n p in t is two a g l i (fin e r u its ) p x a l a a o nu g n ro im nd o e nh l f anguli (fin e r u its ) m d l to the c n r of the s l e of a g n e ia e te o the foot (w b b tw e n the first and s c n d m ta rs l e e e eo e ta a p a n e l jo t) . cd ot o th e .

If In re d an ju In r y m y c u e d m g e to the b n s and lig m n s ju a as a a oe a et in d c o in tio n of the m s le s of the fo t . ro e or he s w e ro a il a d lw o s Te t e nt The s m e as K rc a on the r am a uh h d . as g F llo w u u l m s a e p c d re . The c n r of this m rm a is g o d for se e te a o a u re s r e for and A m a re v g s s s a cp su ro lie in tre nd im ro in g m n l p v e ta au . ve l e s r c it ra au A a m a l T n o n of fle o r h llu i s lo g s and a d c r h llu i s n to ic ed x a c nu b u to a c m s le . M d l p n r and d rs l e ia la ta e e ia la ta o a m ta rs l a e ta a nd a u t e a rie .Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 25 Cn l s o tro C n l s A c a a P a (se in g p w r of the o tro lo h k itt e oe o ra l s n o y a u y and P n a V y . o a e is rte . S cue s uc tru t r M d l p n r n rve . S n g p s u e c o sa as g ro e u s tro re s r an be Acupressure u d . U e s e t a m ti c o s like s n a o d . o tro lo a itt e oe ye u massage oils like T h l a G e . rc a rte s Qate s u lii V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm . The s a e of is o rd a uc o hp the fo t m y g t d to d . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . a a e tiv ar e re ue b I ju y nr S m to s y pm re u g s ltin If In re d ju T atm nt re e Msa e . se rip a he T il a or p i n a la g e . c ity T ea y hrp For c n llin g A ch k a P a (se in g p w r of the e s) .

h e l b e . one on e c h leg a o a L a e t (S yu ) ig m n na 1 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n P n r s rfa e of the fo t .1 26 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Description Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it K rc a h a (the h a d of k rc a ) u h s ir e u h 2 m rm a p ints . m p in t on the in rio r la ra l la ta u c o id o fe te s r c e of the ufa (os c lc . a is e on ) .

p lic tio ot Te tm n t ra e T ila . ige tio P ro e u s b v s and lo g s m s le . c m h r or g rlic . use a p u e of e om tio o ltic le v s or ae p n i n or a p s e of tu e . uuh x c D m g e to the lig m n s and b n e may c u e s v r e p i n a a a et o as ee a a n g w h the im a e t of the fu c n s of the fo t . u in g a s n g o sa as g ro e ue s tro p s re . a po a Ha t e F r c lc n l s u . m s a e with c s r oil or lie a as g a to th r e is pus f r a n . S e ia l A u e i c oils are ea a to pc y rv d D rv d i T il a and U h d i T ila . g g u l or c n m n are b s . P ro e l a r y a d e no ra i nu uc s e na rte n trib ta s of s o t u rie hr ve . lo it p irm n n tio o . ro s) p rtic la y m s le s of the fo t . If a If In re d ju To re v e p in . in e n a e e Qat s u l ie i R ja a a (P in u in ) type m rm . u a a s ira a A m ti c o s th t w r k on the m s le s like s ffro . o tu T ea y hrp M s a e w h s n th n as g i t tre g e in g a nd p in lie in g o s a -re v il like s s m e or c s r . u kr a -ca s g a a R la e to e tiv B t h a y a fie y in d g e of o ir nd r e re v ln r b y . it s o l d be d n e on the n a s t o a e ia pr hu o e re s n itiv e es A p a n p in .Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 27 Cn l s o tro Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu Cn l s msu r ss m o tro u c la y te S ta . P ro e l n rv . ro a il a o uc a n m rrh . A g o d A u e i c la ta at rm ric o y rv d p p ra re a tio n is g d c i e tra t . y ug in a o et For im ro in g A n i and d e tio . as g F llo w u u l m s a e p c d r s . use s u tin g o s p v g ig s n tim la il like ginger. a a u rl uc o nd b d y p s re . L e o il o tu ik the K rc a h a h n d m rm a is also g o d for A n i and for u h s ir a a o g d s n . Injury u ea ilit S m to s y pm If In re d ju T reatm en t Msa e . A u re s r e T e c n r of th s m rm a is g o d f re su c p su h e te i a o or a u re s r e for re v g and A m a m s u r te s n and im ro in g the cp su lie in ro u c la n io p v p s re .

The p in t on thed n e ro b ra c oe o o ts e a b lo w the p tu e n e of the a k e jo t is also u id n e ro b ra c nl in go . od . p rtic la y the s n itiv e po t on the in id e nl in a u rl es in s a d b lo w the p tu e n e of the b n .1 28 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Gulph a Description Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size S e it G lp a (a k e jo t ) uh nl in 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h a k ) a ot a n le J in t (S n h ) o adi 2 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n T he a k e jo t .

p i n s s m e oil or swgnh a rip a d a la e a a o d oil. For a u re s re . m t or g g r . as g A u re s r c p su e and A ma ro Therapy A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . This w l also in re s e O . u g a g n e c u r pl a as g re sin e tl irc la m tio n for a o t five m u s . P s rio r tib l n rv . m s a e w h m s r d o l a o dc t as g it u ta i nd u e lig t aromatic o s like c m h r . tib s p s rio r a le o a c nu nd ra is ilia o te nd fle o r x d it i lo g s m s le . s h il a po in in e For tu e u r kn e . T es o s e se he p in t o b lo w the jo t on the o ts e can be u e d as w ll . b n e and re ro u tiv e s s m s o tro o p dc y te A th a a a S u ra a a s iv h nd h k v h Va a yn (circulation of S s a a K p a (lu ric tio n of the le h k ah b a jo ts ) and m v • m n t of the fe t in oe e e F x r h llu i s lo g s a b v . g g u . P s rio r tib l ig nu uc s o te ia e e o te ia a r y and v in . u as il c a jas F r re u in g fa . it s o l d be d n e on the p in t fo r a g l i (fin e r g hu o o u nu g u its ) a o e the m rm . rte e R ja r a (P in u in ) type m rm . n tio x x n io Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu Qa u litie s Relative to In r y ju S m to s y pm If In re d ju Msa e . u ka a -ca s g a a B t h a y a fie y in d g e of v ln r b o ir nd r e re u ea ility . use the o bu in te c p su s n itiv e p in t ju t b lo w the joint on the in id .Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 29 Cn l s o tro C n l s fat. s v r e pain in the g in . n bv a a The same as M n a d a of the hand . a ib n h Au u c r c p n tu e (S c i uh Te t e nt r am If In re d ju . e in u id s e For c n llin g A iv h a S ta s (s e ta l sy m . ja m e or rose for fe a s and n tm g or a n s in m le u e m s k for m le . ne F r the re ro u tiv e s s m u a m ti c o s like o p dc y te se ro a il s ffro . Use a a e i c a m ti c oils like m rrh . T h la i T ila . lm n n lg s ro a y ugl a g lic a and wintergreen. or p ra s s of b rc la e ee ro a ly i the le . In r y to the jo t w l c u e s e g a d im a r the ju in il a s w llin n pi fu c n s of fle io n and e te s n . u o tro sth a ro k le ste ) se A h a a d a T ila .

o in g d bs d ' rro ue pe rro w to th s a e of the m s le s in the re io n of the m -lo e r hp uc g id w e B s i also m a s b d e r in o e r c n x . ) at en la d th o te ts In re ju 2 m rm a po ts . one on e c h leg a in a Msl e uc a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n T a re tm If .1 30 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Se it Cno o tr Aa n to S c tru tu Qa u litie R la e tiv In r y ju S m to y p If In re ju T M T a h Indrabast i Descriptio n Nme a (leg ) Nme r u b Tpe y Size In ra a t i (In ra s a w or a s p rio r ty of a w .

.

th r e n n o rte a ae e w l be s v r e b e in . jw n For s u tio n of A n . m s a e w h a m ti c o s ro ig s y te ) as g it ro a il th t s u t e d e tio n like fe n l . If the a r y is d m g d . o ta in alic a ao tid a a d ro k s lt . s le s and p n ri s m s le . P ro e l a c e iu ou la ta uc s e na of p s rio r tib l ) a p s rio r tib l a r y a v in . il ee le d g hc lla se Cn l s o tro Aa ma l n to ic (b n h ra c S cr s tru tue Qate s u li i R laiv e to et In r y ju S m to s y pm im o n t p rta If In re d ju Treatm en t Msa e . o te ia nd o te ia rte nd e D in g e of ly p h v s e s to the p p tia l ly p h g n s . S m n a V y . In r y m y im a r the a th uc a et ju a pi fu c • tio s of the fo t . If In re d an ju . P c a a P . the p s rio r tib l a r y is m r e i ita o t o te ia rte o th n any o e r m s l e or lig m n . o r nd a r e re u ea ilit At th s v l p in . a is e or a tim la ig s ne in e n a a . a a B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y . T ea y ig s n For im ro in g the p v of s a l in s e and ml te tin Anvh a naa S ta s (d e tiv e s s m . o te ia K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u g ) type of an r ra a a og r e th a sin m rm . s o k and co p .Marmas on the Legs and Feet Se it T p t at the m d e of the line . A u re u e h r e is also c p su o bu in te c p ss r e g o . ra a m es l o le m la d P s rio r tib l nerve . u in g a s n g c u r pl a as g re s tro irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s . and s a l ig s ah k itta a a au ml in s e . and A m a od ro p rtic la y for in re s g A n i and p m tin g a u rl c a in g ro o hrp d e tio . A n i o tro ig s te n aa ro s g (d e tiv e fire). sp cia l A u e i c fo u s a tim la gi e y rv d rm la re Kh r a sa or H g trig n d i in u u a c n in g g r . g g r . Or a p y w r m a m ti c o s like sf e n c a pl a ro a il Te t e t The sa e as In ra a i of the r am n m d b st h d . jo in g the p s rio r he oin id l in o te s rfa e of the u c w h the c n r of the p p a l it e te o lite fo s a (re e s fo e d b tw e n the in e s cs rm e e s rtio n p in s of the ot two g s c e iu s branches in the a tro n m to C n l s d e tiv e sys m (A n v h a S ta ) . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . te tin G stro n m s .

V rio s n in h le rg a a a u s n itiv e points a u d the k e e can be u e . a la e m rm . The fro t es ro n n sd n p in t is u u ll y o sa .1 32 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it J n u (k e e jo t ) a n in 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h k e ) a ot a ne J in t (S n h ) o adi 3 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n The k e e jo t as a w o .

m s a e the m rm a on the p v pe n tio as g a left knee w h it T il a or p i n s s m e o . m s a e the m rm a on the p v e n tio as g a r h t k e e with ig n T ila . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . P s rio r c c t e lig m n . s le t a s n itiv e p in t fo r a g l i (fin e r c tic ec es o u nu g u its ) Application n p x a l or d ta l to the m rm a a a p y h a d ro im is a nd p l e te m ta l rod at e t he p in . o lite Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu Q a ie s u lit V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) ty e a a aa isa ility a sin p m rm . Saffron or tu e c o s c be u e d for e e r a a o rm ri il an s ith liv r or s le n . d u y w lk g and as ee a dm iffic lt a in im a • If In re d p ir ju m n t of the fu c n s of the jo t . a T il a or p i n a la g e . c m h r or c n m n . o liq e p s rio r n in o te ru ia a et b u o te lig m n . in rg e o n a . tibia and p te a b n s . m rrh . Use a la ea il a m ti c o s like g g r . C m h r e e ll m u a lb w a a a po or w te re n oils are g o d for k e e p in . as can the sd u a o s e p in s on the o tsid e and in e . u g a g n e c u r pl a as g re sin e tl irc la A u re s r e m t n f a o t five m u s . le o n or ro a il in e m c rd m m . he itta d c ro a il e y w rm o d or c ria d r . e in od For im ro in g liv r fu c n . ot u sid Cn l s o tro • C n l s S s a a K p a (lu rica n of the jo ts ) and o tro le h k ah b tio in c u • tion to the le s . K e e jo t . e n tio in Treatmen t Msa e . o wo o ne For im ro in g s le n fu c n . b t the p in s im e ia l y e c p su u ot m d te a o e and T e p y bv h ra b lo w the jo t can also be g o . Use P -re u in g a m ti c o s like lim . F r tr a g a riti s of the k e s and e pe o e tin rth ne S s a a K p a use w rm g m s a e oils like le h k ah a in as g Ah a a d s w g n h a T il a or s s m e oil a a ea nd s u tin g tim la a m ti c o s like e c ly tu . b t the b c k p in t can be u e d as w ll . P n ri s and a et la ta m s le . e e a . ot Ta e t re tm n If In re d ju G n ra y the sa e as per K rp r a (e o ) m rm . ro a il ua p s a po in a o H at e In s ia a . F m r .Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 33 u e . T e c nr l p in t of th s c p su oio or b u in te h e ta o i jo t is and A m a in ro b s t for a u re s re . M d l rte e e u a ll oe e ia p p a l nerve . P p a l uc s o lite a r y and v in . a a e tiv ar e re ue b In r y ju S m to s y pm Can c u e s v r e p in . T irc la g he rig t k e e m rm a c n l s h n a o tro the liv r a d R n k a P a (c lo g of b o d and e n a ja itt o rin lo the le t k e e m rm a c n l s the sp e n and p n re s and f n a o tro le ac a U a a a a S ta s (w te e b lis ) dkvh ro a r-m ta o m . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility .

one on e c h leg a o ts a L a e t and T n o n (S ig m n ed nayu ) 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n .1 34 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Ani Le g Marm a An i (leg ) Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Ani (the p in t of a n e le ) o ed 2 m rm a p in .

c d r or g g r . Q a ric p s e ia nd te a et n in ud e m s l e and uc F m ra l a ry . p rse . nd p n u Qat s u liie V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) ty e a a aa isa ility a sin p m rm . A u re s r e h r e w l c p su o bu in te cp su e il p m t e and A m a the c u tio n of w te r a ro o ro irc la a nd flu s in the b d . trib ta s of fe o l e o rte u rie m ra vein a sa ha o s nerve . a Taila or p i n s s m e or m s r d o . a a e tiv ar e re ue b I ju y nr S m to s y pm In r y w l c u e s v r e p i n a lo s of fu c n s of the ju il a s ee a nd s n tio k e . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . U e w te m v la ea u ta ils s a r-re o in g a m ti c o s like c rd m m . ro a il a a o a ly ea in e Te t e t r am n The s m e as Ani m rm a on the a a ha . If In re d nd ju . u in g a s n g c u r pl a as g re s tro irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . irc la o il id ona M d l a la ra l lig m n s of the k e e jo t . id oy T ea y hrp F r c n llin g U a a a a So s (w te e b lis m o o tro dkvh r ta a r-m ta o ss m ) ms a e w h y te as g it T ila . c nd o lite u c Cn l s o tro Aa ma l n to ic S cr s tru tue C n l s U a a a a S ta s (w te e b lis m s s m ) o tro dkvh ro a r-m ta o y te and c u tio n of b d y flu s d w w rd . If In re d ne ju Msa e .Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 T wo (fin e r u its ) a o e the top the k e e g n bv n and in the m d e of the line b tw e n the top of the a te r id l e e n rio fa e of the joint a the p p a l s rfa e .

1 36

Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Urv i Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it U i ( id ; the w e rv w e id

(leg )

of the th h ) ig

2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h th h ) a ot a ig V s e l (S ) es ira 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n In the m d e of the line jo in g the c n r of the in u a l id l in e te g in lg mn and the m d l c n y e of the fe u r w e e the ia e e ia o d l m hr fe o l a r y and long s p e o s vein pa s . m ra rte ahnu s t

Marmas on the Legs and Feet

1 37

Cn l s o tro

C n l s p s a and w te e b lis m (R s v h a a o tro la m a r-m ta o aaa nd Uaaa a dkvh K p a d s a and the w te r e m n t ah oh a le e in the b d y as a w o . o h le F m ra l a r y and v in . D in g e to the s p rfic l in u a l e o rte e ra a u e ia g in g nd . S p e o s n rve . A d c r la s ahnu e d u to and re tu s c ms s . u cle

Aa ma l n to ic S c re s tru tu

Qat s u l ie i V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) ty e a a aa isa ility a sin p m rm . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . a a e tiv ar e re ue b In r y ju S m to s y pm v l ita If In re d ju T atm re en t Msa e , as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a , u in g a stro g c u r pl a as g re s n irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s . A u re s r e h r e a s in c p su o bu in te cp su e id w ig t - and A m a eh ro re u tio n and re o in g K p a . S n g p s u e dc mv ah tro re s r can be u e . T ea y For im ro in g the fu c n of R s v h a S ta s s d hrp p v n tio aaa ro (ly p a c m h ti s s m ) m s a e w h J k d i T il a (c m n m d a d o ) y te as g it ira a a u i e ic te il or w h p i n a o d o l or m s r d o . it la lm n i u ta il U e d re c a m ti c o s like c d r , ju ip r , p rs y s iu ti ro a il ea ne a le or c rd m m to k e p the w te r e m n t in the b d y a a o e a le e o Te t e t r am n If th r e is b e in , a p y ice to the a a and a m is r e le d g pl re d in te If In re d ju h m s ti c h rb s th t p m t e the c a u tio n of e o ta e a ro o o g la b o d like tu e c or m rrh . Or a p y a p s u e lo rm ri y pl re s r b n a e to the a a . adg re In ry to the im ota t s c re s p s in g th u h t i s ju pr n tru tu as ro g h p in atey , n rv e and v in a n c u e w s g , d sfu c o t- r r e e -c as a tin y n tio n of the m s le s and b e in . uc le d g

1 38

Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n Nme a jo t ) in Nme r u b Tpe y Size (re -jo te ; the lo e r fro ta l re io n of the h d in d w n g ip 2 m rm a p in , one on e c h leg a o ts a V s e l (S ) es ira 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) /2 n u g n

Marmas on the Legs and Feet

1 39

Se it C nr l s o to

T o a g l i (fin e r u its ) la ra l to the s m h s s p b s w nu g n te y pyi ui w e e the fe o l a r y p s e , in fe o l tria g . hr m ra rte as s m ra n le

C n l s p s a and ly p a c syste m (R s v h a S tas , o tro la m m h ti aaa ro ) b o d (R k v h a S tas) , V a a and A a a V y s lo a ta a ro yn pn au (p rip e l a e h ra nd d w w r d m v m n s of e e y ona oe e t n rg p rtic la y to the a u rl A ao ic l F m ra l a r y and trib ta s of fe o l ve . F m ra l n t ma e o rte u rie m ra in e o n rve . Sr cue s e tu t r D in g e to the s p rficia l in u a l g n s . ra a ue g in la d P o s m jo r a d sa a n p c e l m s le . e tin a uc s V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) ty e a a aa isa ility a sin p Qualities m rm . a a W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . ar e re ue b to I ju y nr S m to s y pm the If Inue d jr T a e t re tm n In r y can c u e p ra s s of the lo e r limb and e e a of ju as a ly i w dm leg a n g with d fo it y and s v r e p in . lo e rm ee a

Msa e , as g F llo w u u l m rm a m s a e p ce u s . A p s u e o sa a as g ro d re cu re s r hre e A u r s u e aids in d in g the n a y ly p a c sy m . c pe s r ra in e rb m h ti ste and Ao a For c n llin g R s v h a S ta s (p s a and ly p a s ) rm o tro aaa ro la m m h tic and it's d e s s , m s a e w h is a e as g it (c m h r ) T il a a po a or w h it p i n m s r d oil. Use d p o ti c (s e t-p m tin la u ta ia h re w a ro o g ) a m ti c oils like b sil , s g , c n m n and e c ly tu . ro a a a e in a o ua p s For c n llin g R k v h a S ta s (b o ) and p m tin g o tro a ta a ro lo d ro o c u tio , u irc la n se T il a or s s m e o l a a ea i nd a m ti c o s ro a il A u u cu e For tre tin g g la a d a (th ro d h p rtro h ) s le t a p in t c p nt r a a gn y i ye py ec o one anguli (fin e r u it ) m d l to the m rm . g n e ia a a Te t e t r am n The s m e as L h k a on the a o ita sh hand . It In r d jue

1 40

Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Marmas on the Legs and Feet

1 41

Se i t

O e a g l i (fin e r u it ) la ra l to pubi c s m h s s in n nu g n te y pyi the superficial ring th u h w ic h the s e a c c r d ro g h p rm ti o p s e s in m n . In rio r a p c t of the p b c s m h sis . as e fe se ui y py

C n l s re ro u tiv e s s m (S u ra a a S ta , o tro p dc y te hk vh ro s) m n tru l s s m (A va h a S es a y te rta va rotas) , A a a V y u a pn a nd O . jas A a m a l In m n x rn l and in rn l o liq e m s le s of the n to ic e -e te a te a b u uc a d m n , Sr cue s re tu s a d m i s m s le , fe o l n rv e a bo e tu t r c b o in uc m ra e nd s e a c c rd . In p rm ti o w m n u d lig m n , la i a o e -ro n a et b and la i a m o . b in ra Qate s u li i V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u in a s g ) ty e p m rm . R laiv e to a a et W te y in d g e of vu e b ar e re ln ra ility . I ju y nr S m to s y pm If Inue d jr T a e t re tm n Msa e , as g A u re s r e is often e s r at th s n rro w re io n th n is c p su a ie i a g a A u r s u e m s a e w ic h m s t be d n e c re lly . But ta e c r e c pe s r as g h u o a fu k a as the and A m a ro re io n can be se sitive . g n T ea y hr p For c n llin g S u ra a a S ta s (re ro u tiv e s s m ) o tro hk vh ro p dc y te m s a e with M s a T ila , as g ah a T ila , a a o d oil or s s m e oil . lm n ea U e a m ti c o s t a t s n th n the re ro u tiv e s s m s ro a il h tre g e p dc y te a nd in re s e O s like ja m e , g rd n a or s ffro n for c a ja s in a ei a w m n and m s k (flo l h is u ) , n tm g or c v s for o e u ra ib c s u e lo e mn . e A u u cu e F r tre tin g in c n s in g n l tra t a c p nt r o a fe tio e ita c nd o o p rm lig s e ia , s le t a ( u h ec Sci p in t t o wo a g l i (fin e r u its ) m d l to the nu g n e ia m rm . F r tre tin g a a o a hydrocele, s le t a p in t p s rio r to ec o o te the s ro m . c tu Yoga and A g o d p in t for c n e tra o o o c n tio n a m d tio n to aid in the nd e ita M daio n c n l of s x a l e e y . T y g c p c e of e it t o tro eu n rg he o i ra tic M la a d a , which in o e s tig te in g the m s le s of the u bnh v lv h n uc p rin u m is g o d for th s m rm . e e o i a a Te t e t The sam e as r am n h n . If Inue d ad jr m rm a on the a Im o n e and s e m d fic n y in m n . In rtilit y a d p te c pr e ie c e fe n m n tru l p b m s for w m n . es a ro le o e

C nr l s o to

.

C H A P T E R 10 8 Region s an d Point s Marma s on the front side of the body. They are also good for workin g on thei r corresponding affectin g them throug h their location s on the front the body . they can have many smalle r marma points. the abdome n and chest. These marma s on the front of the body are good for workin g on the organs connecte d to them. small intestin e (Pitta) and stomach and can be used to promot e the eliminatio n of the doshas from thes e locations . The front of the body include s the main sites of the accumula • tion of the doshas in the large intestin e (Vata) . are fewer in number but very importan t as this area houses our main interna l Some are large marma region s like the heart and the navel. Thoug h gener• ally regarde d as only one marma region . trigger points or sensitiv e zones around them that can be used for therapeuti c purposes . Treatin g thes e region s is essentia l for prope r digestio n and for .

c rru a r c ti s a i n to ic p in te n te u nd x rn s o g to u n S c re s m s le . o tro hk u da ) n d . u a . te tin A a m a l S h c r a i in rn s a e te u . to p g e rt . the c a n l s of e c to . re ro u tiv e and au hne x re ry rin ry p dc m n • strual s s m s (P rish va a . M tra a a . R c l p x s of n rv s . am e tiv ie e re ue b In r y ju S m to s y p m t he If In re d ju In r y to the s h c r m s le s re u s in lo s of c n l of ju p in te uc s lt s o tro a u . S u ra a a e y te u a h u vh hk vh a nd A v v h a S ta s ) as w l l as the te te s and o a s . tru tu uc s e ta le u e e re ta l a r y and c rte v in . rta a a ro m i e s v rie R la s to V ta s s e of a c m la e te a' it c u u tio n in the la e rg in s e . S ila y s d e n d tio n can c u e a re x ns im rl ud ila as fle s p a e of h a . Aa a a i pn V y .Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size S e it Cn l s o tro Guda (anus ) 1 m rm a p in t a o Msl e uc 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n A u s and s rro n in g area . n u ud rg a a C n l s the first c a r a (M la h ra . e Qa u litie s S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D a -C u g ) ty e ay ra a a md t e th a sin p m r a . R la e to F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . a la e m rm .

il ne irc as y F r a in g m n tru tio n u a m ti c o s like s ffro . a u re s r e and a m a th ra y . is also g o d for th s h n uc e em o i m rm . oe lie ain n lg s e a ria k v a k v . a ) F r im ro in g fu c n s of M tr v h a So s (u a y s s m ) o p v n tio uaa r ta rin r y te m s a e w h m s r d o . Meditation le e t the s n e of s e l and the e c to y s s m . The p rs n can b c m e ra e ju a u a e o eo If In re d u c n c u . w ic h in o e s he o i r cic u bnh h v lv tig te in g the m s le s of the p rin u . w ic h s n th n and s u t e the fe a e e nr y l h tre g e tim la ml re ro u • tive s s m .Therapy s o d g to the first c a ra ) is p b b y the b s t re io n of th s o p n in hk ro a l e g i m rm a for m s a e . e ility s mi n ie Y g a and M d tio n on the first c a r a h lp s us c n l the e rt h o e ita hk e o tro a e m n . Use h rb s and oils to re a n c n c u n s s like ju n o s io s e gi o s io s e c m h r . T i s is for h h V t a c n itio s a in te h ig a od n of d b . or b y e a aa a b rry .re u in g a m ti c o s like c m h r a m rrh . use n llin b sy T il a or use a w ig t . F nm a u rl o dc ite or th s p rp s e u 1 c of w r m w te r a 1 c of i u o se /2 up a a nd /2 up s s m e oil as an e e a a h l d in rn ll y in the re tu m ea nm nd o te a c for at le s t twenty m u s . p rtic la y as in a d th u h the a po am u k a u rl h le ro g n s . Be c re l not to get any a m ti c oils on the m c s m m ra e s as g a fu ro a uu e b n A u re s r e as th s w l c u e p i n a a b rn g s n a n . eh dc ro a il a po nd y Bs i at ( n ms ) Ee a E e a s (B s ) w r k on this m rm a in rn lly . m rr h o id es a se ro a il a n y or p n yo a . in o n a and a x ty . For es ml x re r y te this p rp s e u o one can use the s e d m n a LAM for the c s i c e rt h e a tr om a e m n . a as g c p su ro e p To re u e V ta . c la u s or m s . S s m e o nm a ti o a te a ea il e e a s are p rtic la y go d for re u in g Vata at this s . b h or p r le . a a Te tm n t In r y to this m rm a can be tra m tic . p dc y te For co tro g o e it . use a g n e m s a e of w r m s s m e dc a e tl as g a ea or m d a d s s m e o s (ta s like e ic te ea il ila T ila . A o u d re c a m ti c as g it u ta il ls se iu ti ro a o s like ju ip r . A m is r la a e h rb s d in te x tiv e . For b t h s iritu l and p y ic l h a h one a o p a hs a e lt c an m d t e u o n the D it y G n sh a in this c a r a u g the e ita p e ae hk sin m n a OM G a tr AM G shay a ane T y g c pa t e of M la a d a . use a a e i c h rb s like v le n . The p in t at the b s e of the s in e ro u ud n o a p (c rre . We s o l d a s m e a s a d m d tio n p s r e like le e t hu su e te e ita o tu the lo s pose and c n e t with the E rt h e e y th u h the tu onc a n rg ro g b s e of the spine. A p y th s e c p su i il a s a nd u in e s tio pl e to the and A m a s rro n in g area o ly .Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 45 Treatm en t M s a e . To re v e p .

like T h l a or haritaki. rip a os a v lv d . if c n tip tio n is in o e .

1 46 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y (S yu ) na Size Se it 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n In b tw e n p b c s m h i s and u b u s in re io n of e e ui y p is m ilic g lo e r a d m n . the u a y a re ro u tiv e ah rin r nd p d c systems (M tra a a and S u ra a a S ta s ) and the s c n d u vh hk vh ro m i eo chakra (S a is th n v d h a a ) and K h u u B s i (b d e ) at la d r 1 m rm a p in t a o La e t ig m n Cn l s o tro . la d r C n l s the m s u r s se m and b d y fat o tro u c la yt o il a d n Md v h a e oa and K p a . The s rro n in g s rfa e area a o e the w bo e u ud u c bv b de .

o in ir) . rg te tin w ic h is lo a d p rip e l to it.R la s to V ta s s e of a c m la e te a ' it c u u tio n in the la e in s e . and to A a a V y u (d w w rd h c te e h ra pn a ona mv g a .

the s n e of e ita a a rin o tro a le e t es ta t e and the s o a s . v leia . a d m a l w ll . e te a l iliac a d in rn l rr b o in a x rn n te a iliac S c re s a rie s and ve s . S m h s s p b . a N ra a n T ila . b g s c n l of the w te r e m n . M s a e g n y in b a d c u r m tio s with the palm of as g as g e tl ro irc la o n the Acupressure h n d and fin e . Rc s le u e tu and o liq e e te u s m s le . p n re s and h p g s c e e h up p e ac a y o a tri p x s . M s a e s w y a y a la ea a to as g lo l a nd g n y as the re io n is s n e . lo tin n tre g e ja p dc y te W r m oil m s a e h r e is e c lle t for c n llin g a a as g e xe n o tro nd re u in g dc V ta . D in g e to m d l s c l and in rn l tru tu rte in ra a e ia a ra te a a d e te a l iliac ly p h g n s . n th n ja p dc n tio C rm a a in tiv e (g s-d p llin a is e g ) a m s a p d h r e like ro a p lie e cra o ad m m . om a le e t Te t e t Any s n a t in r y re u s im e ia e m d a l a n n . in a o lo e a po Y g a and M d tio n on the s c n d c a o e ita eo h kra . p i n s s m e oil or c s r oil. G n e but s a y a u re s r e here is a g rs e tl te d c p su a o and A m a g o . a fo tid a (h g ) or b si l help re o e V t a or sa e in a mv a g s a d te tio n in the la e in s e . Relative to F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . A g o d w s r n h ta a ua a v a o e te . a nd is n rg te tin K p a ty e s o n c rr y e c s s w ig t and w te r and h v e ah p fte a xe eh a a lax m s l e to e in the re io . e tl g e sitiv U e a m ti c o s like n tm g . fe r y pyi u is Q a s S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D a -C u in u litie ay ra a a md t e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . S m tim s a a ie e re ue b o e e g u e d u d r In r y ro p ne ju V ik ly k r a a a aa S m t m s S v r e in r y can c u e d a . lo s or s ro a il u e ar n tu s n a o d for c lm g and g u d g a tio n on V t a and for a d lw o a in ro n in c a stre g e in g O s and the re ro u tiv e fu c n . A u e a u e s a d c c n of ju in ju la d r y rv d s e o tio s a v r i and p n rn v a for se e n d ys . c v s or c m h r . w ic h s p lie s s le n . T e e help re u e V ta .Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 47 Aa ma l Hp g s n to ic y o a tri c atey . p rtic la y in c s s of n rv u s e h u tio n or s x a l a a u rl ae e o xas eu d b y . m d n u b a l fo . w ic h is c n e te d to th s h onc i M d tio n m rm . jue eu is b M s a e . d p l gas and ls ro od hs dc a is e b a g . For this p rp s e one can rg n u o use the s e d m n a V e a tr AM for the c s i c w te r e m n . b u x rn uc s P b c lig m n . P lv c s la c n c n x rn m la d ei p nhi n rv . a d Therapy s n th n O s and the re ro u tiv e s s m . s p rio r and ui a e ts e ia m ilic ld u e in rio . T e y can b n fi t by s n e r uc n g n h ee tro g m s a e a n g w h p n tra as g lo it e e tin g a m ti c o s like ro a il c n m n . F r r am n ig ific n ju q ire md t e ic tte tio o If In re d m o r in r y to the b d e . w il e e e n m o r in rie s o n y po ee ju as e th h v in ju fte If In r d r s l t in d a ility . Use stre g e in g m s a e oils like e ilit n th n as g T ila .

rsi .eu a • q iv lent w u d be ol and uva u .

Controls A n i (d e tiv e fire . b o d and c u to y s s m s (A n v h a e ig s e lo irc la r y te naa a nd Raktavaha M i n p n c c n r for d e a ra i e te ig stio n and e et n .1 48 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nm e a Number Type Size Site Cn l s o tro N b i (n v l ) ah ae 1 m rm a p in t a o V ss l (S ) e e ira 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n The n v l and s rro n in g a a . te a b u uc s Qa u litie s S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D a -C u in ay ra a a md t e th a s g m rm . In rio r v n a c v . S la r p x s of n rv s . R la e to F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . o h le A a m a l In rio r e ig s c a r y and ve . mi u rg a g n C n l s third or n v l c a r a (M n u ) . P c a a P a (d e tiv e x rio g ig s ) ah k itt ig s ju e ) . R n k a P a (c lo g of b o d and bile . so a la e m rm a re io . b h d and a u d the ae u ud re e in ro n u blic s . V h o h r a n d i as o tro ae hk a ip ra is v d a a w l l as d e tiv . ic s a ja itt o rin lo ) V y u (b la c g e e y) . A d m a l n to ic fe p a tri rte in fe e a a b o in S c re s a rta . R c s tru tu o o le u e e e tu e te a l x rn and in rn l o liq e m s le . a a e tiv ie e re ue b In r y ju ) ty e p S m to s S p e in r y d e s not c u e s d e n d a . H w v r if the y p m im l ju o as ud e th o ee . P a d s a and the fire e m n t in the a a n in n rg itt oh le e b d y as a w o .

If In re d ju a d m a l a rt a is ru tu d then it can c u e d a h from s o k b o in o p re as et hc .

isp llin is n a ) u ao n In rn ll y the use of p rg tiv e h rb s like se n . oou il For in re s g A n i (d e tiv e p w r ) use a m ti c o s c a in g ig s oe ro a il th t s u t e d e tio n like b y . A u re s r e is d n e ro n c p su ae bu in te cp su o o l y g n y and A m a s c e this a s n itiv e p ce . ml te tin Use T ila . rh b r b root or rg ti te a u a e na ua (Vre h n ) trip a a (in la e d s g s ) is u e d to re o e Pitta from the i caa hl rg oae s mv n v l region. and the fe t as a m to r o a . A u u cu e F r re u in g flu d a c m la c p nt r o dc i c u u tio n in the a d m n . nervous te s n a c u te r n rv u s in ig s n tre s n io nd o n e o d e tio For P -c u e d h a t and s s s in the n v l use itta a s e tre ae T il a a or c c n t o . It is part of P n h a K rm a th ra y and u e d only ae ac a e p s u d r s t c ic l s p rv io n e tric lin a u e is n . g g r . as tro oe ra a Hr a l eb S n a o d p s e is g o d for a v tin g Pitta (a ity ) in the a d lw o at o lle ia cid s a l ml P s e (L p ) in stin . s ee n rg oe c n M d tio n on the th d c a r a s n th n s the fir e e ita ir hk tre g e e m n . fe n l or a tim la ig s a in e ne c rd m m . A p e area ad lo h ra e tl as g fte nuh rim for re u in g dc P a a d s p in g its a c m la itt n to p c u u tio n in the s a l in s e . u in g a c u r m tio n as g pl a as g re s irc la o a u d A u re s r e the n v l for a o t five m u s . p rtic la y if the t ea is t u rin fe t a in a a u rl hr p h a s n g p w r of P n . a a o F r h p ra id y and h h P . D e p in r y may also c u e re x e ohg e ju as fle s p a e of the h a . S p y la in g on of the n e tl ro in es la im l y h n s a n g T e p y with a g n e m s a e is o n e o g . A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . le e t es ig t e o rg n . ro e or s n a o d . s le t a bo e ec p in t (S c i . c lm g V ta . ep S p y p c g the h n d o e r the n v l has a p te tiv e a im l la in a v ae ro c nd n rtu g af c . s in ) s a d lw o C v e oil is g o d for in re s g d e tiv e p w r in Pitta type lo o c a in ig s oe p o le . s n th n o e ita an ra a tre g e M dt to n d e e iai ig stio n and im ro e p y ic l s n th . the s n e of s h . m s a e w h c o g o y e c it ig itta as g it o lin a m ti c oils like ro a (ja m e .Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 49 and h m rr a e . A p s e of a a e a p w e r (h g ) is g o d for at ea te e at s fo tid od in o d e g gas and d te tio n (V ta . The m n a p v h s a tre g a tr can be u e d here to d v lo p e e y and p w r of a tio .four a g l i (fin e r u its ) d ta l to the la ra l p ra e ia n o uh nu g n is te a md kr a ) am Y g a and M d tio n here can help b la c e all the P n s . s s m e oil or a o d oil to re v e a ea lm n lie s s . to p g e rt T atm re en t M s a e .

p n i n or tu e . a p y cold w te r or ice to the area and g e re t e le d cu pl a iv If Inu d h m s ti c h rb s in rn ll y like a m . i v a re irt in te .For th s p rp s e one can use the s e d m n a R i u o e a tr AM for the c s i c fire e m n . p u r a c n u u s drip of m tu e of g e e lie a o o tin o ix r h and o l o e r the m rm a a a for th y m u s . om le e t T am n t If b e in g o c rs . j re e o ta e te a lu la ta rm ric To re v e p in .

a la e ee g rt id l te u rg m rm a re io . a g n .1 50 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it (h a ) e rt 1 m rm a p in t a o V s e l (S ) es ira 4 a g l i (fin r u its ) nu ge n G n ra l re io n of the hea . m d e of s rn m .

rose and sa n . particularly if the th r p t has a s n g p w r of ffe t ea is tro oe P n . T rp k a K p a . tu ffro S n a o d o l w l re v e b t h V t a a d P a from the a d lw o i il lie o a n itt h a t and help p m t e calm and sle p . n mv ta n tio ah F r a v tin g Pitta in c s s of in m a r y d e s s o lle ia ae fla m to is a e of the he r t like p r adis . in rn l b e in . as g A u re s r c p su e and A ma ro Therapy In r y w l c u e d u y be th g . cn ir u s S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D a -C us g ay ra a a md t e th a in m rm . S p rio r and in rio r v n a c v a and sed o ue fe e e p lm n r y veins from lu g . ls s le s tre ea m tio s S s m e oil m s a e is g o d for c lm g the re io n a ea as g o a in g nd re u in g V ta . A o a s in the flow of u er hk n h ta ls id b a t m . ra au v ra oe ita ir u tio ) O s ( tr n t h and im u ity . G g r . It g v rn s the p n c a d s u l fo s of A n . e le p oe ra i n o rm gi A c n in g a rta . Vagus n rve . ju il a s iffic lt r a in te a le d g s o k a de th . er ro o e E c ly tu s o l w l c a r K p a from the h at . b o d and c u to y s s m s (R sa h a o tro la a lo irc la r y te a va a nd R k v h a a ta a S d a a P a (p w r of m d . s n a o d o . Acupressure at the c n l p in t of the s rn m c ra a e tra o te u an a o be u e d to re a e s s s and n g tiv e e o n . C rd c m s le .Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest C no s o tr l C n l s p sm . and the b a er n s) a n ai fo rt h or h a t c a r a (A a a ) . th d and fo rt h rib . a a d lw o il w e ro a il s in lo s . hc nd a M s a e in a b a d and g n e way u in g the palm of the as g ro e tl s h nd . ja s e g mn ) a a ah Kp a ah (lu ric tio n of the h a t and lu g . V ru a n d . a a ie e re ue b ) ty e p Aa ma n to ic l Sr cue tu t r s Q aitie s ul Relative to I ju y nr S m to y pm s If In re d ju T atm n t re e Msa e . or s e t a m ti c o s like ja m e . m s a e the h a t re io n a eic r it as g er g wh it T ila . F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . M s r d o l is b tte r for im ro in g c u tio n dc a u ta i e p v irc la a d re o in g s g a n and K p a . V a a ahk itt oe in ) yn and P n a V y s (o e l l p w r s of v lit y and c c la n . The h a t is the s a t of b t h m d (c itta ) a re s ilk er e o in h nd c n c u n s s (the h h r Self or o s io s e ig e It is the re io n w e e our a a n s s d e s d rin g the s t e of g hr w re e w ll u ta d e p s e . S rn m b n e m la d e a ia uc te u o with se o d . S p y p c g the h n d o e r the h a t has a c lm g a im l la in a v er a in a c . ua p i il le ah er in e . D in g e to tra h o ro c ia l u oa ns ra a c e -b n h ly p h g n s .

c nm in a o n or e cm le a p a e n a m ti c ro a o swl il il s ut e tim la the c u tio irc la n. .

T i s tre tm n t is s ila r to e rip in wy h a e im the S d hiro har a used for the hea .Table of Marmas and Their Treatment H d Bs i ri at (Oil B t h a on the Ha ) e rt Yga a o nd M d tio n e ita Hrid b s . c n m n . e T a e t If th r e is any s n a t in ry . . e ita er hk tre g e le e t t he s in . One can m d t e u o n th s e o h e ita p e h re . d M d tio n on the h a t c lm s the m d . rm ric la ta In the case of m o r in rie s p u r a c n u u s d p of the in ju o o tin o ri m tu e of g e e and s s m e oil for tw n y m u s . in ess v rc m n ie g tio T h a t is the c n r for the h h r S l f as w l l as for a y he e r e te ig e e e n fo m r of God that one may w rs ip . s n e of to c h and the h n s as a m to r o a . ix r h ea et in te If th r e is d u y b a in g or re u e d h a t fu c n e iffic lt re th dc er n tio g e te s of h rb s like e c m a e . g g r or iv a e le a p n in a o in e bye a b rry . a p y c l d w te r ju q ire o in le d gn pl o a or ice to the a a a g re nd ive h m s ti c h rb s in rn ll y like e o ta e te a tu e . a y m a and a g a p c ris . for o e o in g a x t y and a ita n . tre e ro o e le o ) M d tio n on the h a t c a r a s n th n s the air e m n . It k es u ad o rg n is important for d v lo in g the in e r h a g p w r s of P n . F r m o r b e in g in the re io . ae g la e rtb a rrh th i n in e to F r this p rp s e a la e a o n t of w r m oil is u e d e e r as o u o rg mu a s ith a drip or as h l d on the a a (u in g a ring of flo r d u h or e re s u og o e r s b ta c s to th u s ne k e p the oil from d p g a a ) . a s e ia l A u e i c m th d of b th g the h a t a ti pc y rv d eo a in er re io n in s s m e o l or m d a d o s like A h a a d g ea i e ic te il s wgnh a T il a is very e c e for c n llin g a g v te d V ta . in a ffe tiv o tro g ra a a c s s of irre u r h a e t . im e ia e m d a l a n n is re tm n e ig ific n ju md t e ic tte tio If In re d re u d . re v s e o n l e ita er a in lie e m tio a s s s and h lp s p m t e d e p s e p (and y g a nidra . alum or p n in . ee p n e lin oe ra a F r this p rp s e one can use the s e d m n a Y o u o e a tr AM for the c s i c a e m n t or the h a t m n a om ir le e er a tr S iftin g o e s a n n from the h a d to the h a t is also h n' tte tio e er an important m th d of P ty h r a or in rn liz tio n of the eo ra a a te a a m d and s n e .

Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 53 . Description Nm e a Nme r u b Tp e y Size (ro t of the b a t ) o re s 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h b a t ) a ot a re s V s e l (S ) es ira 2 (fin e r u its ) g n .

a ip la o m d te e ip le Cn l s msu r ss m o tro u c la y te S ta . il U e a m ti c o s like c m h r . a o d oil or s s m e as g a a -a th a a lm n ea o. apply the p s e of c m h r and fla se d . c n m n . s ffro n s ro a il a po in a o ne a or m rr h for im ro in g c u tio n and re u in g K p a in the y p v irc la dc ah re io n g of the h a t and c e t . D in g e to a illa y n to ic te a a mr rte e ra a x r m la d au e te o ta e s e to li S c re s ly p h g n s . G v rn s la ta n in w m n (S n a a a lo re s re oe c tio o e ta y v h S ta . ro s) A a m a l In rn l m m a y a r y and v in .1 54 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment S e it Cn l s o tro A m d m iz d m rm a re te d to the n p s . In rc s l m s le . ju ip r . er hs If th r e is m o r b e in . e dm at a po x e K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . b e in g a e ju as iffic lt re th g le d nd e e tu l d a . p n in . p rtic la y in ro s) a u rl region of the c e t . D e p in r y can c u e d u y b a in . es g n F r c n llin g M m a a a S ta s (m s u r s s m ) o o tro a svh ro u c la y te m s a e with K rp s s y d i T ila . g e in le d g ive h m s ti c h rb s e o ta e in rn ll y like tu e . P n a and V a a V y s (e e y c u tio ) and hs ra yn au n rg irc la n b o d p s u . V g s n rv e and in rc s l n rve . A a m a a K p a (lu rica n to the hs v la b k ah b tio c e t) . B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y a a o r nd a r e re u ea ilit . If te a rm ric la ta rju a ae a th r e is e e a . vn a e th T a e t re tm n If In re d ju . a n a or n g k sh ra . P c ra s tru tu m jo r and m o r m s le . a in uc s te o ta uc s Qa u litie s Relative to In ry ju S m to s y p m If In re d ju Treatmen t M assage . B s t e iu -s e a la ip le e m n u te d by the p in t im e ia l y b lo w the n p s . A p su cu re s r e and A ma ro Therapy M s a e or a p y a u re s r e w h car e as this is a as g pl c p su it s n itiv e re io .

id re s ta y v h ro s) b a ) Nme r re st u b b a t ) Tp e re s y Size Se it Cn l s o tro . C n l s m s u r and n rv u s s s m s o tro u c la e o y te a nd M jja a a a vh P n a and V a a V y s . the lu g s ra yn au n a nd a s in the flow of b a t milk (S n a a a S ta .Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 55 Stanarohit a Descriptio n Nm e a S n ro it a (u p r re io n of the ta a h pe g 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h a ot a Msl e uc 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n T o a g l i (fin e r u its ) d c y a v e and to the c n r w nu g n ire tl bo e te of the n p s ip le on the e g e of the m s le s a o e the d uc bv b a re sts .

A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . S m to s In r y to the p lm n r y a r y will c u e h m rrh g y pm ju u oa rte as e o ae If In re d and e e tu l d a . e o y te s ro a a il ae v le n . a ria y ne a d lw o For re v g c u h and re u in g K p a . n Use s s m e oil. the fo rt h rib. m rrh . n ie For M m a a a S ta s and M jja a a S ta s (m s u r a svh ro a vh ro u c la and n rv u s s s m ) use a m ti c oils like b s . use ju es l e e d in re is h m s ti c h rb s like tu e . a d lw o S p la i p w e r is a g o d A u e i c re e y for c u h ito a d od o y rv d md og a d u t b a in g a r in r y to th s a a .1 56 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment A a m a l In rc s l m s le . m t or c m h r . n to ic te o ta uc s m jo r and m o r m s le . a e o ta e rm ric lum or s n a o d . ju ip r or s n a o d . a o d oil or A h a a d a T il a for ea lm n s wg nh a c lm g a in Vt a a and re v g lie in a x ty . ot A u u c r e For tre tin g p u y and lung a s e s . A u re s r e w rk s w l l o n cp su bu in te c p su o e h r e for c lm g and A m a the e o n s and re v g e o n l e a in ro m tio lie in m tio a rig t m rm a Therapy h a c n e t s m r e with the rig t lu g . V g s n rv . use a m ti c oils lie in og dc ah ro a like e c ly tu . onc o h n w il e the left m rm a c n e t s h a onc mr e w h t o it he le t f lu g . o uc u au e e P lm • n r y a u o a nd in rn l m m a y a r y and a c n in g te a a mr rte sed a rta . s le t a p in t one a g l i c p n tu a le ris bc s ec o nu (S c i uh (fin e r u its ) la ra l to the a o a of the g n te re l b a t . a a in uc s p rtio n o S c re s of the tru tu d rs i m s le . ju vn a e th Treatmen t . ru b g them in at th s ua p s in a po b in i p in . nd iffic l re th fte ju i re . c lla s e o p M s a e . A u re s r e for a o t five m u s . B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b a a o r nd a r e re u ea ility . s g . For th . k rm ) re s a a T a e t T e e can be b e in g or s o k from in r y of the b o d re tm n hr le d hc ju lo If In re d v s e s and n rv s in the a jo in g a a . o ue e a te a a mr in Qa u litie s Relative to In r y ju K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . S p rio r v n a c v a and in rn l m m a y ve . u in g a s n g c u r as g pl a as g re s tro irc la m tio .

R la e to a a e tiv B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of o r nd a r e re v ln r b y . o e a f a g l i (fin e r u its ) g rm it n -h l nu g n la ra l a te nd d w w r d to the c n r of the line jo in g the ona e te in s rn l a te a nd a ro ia l e of the c v le . ju t b lo w r cs s e Kkhda a s a h ra . Cn l s o tro C n l s n rv u s s s m (M jja a a S ta . u ea ilit I ju y nr .Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 57 D escriptio n Nm e a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it A a p a (u g a e d. P c ra s m jo r and b e s tru tu ra h le u e s e to li a ic p Qat s u l ie i K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a a s g ) an r ra a a og r e th-C u in m rm . . D in g e to the a illa y ly p h n to ic uc v rte in ra a x r m g ns la d S c re s B c ia l p x s of n rve . one on e c h s e a o ts a id V s e l (S ) es ira 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n In the re io n of the a p . n rv e flow to o tro e o y te a vh ro s) e the a s . and V a a V y u (p rip e l c u tio n to the rm yn a e h ra irc la a s . o i n of the c m nd la ic rig p c ra s m o r b lo w the e to li in e po e s . rm ) A a m a l S b la ia n a r y and ve . the a p t at the a illa ) p la n u rd rm i x 2 m rm a p in .

a ae F llo w u a l m s a e m th d . e le d g pl e o ta e lu If In re d ju tu e c or a ic . od re u g h jit . a p y ice or h m s ti c h rb s like a m . A rw rd s a p y an a tis p c p s e rm ri rn a fte a pl n e ti at m d e up of a m tu e of trip a .1 58 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment S m to s y p m P n tra e e tin g ty e of in r y to the s b la ia n a r y w l p ju uc v rte il cu e as If In re d ju s v r e b e ing . a o d oil or a s wg nh a lm n ssm e o . h v e the p tie t ta e a t c r e ju re lte a e a a n k in tu of m rr h or g ld n se . T e p y hu e h ra b c k and n c . A rn tiv ly . a ek For c n llin g M jja a a S ta s (n rvo s o tro a vh ro e u use Aa a sn T ila . u g the fin e s for e s r o su as g e os sin gr a ie A p s u e a c s s to the p in . s n ps oi ro a il a ria lo s tu T a e t re tm n If th r e is b e in . m k a g e e to the a ix r h la il nd h in re d a a . ea il U e a ti-s a m d c a m ti c o s like v le n . ee le d Treatmen t M ss g . T i s is also a g o d m rm a for cu re s r ce ot h o a a u re s r e and A m a c p su ro for re v g m s u r and n rv u s te sio n lie in u c la e o n to the s o ld rs . G o d A u e i c h rb s for this y oe al o y rv d e c n itio n a g g u l and s ila . A h a a d a T ila .

a p in t on the u p r p s mh ta d id o pe a d m n said to c rr y P n a or life rc ) bo e a ra -fo e 2 m rm a p in .Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 59 D scriptio n e Nm e a Nme r u b Type Size Se it A a ta b a (s n in g to the s e . ir i te te u . one on e c h s e a o ts a id V s e l (S ) es ira 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) /2 n u g n M d l a d w w rd s from the n p s at the le e l of the b e ia nd o n a ip le v th d r immediately la ra l to s rn m .

u oa rte u rie u oa in d sc n in g a rta . oe y ugl in e n mn For re u in g K p a (m c s ) in the lu g s and tre tin g c u h . Acupressure h r e a s in w ig t re u tio n a d y e id eh dc n T a e t re tm n P e m n a may r s l t from in r . use K h b l a T ila . uc te o ta uc Qa u litie s K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u g ) ty e an r ra a a og r e th a sin p m rm . U e a m ti c o s th t re u e fat a as g s ro a il a dc nd h a l the e b n s like m rrh . If In re d a a ju . g g r or cin a o . D in g e to p c ra l g u p a d tra h e ed o ra a e to ro n c io b n h l as w l l as b n h -p lm n r y ly p h g n . g g u . a a e tiv o r nd a r e re u ea ilit In r y ju S m to s y p m In r y to the b n h i and s rro n in g v ss l s c u e s ju ro c u ud e e as b e in g le d If In re d ju th t can be s v re . a ee Treatmen t M ss g . ro c ia e ro c o u o a m la ds V g s n rv e and b n h s .1 60 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Cn l s o tro Aa ma l n to ic C n l s K d k a K p a (K p a d e tiv e juices) . dc ah uu n a og u p n tra se e e tin g a m ti c o s lik e c m h r . b n e o tro le a ah ah ig s o a nd fat tis u s a c a n l s (A th a a a M d v h a se nd h n e s iv h nd e o a P lm n r y a r y and trib ta s of p lm n r y ve . R la e to B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y . Te t as per A a p a nu oi eu juy ra p la M rm . P c ra s m jo r and m o r au e ro c u e to li a in m s le s and in rc s l m s le . ah and A m a ro p vn re e tin g it from a c m la c u u tin g at its s e in the it s mc . a ae F llo w the u u l m s a e p c d re . It is a g o d tre tm n t area for re u in g u ud uc s o a e dc Kpa . w rk g on the o sa as g ro e u s o in s rro n • Acupressure ing m s le . T e p y to a h h ra For c n llin g M d v h a and A th a a S ta s i o tro e oa s iv h ro m (b n e a o nd fat). m s r d oil or s s m e oil for s ira a a u ta ea m s a e . e c ly tu s or ro a il a po ua p m rrh .

. Two extra marma s can be added to these seven. Anothe r marma can be added at the spine at the place of the navel. Variou s method s of back massag e work well on them . Treatin g it has the same effects as treatin g the heart (Hriday a These two extra marma s that correspon d to these two chakra s on the back are ofte n treated throug h aroma therapy and acupressure . The hips are an importan t site of the accumulatio n of Kapha and fat tissue in the body. being connecte d to the lungs and the heart.These marma s are the main points governin g the hips and shoulde r whic h are the two main joints in the body. similarl y with points on each side of the spine 1/2 finger units in size . The two. They are connecte d to the lymphati c system and to Ojas or primar y vitality . Points on these region s can generall y take consid • erable pressur e and strong includin g the elbow. The shoulder s are an importan t site for Prana and strengt h in the body. however . with points on each side of the spine 1/2 finger units in Treatin g it has the same effects as treatin g the navel (Nabhi Anothe r marma can be added at the spine at the place of the heart . are no t part of the classica l 107 marmas .

1 62 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a K tik ta n a ( h t ris s from the h . the c n r of the a a ru wa e ip e te 2 m rm a p in . L c te d t in oa wo a nd a h l f a g l i (fin e r a nu g u its ) d w w rd s a in a s from the g a r n ona nd w rd re te tro h n r of the fe u . one on e c h s e a o ts a id b tto k ) N m e r u cs u b Tpe y Size Se it B n e (A thi ) o s a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n At the hip jo t . the line jo in g the g a r c a te mr in re te tro h n r w h the is h l tu e s y (m lin e b tw e n c a te it c ia b ro it id e e the g a r tro h n r a re te c a te nd is h l tu e s y s p rfic l to c ia b ro it u e ia .

.the z n a o ic la o rb u ris) .

a T ila . uc Qa s u litie Relative to In r y ju S m to s y pm If In re d ju Treatm en t M s a e . B rin a j a h g ra T ila . S n g a u re u e can c pe s r oio bu in te tro c p ss r also be and A m a ro d n e at this p in t for re v g te s n in the hips o o lie in n io and p lv s (the Therapy eb w can be u e d for m r e fo e if n ce s ry . wdv h ro se la d ) e v a A a m a l P s rio r a p c t of ile m . S p rio r n to ic o te se u a ro a e ts ue S c re s g te l a r y and ve . Use s e t ao a a u ta as g wa p m tin g a m ti c o s like c m h r . a T ila . ro a h e oe y g g u . s n a o d and lic ric e on the at rm ric a d lw o o in re d a . a o d oil or s sa e oil . S cra l p x s of n rve . A p y pl adg lie in to p le d g pl a p s e of tu e . ugl a po in rg e For c n llin g S e a a a S ta s (s e tin g s s m ) u o tro wdvh ro wa y te se K k ly d i T il a or m s r d oil for m s a e . u in g a s n g c u r as g pl a as g re s tro irc la Au r s u e m t n for a o t five m u s . R lie e s V ta . a ra in c p n tu K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u g ) ty e an r ra a a og r e th a sin p m rm . e c ly tu . s c ilia c lig m n . nm Ta e t re tm n If In re d ju A p y a b n a e for re v g pain and s p in g b e in . In r y to the a r y w l le d to h m rrh g e a ju rte il a e o a nd a e ia . ae Au u c r c p n tu e (S c i uh F r tre tin g o fe e s or re itte t fe e . ei lo s o rc e sa ) For c n llin g A th a a S ta s (b ne ) and S s a a o tro s iv h ro o s le h k K p a . m t or ro o ro a il a po ua p s in sg . o tro oe k le y te s iv h ro ) S sh k a K p a (lu ric tio n of the jo ts ) and le a ah b a in S e a a a S ta s ( w a t g n s . D in g e of c m o n iliac ly p h tru tu lu a rte in ra a o m m g n s . G te s la d a le u e s lu u m s le .Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 63 | Cn l s o tro C n l s b n s and s e ta l s s m (A th a a S tas . A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . use ah T ila . c m h r or w te re n . a lm n e m Use a m ti c oils w ic h h a l the b n s like m rrh . ju rea . s le t a p in t o a ld v r m n v rs ec o at the center of s c l jo t for a u u c re . B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y a a o r nd a r e re u ea ilit .

ju t o o te ue p o hs s a o e b tto k s (in e or s in l a a of the hip b e . bv u c sid p a re on ) .1 64 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it (on the lo s on e e r s e of p s rio r s p rio r in ith id o te ue iliac s in ) p e 2 m rm a p in . one on e c h side of the b c k a o ts a a J in t (S n h ) o adi 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n On b t h p s rio r s p rio r iliac s in e n tc e .

p lie re T ea y hr p For s u tin g R k v h a S ta s (b o d and c u to y tim la a ta a ro lo irc la r s s m ) use M n h d i T il a or y te a jis ta a (c la u . the s n e of a a rin o tro a le e t es ta t e and the s o a s . a ly i w b Msa e . In r r g te l n to ic oe c iu o in tru tu ) feio lu a S c re s a r y and ve . mv dm at a d lw o tu e c and a m . In rio r p d n a l a r y and ve . Ms a e t as g he a a w h t ny g o s like S aa a i re it o if in il ht vr T il a or A h a a d a T il a or p i n s s m e oil for a s wg nh a la ea w a n s s of the b o . O s ls la eo hk v d is ta a ja a Aa a nd p n V ayu . s ro a il a tim la lo ne a s ffr n . A a m a l Ilium b n . rm ri lu . e G te s lu u and le a r ani m s le . Is h m b n e (no jo t s c re . a ms g rli c and g la g l ) T il a or m s a e oils like s fflo e r a d a a na a as g a w n m s rd . or lo d es a y te A o re te s to the s c n d or sex c a r a (S a h h n ) . u in g a s n g c u r pl a as g re s tro irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s . tu e c or m ao s m ry rm ri yrrh . R la e to a a e tiv W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . ro e a . S ia c tru tu rte in fe ued rte in c ti n rve . pl a ea h ra a re To re o e pain and e e a use a p s e of s n a o d . ar e re ue b I ju y nr S m to s y pm a d n If In re d ju I ju y to t nr he s ia c n rv e w l le d to lo s of s n a n c ti e il a s e s tio p ra s s of the lo e r lim . u ta U e a m ti c o s th t s u t e b o d flow like a g lic . S n g a u re s r e can also c p su o bu in te tro cp su be and A m a ro a p d he . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . w ic h is c n e te d to e ita eo hk h onc m rm . om a le e t A p y a w r m s s m e oil drip (d a ) on the m rm a a a . v to uc s Qat s u liie V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm . b g s c n l of the w te r e m n . For this p rp s e one can rg n u o use the s e d m n a V e a tr AM for the c s i c w te r e m n . eke lo d Y g a and o th s i M d tio n e ita Te t e nt r am If In re d ju M d tio n on the s c n d c a ra .Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 65 Cn l s o tro C n l s c u to y s s m and b o d fo a n (R k v h a o tro irc la r y te lo rm tio a ta a S ta s and fo a n of R k a D a ) and R n k a P a ro rm tio at h tu a ja itt (c lo • ing of the b o ) as well as the m n tru l s s m .

b d y fat.1 66 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it Cn l s o tro N m a (u p r re io n of the b tto k ) ita b pe g u cs 2 m rm a p in . one on e c h b tto k a o ts a u c B n e (A thi ) o s 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) /2 n u g n One a g l i (fin e r u it ) a o e K k n a a m rm . aaa a A th a a a s iv h nd S ta si ) as w l l as the k n y : ro m e id e s an im ot n t K p a p in . nu g n bv uudr a a C n l s p s a and ly p a c s s m . p ra ah ot . s e ta l o tro la m m h ti y te o il k le s s m and u a y s y te rin r yste m (R s v h .

Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 67 A a m a l Ilium and s c m bo . o ta a as g h ta a a An a u s n a or oil e e a may be h lp . s c ilia c jo t . in rg e Te tm n t ra e For e e a . o r nd a r e re u ea ilit S m to s y pm fu c n l n tio a If In re d ju Treatment In r y to the ilia c b n e a d s c l p x s w l c u e ju o n a ra le u il a s loss and w s g of the m s le . o te r tru tu a ro a e ts a ra le u ee P o s m jo r a d sa a n iliac m s le . L te r on. a tin uc s Msa e . v le n or n lg s ro a y ugl a ria w te re n . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . tim la ro a a po a a o For c n llin g A th a a S ta s (s e ta l s s m ) o tro s iv h ro k le y te ms a e w h as g it T il a or s s m e o l a a ea i nd a a e i c a m ti c oils like m rrh . uc s Q at s u l ie i K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u g ) type of an r ra a a og r e th a sin R la e to e tiv m rm . a p y a p s e of dm pl at and s a v r i (or h ta a If In re d ju h rse il) . s o rc e e s ry For c n llin g R s v h a S ta s (ly p a c s s m ) o tro aaa ro m h ti y te msa e w h as g it T il a or m s r d o . m s a e with S a v r i T ila . S c l p x s of n rv s . n va a nm e ful . S c re s S c ilia c lig m n . a a In r y ju B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y . The eh dc o tro ah e o s can be T e p y lb w h ra u e d for m r e fo e if n c s a . S n g a u re s r e h r e c p su o bu in te tro c p su e a s in and A m a id ro w ig t re u tio n and in c n llin g K p a . a te r a d n to ic a ru ne a ro in n rio n p s rio . g g u . a n g w h a u ta il lo it s u tin g a m ti c oils like c m h r or c rd m m . u in g a s n g c u r pl a as g re s tro irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s .

1 68 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a w is ) N m e r at u b Tp e y Size Se it V ss l (S ) e e ira 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) /2 n u g n T he lo a n on p s rio r s e is the la ra l a p c t of the c tio o te id te se (the side of the 2 m rm a p in s a ot .

s a n . ra a a ro m i) onc oe ja w ic h m n s s through the le s . re ra a o m ro m la d H p g s c p x s of n rv s . R la e to a a e tiv B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y . m s k o i ro a u e e n ro a u s ffro . L m o a ra l jo t . P ris a a a a n s ira y te na h u hvh nd P n h v a S ta s .Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 69 lu b s c m o a ra l jo t . h a ife t g C m o n iliac a r y and d in g e of v in s from p lv c and o m rte ra a e ei Aa ma l n to ic leg S u tue s tr c r a a . p n y y l . o a s and the c a n l s of d e e . a a th oy For c n llin g the s c n d c a r a (S d ish a a o tro eo hk va h th n ) . im u e oe et c p su tre g e jas mn re p n e and the re ro u tiv e sos p dc T a g of this m rm a re tin a g e s a n g w l l w h tre tin g B s i a o lo e it a a t nd V p a ita m rm s on the o e r side of the b d . If In re d le d g ju Treatm en t Msa e . g n e ia a a T a e t If If th r e is b e in g a r in ry . F h lu b r a firs t y o a tri le u e e ift ma nd s c l vertebrae. A u re s r e here s n th n s O . d n a nd o aie . as g of A u re s r e c p su and A m a ro Te p y h ra F llo w u u l m s a e m th d . a re a l o tro e n hk va h h a a d n g n s . a re a l. o ls o m rte Cn l s o tro C n l s the s co d c a r a (S d is th n ) . B t on the a te r s e . C n e t s to the p w r of O s . e c to y la d v rie hne ig stiv x re r a d re p • tory s s m s (A n va a . o r nd a r e re u ea ilit In r y ju S m to s y pm In r y to the c m o n ilia c a r y w l c u e s v r e ju o m rte il a s ee b e in . a n Use B l a T il a or A h a a d a T il a for g n ra l a a swgnh a ee A u u c r e For tre tin g d s n r y and d rrh a s le t a p in t 4 a g l i c p n tu a y e te ia e ec o nu (fin e r u its ) m d l to the m rm . D in g e to c m o n iliac g u p of ly p h g n s . u in g s m e fo e and p w r o sa as g e os s o rc oe m v m n . a p y a b n a e and give re tm n e le d fte ju pl adg h m • In re d s ti c h rb s in rn ll y lik e tu e c a a m . the m rm a in u n rio id a p in t is co e to the c m o n iliac a ry . a ra u bsc in P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u g ) ty e ra a a og r e th a sin p Qate s u lii m rm . m s a e w h vr s as g it T il a or w h s s m e a it ea o Use a m ti c oils like n tm g . G e e o ju ta e te a rm ri nd lu iv c m le e b d o pt e re t to the p tie t .

1 70 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it B a i (the la e or the b a d re io n of the b c ) rih t rg ro g ak 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h side of the b c ) a ot a ak V ss l e e 1 a g l i (fin e r u its ) /2 n u g n B tw e n the sh u e r b d s . bv fe nl cpl n de at the triangular sp c . ae Tr . th e a g l i (fin e r u its ) e e o ld la e re nu g n a o e the in rio r a g e of the s a u a on the in e r e g .

a a T il a or m s • r a u ta d o l a d s u tin g a m ti c o s like c rd m m . For e se ira a le d a ily a p y ic . usau rte in ra a u s p la A a m a l S b c p la r a r y and ve . a po ua p s A u u c r e F r tr a g a fro n s o ld r or a p y of the a m c p n tu o e tin ze hu e tro h r m s le . e Q at s u liie K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . u g a s n g c u r pl a as g re sin tro irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s . R la e to B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln r b y . S p s a u x r m la d u ra c p la r and c u fle x irc m S c re s tru tu n rve . select a p in t one a g l i ( g r u it ) m d l to uc s o n u fin e n e ia the m rm . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . ju il a s a a ns Msa e . B ra k a P a (h a t wdv h ro s e tin ) h ja itt e a s rp n on the s . p o it oy For im ro in g the fu ctio s of R s v h a S ta s (p s a a p v n n aaa ro la m nd ly p a c m h ti use R s a T ila . A m d la a e like tr h l a can be s a n il x tiv ip a . a a Ta e t re tm n b e in g le d If In re d ju This is a v s l (S ) m rm a and so b e s e s . T a e t T e p y er re tm n h ra of th s m rm a o n c m in s w l l w h i a fte o be e it th t of H a a m rm a a rid y a on the o p s e side of the b d . D in g e to the s b ca u r n to ic g up ro of a illa y ly p h g n s . ta e h m s ti c h rb s a g e c m le e b pl e k e o ta e nd iv o p t ed re t to the p tie t .Marmas on the Back and Hips Cn l s o tro C n l s the th d or n v l c a r a (M n u ) . e a a a ife t ro g rm S e a a a S ta s ( w a g . r i n tim la ro a il a a o c m h r o e c ly tu . A u re s r e h r e can c p su o bu in te c p su e re v e and A m a lie ro te s n and s s s in the s o ld r . and p s a a b o tio kin) y n au la m nd ly p a c s s m (R s v h a S m h ti y te aaa rotas) . P a a d o tro ir ae hk a ip ra itt n T ja s (courage and v lo r th t m n s s th u h the a s) . b c k and n io tre h u es a h at . V a a V y . a a e tiv o r nd a r e re u ea ilit In r y ju S m to s y pm dep e If In re d ju Treatm en t S p rfic l in r y w l c u e d m g e to the v s e s a u e ia ju il a s a a esl nd in r y w l c u e d m g e to the lu g .

Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Amsaphalaka Descriptio n Nam e N be r um Type Size Am saphalak a (shoulde r blade ) 2m arm a point s (one on eac h shoulder-blade Bon e (Asthi ) 1/2 angul i (finge r unit ) ) .

se T atm re en t Msa e . A u re u e h r e h lp s o e n c p su o bu in te c p ss r e e p the and A m a P n a in the a s . a as g re it n a il a B l a T il a or s s m e oil. s v n h c rv a l a firs t th r c c v rte ra . F . ea U e s u tin g a m ti c o s like e c ly tu . o e is e s n a o d by its l f is fin ) . s t h and s v n h rte in ifth ix ee t th ra i c n rv s . a p y a a a ea e c re pl bna e a adg nd g e re t to the p rt . lu g s and c e . n rg irc la n u er hk n h ta y A a m a l F . cpl o bv rih ti the scapula. h v ila le th rw a d lw o e e L te r on m s a e the a a w h a ti-V t a o s like T ila . ar e re ue b I ju y nr S m to s I ju y to the n rv e m y c u e d su cio n of the m s le . S e l i s ira r aaa y a h fa T ila . a po h p n e Te t e t r am n For re v g e e a and pain a p y p s e of s n a o d a d lie in dm pl at a d lw o n If In re d ju k u s (if a a b . m t or s tim la ro a il ua p s in c m h r w ic h o e n up the lu g s and ch st . S s a a o tro s ira r y te ra a h ro s) le h k K p a (lu ric tio n of the jo ah b a ints) . iv s a . hr p yn e h ra u tio ) For im ro in g the fu c n s of P n v h a S ta s p v n tio ra a a ro (re p to y use M h n ra a n T ila . a o d o l or a lm n i s s m e oil . If th r e is a fra tu . o c e e Ta e iu s and m jo r rh m o d m s le . R laiv e to a a et W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility .Marmas on the Back and Hips Se it Cno s o tr l On the s a u a b n e a o e B a . s th . as g A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . P n a and V a a V y s ra yn au (e e c u tio ) and fo rt h or h a t c a r a (A a a ) . y pm nr e a as yf nt uc s If In re d ju le d g to d a ilit y a w s g a a y of the m s l e a in is b nd a tin w uc tis u . im ro in g the fu c n ro ra rm n h st p v n tio of T ea y V a a (p rip e l circ la n . u in g a stro g c u r pl a as g re s n irc la A u re s r e m tio n for a o t five m u s . a g e of nl C n l s re p to y s s m (P n va a S ta . n to ic ifth ix ee t e ic nd oa i e b e S b la • S u tue s uc tr c r vian a r y and ve . r pz a o bi uc s Qate s u li i V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u in a s g ) ty e p m rm .

e e e rm pz uc one a g l i (fin e r u it ) la ra l to the s in u s p c s s nu g n te po ro e of the fift h c rv a l v rte ra . e ic e b .1 74 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Description Nme a Nme r u b (sh u e ) o ld r 2 m rm a p in s (one on e h a ot ac L a e t (S ig m n nayu ) sh u e ) T p e o ld r y Size Se it 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n B tw e n the n c k and a s . on the tra e iu s m s le .

B ra k a ro hk is u d a h ja P a (h a t a s rp n on the s ) . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . a m ti c oils th t w r k on the th a t a e dn a u ro a a o ro r g o d like b y e o a b rry .Marmas on the Back and Hips Cn l s o tro Cn l s t o tro he fift h or th a t c a r a (V h d h ) . in ae Y g a and o M d tio n on the fift h or th a t c a r a g e s c n l o e r e ita ro hk iv o tro v the M d t n e e r e m n . w rm o d or ro a il s in a d lw o o wo c a o ile . s n a o d . If In re d is b y ju T reatm en t Msa e . a a e tiv ar e re ue b In r y ju S m to s In r y to the m s le s a d the lig m n s w l r s l t in y pm ju uc n a et il e u d a ilit . oe e ra in A a m a l T p z s and le a r s a u i m s le . P re ic . tru tue in ra a usau ro x r la d S a u a b n e and cpl o and s p s a u u ra c p la r lig m n . a e ts h n ir nd u e ic e e Qat s u l ie i V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) type of a a aa isa ility a sin m rm . D in g e to the s b c p la r g u p of a illa y g n s . A u re s r e rc e io a u rl it u b cp su is ge t and A m a h r e for re o in g te sio n in the n c k and ra ro e mv n e stre g e in g U a a T ea y (u w r d m v m n t of e y) . as p v re Te t e t T e s m e as r am n h a If In re d ju . p rtic la y w h the th m s . om th le e t M daio n h r e g e s c n l o e r all the se se s a e it t e iv o tro v n nd e m n s through the e m n t of e e r and the se s e q a y le e t le e th n u lit of so n . the s n e q a y of so n . U a a V y u (u w r d itt e b o tio kin dn a pa m v m n t of P na ) and the bra . pe For this p rp s e one can use the s e d m n a H u o e a tr AM for the c s i c e e r e m n . e ch o e A o g o d for c n e tra ls o o c n tio n to im ro e the d a m state . The m n a A . u in g s m e d g e of o sa as g ro e u s s o e re fo e Acupressure in the r g n . as g F llo w u u l m s a e p c d re . the ears and e itaio th le e t es u lit ud s e ch . U e a it u flo e oo u ils s a m ti c o s like ja m e . w ic h g e s p w r o e r ud a tr IM h iv oe v sp e . th d a fo rt h c rv a l n rv s . h mm For U a a V y . w rk s w l l here . m t or s g . S b c p la r a r y n to ic ra e iu v to c p l uc s usau rte a nd S c r s ve . n th n dn hrp pa oe e nerg F r c n llin g B ra k a P a (P a in the s in . m s a e o o tro h ja itt itt k) as g wh it T il a or w h s n w r or c c n t o .

.

sensor y opening s and con flection to the brain.1 4 Region s an d 3 7 point s The head and neck. nose and mouth . Marma s on the head are often more easily treated throug h acupressur e than throug h massag e as they are usually small in Applicatio n of heavy oils to the head such as sesame are very calming . The neck determine s our posture and blood flow to the head. . Marma s on the head are important for treatin g psychologica l condition s and nervou s system disor• ders. settling the nerves and inducing sleep. have the largest numbe r of marmas . Spicy aromati c oils to the head like eucalyptu s or ginger are good for clearin g the sinuses and stimulatin g the mind and Th e marmas on the face and head are particularl y good for acupressur e and facial massage . The marma s on the top of the head can be treated throug h massage of the skull. with their sensitiv e regions . Proper alignmen t of the upper back. neck and head is crucial for clarity of mind and the practic e of meditation . The head is where we have our greates t receptio n of both Prana and nutrient s throug h the senses .

O c a o fe l the p ls e at th s ce s lf ne an ls e u i lo a n . w h the m i n p in s ju t rg re w ek it a ot s la ra l to the tr c e . c tio . the c lo r of the v in s at th s p in ) il a lu o e i ot 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h side of the n c ) a ot a ek V s e l (S ) es ira 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n A la e a a of the lo e r n c .1 78 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Tpe y Size Se it N a (d r k b e . T e m i n v ln ra l e site is the te ah a h a ue b tra h a it e .

ju oa o a in oe . ro e il a d lw o h mm lo e oia d r s or w rm o d . U e c o g a m ti c a la oo u il s o lin ro a o s like s n a o d . i c pe s r p lic tio o p rta a p ly re s re A g n e and A m a to c h to c n e y P n a is all that is re u d . re m g Te tm n t The p tie t may d v lo p loss of s e c h or loss of the ra e a n ee pe s n a . ry g a ra c P a y ra i of the fo rth . M s a e only very lig tl y as the n c k is a s n itiv e re io . in re s g P n a and o oe pe c a in ra c u • tion to the th a . c p su sa e rm a a F r B ra k a P a (P a in the s in ) u o h ja itt itt k se T ila . nd irc la in A a m a l This m rm a is lo a d on the in rn l ju u r v . a a e re ue b A o g h the n m e lth u a in ic te s b o d v s e . c v s . as g as g h e es g n O l A u r s u e a p a n is m r e im o n t th n a p in g p s u . irc la ro t s a tr I a re a sa the G d e s of S e c ) for this p rp s . o tro om th le e t Also g o d for c n e tra o o c n tio n to im ro e the d a m s te . fifth a rim r m u nd s t h c rv a l n rv s . c a o ile . e tl ro u ov ra q ire A u re s r e is Therapy u u ll y not p rfo e d on this m rm . ix e ic e e Qa s u litie Relative to In r y ju S m to s y pm In re d ju T reatm en t M s a e . th ro d dn a p a -m v ra a pe y i a c u tio n to the bra . o wo F r im ro in g the v ic e use a m ti c oils of c la u . U p r n to ic a c te te a g la ein p e S c re s d e p c rv a l g u p of ly p h g n s . For ods peh u oe s n th n g tho t c a r . b y o p v o ro a a ms a b rr y or p p e in t th t o e n the th a . c r n e . F r th s ta e c la u . the da lo e s ls are of in r y to the v c l c rd s le d g to loss of v ic . Watery in d g e of v ln ra ility . U a a V y u (u w rd o in g P n ) .Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 79 Cn l s o tro C n l s B ra k a Pitta (h a t a s rp n of the s o tro h ja e b o tio kin) . A c s o y tru tu e e ic ro m la d ces r n rv s s p ly g e e u p in and re u n t c rre la n e l b n h . p v re ta as the s u l is s i d to d e l in the th a t w il e o a wl ro h d a in . lic ric e a d es jue s o i k a ms o n g g rang in e lo V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm . s e ch . one can use the s e d m n a tre g e in r a h ka e a tr H AM for c n l • ling the c s i c e e r e m n . U e the m n a A M (s c d to S ra v ti . la n iti s or s ila r o ro t ry g im d u s . T e e can a o e e p rm a p ro t hs ls help in the case of s r e th a .In r d tion of ta te . iffic ltie Y g a and A g o d pa e for c n e tra o o lc o c n tio n and m d tio n to im ro e e ita p v the Meditation v ic e and the p w r of s e ch . a Bhringaraj T il a or p i n c c n t o .

S ila .w h h n y as a p w e r or te . As a s n itiv e es a u a as le d g es re io n it is b s t to s e k m d a l a n n if th s is the g e e e ic tte tio i cs . ae . th s b in g a it oe od a im rly i e v s e l m rm a in r y m y c u e b e in .

1 80 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Manya Descriptio n Nam e Num r be Type Size Sit e M any a (honor . due to its connectio n with the voice ) 2m arm a point s (on e on eac h side of the ne ) ck Vesse l (Sira ) 4 angul i (finge r un ) its A larg e are a of the m iddl e neck . with the m n poin t ai lo te d one-half angul i (finge r unit ) dow n and b c k (behind ) ca a from the .

R lav e to a a e ti W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . m t o e ay in tea tre . lin u l ee ga n rv e and a c s o y ne s . L m h n to ic x rn a ti r r n rio g la e y p d in g e of ra a Sr c r s u p r c rv a l g n s . b o d and c u to y s s m (R s v h a o tro la m lo irc la r y te aaa a nd Raktavaha B d a a K p a (lu rica n to the ohk ah b tio m u h and th a t and s n e of ta te ) and ot ro es s Vy u a (u w rd . a n o te ad u n le C nro s ot l C n l s p s a . A K p a m rm a c n e te d to the pa ah a onc to g e and to s liv tio . n ek T ea y hr p A m a th ra y w rk s w l l h r . T e e oils are also g o d for s r e th a t or s o n e hs o o ro w lle g n s in the re io n a c h l p tre t or p v n t c ld . se tim la ro a il in a o a a o r s mr . a te r ju u r v in . w h the o s p n tra ro e p o e ee it il e e tin g e s y in o the re io n of the th a . c rd m m . as g M s a e or use a u re s r e e p a iz g the p in t up as g c p su m h s in o a nd Acupressure b c k to the m n ib la r b a ad u one . nu a a n A a m a l E te a l c ro d atey . ta g c r e to a o d kin a vi ro p ss r e to and A m a re u the s f t a o nd s n itiv e tis u e of the es s fro t of the n c . G s p a n e tu tue p e e ic la d la so h ry g a l n rv .Marmas on the Head and Neck a g e of m n ib la r b n e (o e a f unit in rio r a nl ad u o n -h l fe nd o e nh l f u i t p s rio r to the m n ib la r a g ) . s nu a ly T a en t re tm Msa e . ar e re ue b I ju y nr Smt m s y po In r y to the n rv s w l re u t in lo s of s n a ju ee il s l s e s tio n a d n ta t e in the to g e or its p ra sis . F r c n o a il t g ro t o o tr llin g R s v h a and R k v h a S ta s i (c u to y s s m and aaa a ta a ro m irc la r y te ly p a s ) and Bodhaka K p a (lu ric tio n of the m u ) . la d g nd an e a re e os Te t e t T e s m e as r am n h a If Inue d jr . e ces r rve Qate s u li i V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm .moving air). m h tic ah b a o th u s u tin g a m ti c o s like c n m n .

1 82

Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n Nme a Nme r u b Sira M trik a (m th r of the b o d ve ls ) a oe lo sse 8 m rm s (4 on e c h side of the a a a As they are all c s e to e e , the m rm a is o n tre te d as one lo g th r a fte a o e l l re io . v ra gn V ss l (S ) e e ira 4 a g l i (fin r u its ) nu ge n An in rn l m rm a c n istin g m in y of b o d ve ls , o e te a a os al lo sse nh l f a g l i (fin e r u it ) la ra l to the o ts e of the a nu g n te u id tra h a , s a d on the d re t b n h s of the c m o n ce itu te iffe n ra c e o m

Tpe y Size S e it

c ro d a ry , a lag e a a of the n c . a ti rte r re ek

Marmas on the Head and Neck

1 83

C nr l s o to

C n l s b o d (R k v h a S ta ) flow from the h a t to the o tro lo a ta a ro s er head , U a a Vayu (u w -m vin g P n ) , and the n rvo s dn p ard o ra a e u s s m (M jja a a S ta ) . The m i n v ln ra l e re io n is y te a vh ro s a ue b g the c ro d a r y a ju u r v in . A p ls e can be fe t at a ti rte nd g la e u l th s p in , just as at n a y Nila m rm . i ot e rb a a

A ao ic l B n h s of c m o n c ro d atey , fr n t and b c k of n t ma ra c e o m a ti r r o a n c , Sr cue s ek tu t r fa , side of h a , m n g s , m d e ear, ce ed e in e id l th id , to g e , yro nu to s , in rn l ear and foe e d . In rn l ju u r vein n ils te a r ha te a g la re e • c iv Qate s u li i S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D ath a g ) ty e ay ra a a md t e -C usin p m rm . R laiv e to a a et F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . ie e re ue b I ju y nr Smt m s y po h m rrh g e o ae T reatm en t M s a e o l y v r y lig tl y as the n c k is a s n itiv e re io . as g n e h e es gn Msa e , as g O l A u re s r e a p a i c p su p lic tio n is m r e im o n t th n a p in g p s u . o p rta a p ly re s re A g n e and A m a to c h to c n e y P n a is all th t is re u d . e tl ro u ov ra a q ire A u re s r e is T ea y cp su hr p u u ll y not d n e he . sa o re Use Sak auh h n h p s p i or A h a a d a T ila s or s wg n h a p i n o s like a o d a s s m e o l for n u h g the , la il lm n nd e a i o ris in n r e as w l l as n rv e a m ti c o s lik e a g lic , ev s e e in ro a il ne a c la u , v le n or a ms a ria for c lm tiv e p rp se . a a u o s For im ro in g b o -flo w use a m ti c oils like p v lo d ro a c n m n , sa n , ro e a y or m rrh . C la u s is in a o ffro s mr y am g o d s e ll y for a in g in b o d flow to the h a . o p cifica id lo ed As w h N a m r a , for im ro in g the v ic e u it il am p v o se a m ti c o s of c la u , b y e y or p p e in t th t ro a il a ms a b rr e p rm a o e n the th a . p ro t Te t e t A p y a p s e of lic ric e and g e e to the to g e for r am n pl at o h nu s o in g o th If In re d ju the thro t . If in r y is s v r , s e k im e ia e a ju e ee e md t md a l a n n . e ic tte tio In r y to the b o d v s e s w l c u e s v r e ju lo es l il a s ee , If In re dc lla s e and d a . ju o p e th

Nm e a

P a a (a s rpe t' s h d ; on the side of hn e n oo 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h n s ) a ot a o tril

ns o trils ) Number Tp e y Size Site

V ss l (S ) e e ira a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n The p in t o ts e at the b s e of the n s e and the n s l o u id a o o tri o e in s . H w v r , a d n l p in s e is t a n g the side of pn g o ee d itio a ot x lo the n s e a n g the o ts e s rfa e of the n s l b n . o lo u id u c aa o e C n l s P n , the s n e o a n of s e , K p a in the h a , o tro ra a es rg m ll ah ed the n s l p s a e s and s u e s and the Ida and P g l a aa as g in s in a n d s (le t a rig t n s l P n a c a n ls . ai f nd h o tri ra hne )

Cn l s o tro

A a m a l F c l a r y and ve . B n h s of o c r y n rv s and fa ia l n to ic a ia rte in ra c e lfa to e e c S c re s n rv . O ic la s oris and le a r tru tu e e rb u ri v to s p rio r m s le . ue uc s N sa , fro ta l and e m i d b n s . S b a d u a l n th o oe u m n ib la r ly p h supply. m

Marmas on the Head and Neck

1 85

Qa s u litie Relative to I ju y nr

V ik ly k r a (D b -C u in a a aa isa ility a s g ) ty e p m rm . Watery in d g e of v ln ra ility . a a e re ue b

S m to s In r y will p d c e im a e t of the n s e and fa . If the y pm ju ro u p irm n o ce If In re d n rv s are in re d it m y c u e loss of s n a n of sm ll . ju e e ju a as e s tio e T reatm en t M s a e , A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a , u g a s n g c u r as g pl a as g re sin tro irc la Acupressure m tio , for a o t five m u s . One can also m s a e the o n bu in te as g and A m a e tir e side of the n s l b n . One can m s a e b t h ro n aa o e as g o sid s of Therapy the n s e at o ce . T i s is also a g o d m rm a for e o n h o a a u re su c p s re , p rtic la y u in g the in e x fin e , for re v g h a a h , a u rl s d gr lie in edce p s u e in the s u e s and c n e tio n (K p a . H lp s re s r in s ogs ah) e re o e K p a u w r d and o tw r d from the lu g s and mv ah pa u a n sin se . u s F r tre tin g the n s , s ic y a m ti c o s a g a . o a oe p ro a il re re t Ap a p lic tio n of c m h r , e c ly tu s or p p e in t oil to a po ua p e p rm P a a m rm a o e s the s u e , s u te s the s n e s hn a pn in s s tim la es and h lp s re v e h a a h s . e lie edce F r m s a e o , e p coa t o s like msa d o l or o as g ils x e t r n il ut r i a ric t o l are good . p o i Ns a ay A u e i c N s a th ra y (n s l th ra y ) is e c lle t for y rv d ay e p aa e p xe n (Nasal w rk g on this m rm . S e l A u e i c m d a d o in a a p cia y rv d e ic te n s a Therapy) (n sa ) oils can be put in the n stril s u in g an e e ay a l o s yd p e r or ro p ru b d in w h the littl e f g r . H rb l p w e s like be it in e e a o dr c la u s or g g r can be s u d th u h the n s s in am in e n ffe ro g o tril o e r to c a r the h a . rd le ed For V t a and K p a d s a s and for c a g the h a d a a ah oh le rin e nd sinuses, c la u s (V c a ) b s d n s a oils are b s , s c h as am ah ae ay et u V c a T ila . For P a d s a and for s o in g the n strils , ah a itt oh o th o licorice b s d oils can be u e d like Anu T ila . M n y ae s a a A u e i c c ic s a p a a ie s h v e th i r o y rv d lin nd h rm c a e wn s e ia l pc N s a o s th t can be p a d . ay il a urch se N t i Pot e The use of the N t i p t , a s e ia l y g c w te r p t , for e o pc oi a o p u g s l t w te r th u h the n s s h lp s th s m rm a o rin a a ro g o tril e i a in ire tl y by w rk g on its in rn l c u te a d c o in te a o n rp rts . It is g o d for c n itio s of d n s s or c n e tio n and for o od n ry e ogs

g n ra l c a s g p rp s s . ee le n in u oe A u u c r e F r tre tin g a o m a (la k of s e ) s le t a p in t 1 c p n tu o a ns i c m ll ec o /2 agl i nu (S c i uh (fin e r u its ) m d l to this g n e ia m rm . k rm ) a a a a

a p y ice a g e a n s a (n s l re tm n e le d g pl nd iv ay aa a p a .1 86 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Y g a and o is p rh p s the m s t im o n t m rm a for P n y m a e a o p rta a ra a a M d tio n a for the c n l of the P n . use a (n s l a p a n ) of lie in a aa p lic tio C a d n d i T il a (th e m d a d o . hn a e p o in l ai S u tin g the left P a a m rm a h lp s o e n the lu a r or tim la hn a e p n Ida n d . P a a m rm a h lp s a e e t' od h n a e e e iz e the d e e r s rp n t or b e c a l fo e of P n . p rtic la y th u h the e ita nd o tro ra a a u rl ro g p c e of a rn t e n s l be th g . rm ri la ta te a For re v g p in . f id oy T a e t If th r e is b e in .Injured p lic tio ) of tu e . il) n a ea . n t the a m ti c hnaa a e ic te il o ro a o . S u tin g the rig t ra tic lte a o tri r a in tim la h P a a m rm a h lp s o e n the s la r or P ga a n d . G e h m s ti c (s p in n rm ric iv e o ta to p g b e in ) h rb s le d g e like tu e c or p n i n in rn lly . ai Like its n m e as the s rp n s ho . A u T il a or s s m e oil . n rg ep e e io le tric rc ra a M d tio n on P n a at th s e two p in s (rig t a e ita ra e ot h nd le t f ns o trils ) helps b la c e the flow of e e y b tw e n the an n rg e e rig t a h nd le t s e s of the b d .

y C n l s s n e o a n of s h . la ra l s e of o ita l fo s . A c a a P . and P s a o tro es rg ig t lo h k itta uh Cn l s o tro .Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 87 D escriptio n Nm e a A a g a (the o te r c rn r of the pn u o e 2 m rm a p in s (one by a ot V ss l (S ) e e ira e s ) Nme r ye u b ea h e ) T p e c ye y Size Se it 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n At the o te r a g e of e e . u nl y te id rb sa im e ia l y p s rio r to the z g m ti c b n e le e l w h the m d te o te yo a o v it ee .

a d n G n h r i n d s (ig t and left eye ch n e ada ai r h a n ls) . .

tru tu a ti m la d p ilia e s S h n id . y i il a s tio A u u ctu e For g u m . Watery in d g e of v ln ra ility . o o nu g n bv a a k rm ) a a Y g a and M d tio n on the rig t eye is said to in re s e a a n s s a o e ita h c a w re e nd M d tio n c rit y of th u h t d rin g the w k g s te . a a e re ue b In r y m y p d c e b d e s and d m g e to the fa . m x r y and z g m ti c jo ts . h a a h e or s e . u in g a stro g a g pl a as g re s n c u r Acupressure m tio n for a o t five m u s . peo a illa yo a in Qa u litie s Relative to In r y ju S m to s y p m If In re d ju V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm . u c o g o a y i o t se o lin m s a e o s like as g il T ila . a m is r a n tr a b s i (e e re tm n lie in y s d in te e at y If In re d w s ) with g e e or T h l a g e . B t m k e s r e n t to g t any a m ti c oils into the s u a u o e ro a e e s as th s w l c u e irrita n . k u s (v tiv r) . he U e c o g a m ti c o s like s n a o d . A p y a p s e of trip a a ju ah h rip a he pl at hl a nd lic ric e on the m rm . T i s is also a g o d irc la o bu in te h o m rm a for and A m a a u re s r e for p o p o i c h a a h s . o a a .1 88 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment A a m a l A te r cilia y a rie s and ve s . M d tio n on th s e ita la og u a in ta e ita i p in t or a u re s r e h r e h lp s c n l the s n e o a n of o cp su e e o tro es rg t he e s . A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . T h l a g e e or p i n a rip a h la ge . ye T a e t For re v g pain in the e e . ue dc itta F r tre tin g the e e s at th s p in . a ro cp su h to h b edce cle rin g the u p r Therapy a pe sin s s and re u in g P . a u u c r e s o l d be cpn r la co a edc ty c p n tu hu d n e at a p in t one a g l i (fin e r u it ) a o e this m rm . D in g e to the s p rfic l n to ic n rio r rte in ra a u e ia S c re s p ro d ly p h g n s . s o lin ro a il a d lw o h e e or ro e . ju a ro u lin n s a a ce Treatmen t M ssa e . O ti c and c r y n rve .

Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 89 D escriptio n Nm e a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it Cno s o tr l V h r a (d tre s . a o tro es rg e ra a u nd P y s in i and S a k in i n d s (rig t and left side e r aav hnh ai h a c a n ls . a a et ar e re ue b I ju y nr . R laiv e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . tu t r u ito e e B s r a p s rio r a ric la r a rie . e in e a s e a to oe ineio to the tip of the m s i d p c ss . ju t b lo w the m s i d b n . fr a to ro e r C n l s s n e o a n of h aring . g a t a ric la r n rv e a n to ic a to uc a ia e e re u u e nd Sr cue s a d r y n rv . due to its s n itiv e n tu ) id u is s es a re 2 m rm a p in s (one by e c h e ) a ot a ar L a e t (S ig m n nayu ) 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) /2 n u g n B h d and b lo w the e r . P n a V y . F c l n rv . u u Qate s V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) typ e u li i a a aa isa ility a sin m rm . p s rio r a ila nd o te u u rte s o te a ric la r vein . hne ) A a m a l M s i d m s le .

a g o su as g ro e u sin g rs p rtic . T i s is g o d for o tro es a ) h o tre tin g ringing in the e r s and h p rse s it y to so n s . le rin ogs h ra ars For tre tin g the e rs . put w r m (n t h t ) s s m e oil in the re tm n lie a a o o ea If In re d ju er. use a a T ila . il a po in ua p s A u u c r e For tre tin g ear d e s s like o lg . a u rl h id u a a The use of a u re s r e or c lm g a m ti c oils like cp su a in ro a s n a • w o d is g o d for P ty h r a of the ears (c lm g adl o o ra a a a in and c n llin g the s n e of he ring . lm n i as g u o s For d c n e tin g the ear c n l . a a y e n itiv ud T a e t To re v e pain in the e r . a . A u r s u e is g o d h r e id l gr c pe s r o e for re u in g and A m a V t a (a x t y and m n l a ita n ) and dc ro a n ie e ta g tio c a g c n e tio n T e p y from the e . s s m e oil a ea or a o d o l for m s a e p rp se . Meditation aa p rtic la y the rig t V h r a m rm . F llo w u a l m s a e p c d re s u g the fin e . m t or e c ly tu .A u re s r e a u c p su the m d e fin e . c rr y out c p n tu a is a e ta ia a a u u c r e 4 (S ch c p n tu u i a g l i (fin e r u its ) a o e this m rm a nu g n bv a k rm ) a a Y g a and S u tin g this p in t h lp s one h a r the in e r s u d s o tim la o e e n on (n d ) . If In re d ju Treatmen t M ssa e . a p y p n tra eo g s aa pl e e tin g a m ti c ro a o s like c m h r .1 90 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment S m to s In r y can c u e y pm ju as da e e fn ss .

c u tio n to the h a .Marmas on the Head and Neck Krikatik a mar m a Krikatika D escriptio n Nm e a Nme r u b K a a (the jo t of the n c ) rik tik in ek 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h side of the a ot a n c ) T p e J in t (S n h ) ek y o adi Size Se it Cn l s o tro 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) /2 n u g n At the ju c n of the n c k and the h a . im e ia l y n tio e ed m d te in rio r to the e te a l o c ita l p tu e n e . o tro o il o re irc la ed T rp k a Kapha (c n n e t and lu ric tio n to the b in ) a a o te tm n b a ra and U a a V y u (u w rd o in g air th t a w s us to dn a p a -m v a llo k e p our b c k a d neck s a h . as w l l as the e a n tr ig t) e s b o s io s m d . fe x rn c ip ro b ra c C n l s the b d y p stu . u c nc u in .

re s eu b na Treatmen t M ssa e . k e in g the h a d b la c d in the a g as g ly ep e a ne p c ss . to aid in m tio s in rn liz tio n of the m d and P ty h ra . e c ly tu s in ua p or g g r . cp su ro lie u c la n n Te p y h ra For im ro in g the p s re . F r c n e tio n in the n c k and s u e s use il o o g s e in s p n tra e e tin g a m ti c o s like b y e ro a il a b rry . R c s c p s la ra s a e b rte nd e e tu a iti te li nd re tu s c p s a te r m s le . m t . m s a e the m rm a a a w h p v o tu as g a re it T il a (m d a d c d r oil) or with s s m e a e ic te ea ea o . Relative to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . a a a r e re ue b In r y ju A rn tiv ly . The d c tio n of the jo t can c u e d a h by ju ed islo a in as et p s in g on the m d ll a o lo g ta . ir ye h k T a e t If the p tie t d v lo s tre o s to the h a . if in r y is s v re . O c u t and first c rvic l b n . Acupressure T i s is also a g o d p in t for a p in g s n g ro e h o o p ly tro a u re s r e to and A m a re v e m s u r te sio . use c d r oil re tm n a n ee p mr ed ea or . p ju ee Da e th S m to s In r y to the jo t will lead to lim tio n of the m v m n t of y p m ju in ita oe e the If In re d h a . in e Y g a and A g o d p in t of fo u s for m d tio n to c n l the o o o c e ita o tro su c n . M s a e firm .1 92 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment A a m a l A n -o c ita l jo t . e e V rte ra l a r y a v in . A o re te s to te a a in ra a a ls la the th d e c a ra . a te r and p s rio r p a y ra u s tru tu n itu in l n rio o te rim r m n rv s . c a iti n rio uc s Qa u litie s V ik ly k r a (D b -C u g ) type of a a aa isa ility a sin m rm . in c s and d e -s a cu in stin t e p e te d e o n .Meditation bo s io s m d . n to ic tla to c ip in c ip e a oe A te r n rio S c re s lo g d a . S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e lte a e ay ra a a md t C u in ) as g ty e .

If In re d m rr h ju y a u re su c p s re . oil for msa e as g or .

o in ir nd a rg te tin Cn l s o tro A a m a l T m o l b n e a n g with te p ra l m s le . D in g e to the tr c r te a a ti rte mo e ra a l s p r ia p ro d g n s . T m o l a d n to ic e p ra o lo mo uc e p ra n S u tue s in rn l c ro d a ry . the te p ) hnh nh m le 2 m rm a p in s (one on e c h te p ) a ot a m le B n e (A th ) o s i a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n T te p .Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 93 D escriptio n Nm e a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it S a k a (co c . e s Qat s u liie S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D a -C us g ay ra a a md t e th a in m rm . te p ra l v in . F c l and c rd a u efic a ti la d a ia o n rve . in b tw e n the tra u s of the e and the he m le e e g ar la ra l c rn r of the eye (a te r a p c t of te p ra l fo s a te o e n rio se mo s a n g the ju c n w h the s h n i d b n ) . R laiv e to F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . lo n tio it peo oe C n l s s n e o a n of o tro es rg A a a V y u (d w w rd pn a ona m v g a ) a V t a in the la e in s e . a a et ie e re ue b I ju y nr ) ty e p .

a o d oil or se m e oil. il a te in e a ms ne u rd A u u c r e F r tr a g e ile s y c rr y o t a u u c r e at the p in t c p n tu o e tin p p a u c p n tu o two (S i uch a g li s (fin e r u its ) d ta l nu g n is to karma) T a e t re tm n If In re d ju aa • w re In r y can re u t in loss of c n c u n s . os l a Treatmen t M s a e . ro o le p F r h a a h s in the a a u s u tin g a m ti c o edce re se tim la ro a o s or p s s of g g r . a g lic a or m sta . a ms o b y e y or s a kh p s p a b rr hn auh i . T i s is also a g o d irc la c p ss r o bu in te h o m rm a for and A m a a u re s r e but of a g n e n tu e and can be a ro c p su e tl a r u e d for Therapy s d c g e e y to the b i n and m d . c la u . ire tin n rg ra in is p c e the la m d e fin e r of one h n d on one of the two S a k a id l g a hnh m rm s and the m d e fin e r of the o e r h n d on the a a id l g th a oe . A p y m rm a m s a e to the area . in e G e h rb l te of a a n s -p m tin iv e a as w re e s ro o g h rb s like e c la u . For this h v e the ju sl o s io s e s a p tie t s u f the p w r of c la u s or g g r to re a n a n nf oe am in e gi n s s or g e e iv T il a with a g gr . th r For tre tin g any p b m s of the skin or for h h V t a a ro le ig a u se T ila . a lm n sa S sa e oil a p d h r e is v r y c lm g and h lp s e m p lie e e a in e p mt e s e . gotu k la . . u in g a g n e as g pl a as g s e tl c u r A u re u e m tio n for a o t five m u s .1 94 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment S m to s In r y may d m g e the b in . For th . c u in g h m rrh g e a y p m ju a a ra as e o a nd If In re d ju p s ib e de th .

tru tu te a a ti rte s n rio mo ip i e S c n d and th d c rv a l n rv s . g n bv hnh a a An im o n t c n l p in t for V t a and the m d . z g m ti c te p ra l n to ic e p ra uc o e p ra yo a mo a nd S c re s in rn l c ro d a rie . for A a a p rta o tro o a in pn V y . A te r te p ra l d lo c v in . the la e in s e and the s n e o a n of sm ll . o in g to its lo a n tk h p wa a p ad w c tio a o e the e rs ) bv a 2 m rm a p in s a ot L a e t (S yu ) ig m n na a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n B h d the u p r b rd r of the h li x of the e r . au rg te tin es rg e A a m a l T m o l m s l e and b ne . T m o l . eo ir e ic e e . two a g l i e in pe o e e a nu (fin e r u its ) a o e S a k a m rm .Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 95 Description Nm e a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it Cn l s o tro U s e a ( h t is c s t u w r s .

a h nh a a . (S h g tio uc i s le t a p in t one a g l i (fin e r u it ) a v .1 96 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Qa u litie s Relative to In r y ju V h lya h a (F ta l If P rce ) type is a g n a ie d m rm . d m g e to the hea . Airy in d g e of v ln ra ility . o tro a T e p y For Vata dis rd rs . ra a uk s Treatmen t M s a e . A u re s r e here h lp s calm the m d cu re s r u b c p su e in a nd and A m a ro c n l s V ta . on ec o nu g n bo e the b rd r of karma) o e ha irline . s a in ro a il a d lw o a il or va ria . use s n th n g m s a e oils like B l a h ra o e tre g e in as g a T ila . a a e re ue b S m to s In r y w l c u e ble d y p m ju il a s e ing . b s . s s m e oil or a o d oil . but g n y u in g the fin e s as g o sa as g ro e u s e tl s gr A p s u e or the th m . T a e t re tm n If In re d ju The s m e as S a k a m rm . F lo w u u l m s a e p c d re . A h a a d a T ila . le n A u u c r e For tre tin g p y h lo ic c p n tu a s c o g a l d o e s and m n l is rd r e ta a ita n . and c u e a a d as If In re d ju P n a (V ta ) to be q ic l y lo t . a swgnh a ea lm n U e c lm g a m ti c o s like s n a o d .

itta o il o re A a m a l F n l b n .Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 97 D escriptio n Nm e a Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it A at a ( a m . a a e tiv ar e re ue b In r y ju . P n . re e u ra rb o n on ) C n l s V t a in g n ra . At the c n r of e c h e e ro w at the b s e of n oe e te a yb a the fo • h a d (s p o ita l n tc h of the fro ta l b e . sp e o d and fro ta l jo ts . L v to r su e r n to ic ro ta o e hni n in ea p rio a nd S c re s su e r re tu s m s le . the s n e of s h t o tro a ee l ra a es ig Cn l s o tro (A c a a lo h k P ) and b d y p stu . su e r o h a i c rte s p rio p th lm Qat s u l ie i V ik ly k r a (D b a a aa isa ility-C u g ) ty e a sin p m rm . O ti c and fo ta l n rve . tru tu p rio c uc s p rn e s O h a i c and su ra rb p th lm p o ita l a rie . R la e to W te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . as it is v r y s n itiv ) vr c la ity e es e 2 m rm a p in s (n a r e c h e e ) a ot e a y J in t (S n h ) o adi 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n the u p r b rd r of the o ita l c v y fo e d by the pe o e rb a it rm fro ta l b n .

i ea as g ils For s u tin g the p n c flow to the h a d and the b d . is rie ta n Treatm en t M s g . a s wg nh a almond o l or s s m e oil as m s a e o . m t or e c ly tu . Wash re tm n pl am od it l h or w llin the If In re d ju e e s (n tr a b s ) with g e e for any a c m a y y e a ti h c o p n in g in m a • fla m tion or irrita n of the e e . a a ta ilit y o tro ra a p v n rg dp b a nd e u riu ) . M s a e g n y u in g the fin e . s ro ro a ils a u rl d cin a A a . p rtic la y for re u g high V ta . p rticu rl y the a sa e as g e tl s g rs a la m d e Acupressure fin e . A h a a d a T ila .1 98 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment S m to s In r y will c u e im a e t of the fa . use q ilib m T ila . h p i e s T a e t A p y c la u s p w e r w h a litt e g e e f s e g . h a a e s a y pm ju as p irm n ce e d ch nd If In re d ju d o n tio . This is also a g o d m rm a for a u re s r e id l gr o a c p su u in g and A m a a m ti c o . pl ro a il a po in ua p s w ic h o e n the mn d and s nse . be g in Te p y h ra ca fu l not to get any a m ti c oils into the eye w e e they re ro a hr c an c u e irrita n . tio ys . tim la ra i e oy a p y a m ti c o s like c m h r . as tio For c n llin g P n a V y u (im ro in g e e y .

We can h w v r w r k nu se ye a o ee o on the c rre p n o sod . e s and e rs . no .Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 99 D escriptio n Nm e a h rn ) o Nme r u b Tp e y Size Se it S rin a k a (p c e w e e fo r ro d s m e . h rim ril tra a o a te w ic h in y g c th u h t is the m e g p in t of the e e ie s h oi og e tin o n rg of the to g e . a s m i t or h g ta la hr u a et u m 4 m rm a p in s a ot V ss l (S ) e e ira 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n T i s is p a y an inen l m rm a on the s f t p la .

O c it o fro ta s m s le . s h t n rg ste es e rin ig a nd s e . h m rrh g e a ju il a s is rie ta ess e o a nd If In re d ju p ss l e de th . a a ie e re ue b ) typ e S m to y p m s In r y w l c u e d o n tio n of the s n e . g n Cn l s o tro C n l s P n a V y u (p a y vita o tro ra a rim r lity) .200 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment ing re io n of the fa as per the illu tra n g e n a o e . a g e tl as g rre o d ce A u re u e For V t a d rd rs . m s a e with c p ss r a iso e as g T ila . o u rin n n rg T a e t If C m in e tu e c p w e r w h a litl e g e e and a p y th s p s e re tm n o b rm ri od it t h pl i at . G n y m s a e the co sp n in g area on the fa . tru re us c ip n li uc p th lm e Qa u litie s Relative to In ry ju S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D a -C u g ay ra a a md t e th a sin m rm . H r e the s b e form of K p a or O s p v e s m ll e u tl ah ja ro id n u h • m n t to P n a and the m d . Ojas (S a) . B d a a K p a (lu ric tio n of the to g e ) and the ah ohk ah b a nu se s e o a n of ta . T rp k a om a a K p a . O h a i c n rve . fra kin n e or m t to o e n up the p w r s of y n ce s in p oe the se s . F n l d lo c v i n a s p rio r s g l n to ic u ra rb rr ro ta ip i e nd u e a ita S ctu s sin . Use K p a d c is a e o th a h -re u in g a m ti c oils ro a for t i s p rp s e like p p e in . ro ea e in ro a la u Te p y h ra m rrh . o ib a Treatmen t M ssa e . g ce s tio iv bv the in o ita l fo m n . c v s or c la u . Use n rv e a m ti c oils like ca m s . o ris e ra in A a m a l S p o ita l atey . F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . o th Yg a a o nd T he s f t p la e is an im ot n t p c e for c n e tra o at p ra la o c n tio n a d n M d tio n m d tio . but also the s n e s of h a g . It is c lle d the p c e of the M o n hk a la o (S m a or K p a ) o p s e the p c e of the Sun (A n i or o ah p o it la g P ) in the n ve . It is a o e r la e m rm a fra rb ra e n th rg a re io . am n d a l o oil A m a or s s m e oil. h u o e p rm t lo e a ms We can also s u t e this p in t by s c in g on s ic y h rb s tim la o uk p e like c v s or n tm g . h ld g the h rb s to a s the b c k lo e u e o in e w rd a of the m u . said to give co tro l o e r all the five se s s and e ita e ita n n v ne a d in the flow of S m a or n c r from the h a d i o e ta e (S h sra a a ra ) c a ra . lu a r e e y . The m n a ec in a tr is g o d to use here for its n rtu g . nse T i s m rm a is a go d p c e for a u re s r e for tre tin g h a o la cp su a d e s s of the m u . M d tio n on this p in t im ro e s itta a l e ita o p v c ne t e o t nm n t and p a e of m d .

W s h the ju lie dm a e e s (n tr a b s ) with g e e for any a c m a y y e a ti h c o p n in g in m a • fla m .In re d ju at the in re d area to re v e the pain and e e a .

w il e S a a i is b tte r for c n llin g the in h th p n e o tro Cn l s o tro . the p ita y g n . P s a and G uh andhari . the m d . h nk p in t in the m d e of the fo h a d h s o id l re e a s ila r p p rtie s but is s n e r for c n llin g the im ro e tro g o tro m d . P ya in i a a sv nd S a hini ) in thenadi .Marmas on the Head and Neck D escriptio n Nm e a S a a i ( h t g e s s p o t or h ld s th p n w a iv upr o firm ) N m e r 1 m rm a p in t u b a o Tp e y Size Se it V s e l (S ) es ira 1 a g l i (fin e r u it ) /2 n u g n In b tw e n the e e ro s . the p s n of th d e e e yb w o itio ir ye (ju c n of the g b ll a of the fro ta l b n e and the two n tio la e n o n sa l a C n l s the sixt h c a a (A a . P n . the o tro h kr jn ) ra a in se se . and the m e g of the six h a d n s itu r la d e tin e n d s (Ida and P ai ingala .

s n e . ess oe g i e e . It g v rn s the A n i of the mn d and s ns s .

m t or a in c la u s o e n the m d and s n e . ra a as g h n a ta a A h a a d a T ila . T i s can be in te h c m in d w h and A m a ge ra l m s a e of the o be it ro ne as g A g o d p in t for o o Te p y h ra a u re u e to calm and fo u s the c p ss r c m . am p in ess S c h a m ti c o s w r k w ll . u in g a s n g pl a as g re s tro c u r A u re s r e m tio n for a o t irc la c p su o bu m u s . R la e to Airy in d g e of v ln ra ility . F n l bo e . O e can use the e e tu oe ir y n m n a OM for g n ra l e e iz tio n p rp s s or the a tr ee n rg a u oe m n a A M (p n u c d a tr I ro o n e for in re s g p w r s of c a in oe c n e tra n . M d tio n in ig t and fo u s f the m d and f o e tra n e ita sh c or in or u fo in g the h h r n ld ig e p rc p a l p w r s of the th d e e .202 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment A a m a l S p o ita l a n to ic u ra rb nd fa ia l a rie . o c n tio T y g c p c e of tra k a or fix g of the g z e he o i ra tic ta in a . almond oil or p i n s s m e s wgn h a la ea T i s is a h g o d s to a p y shirodhara (oil drip to the h a ) u in g o ite pl ed s m d a d s s m e oils like A h a a d e ic te ea s w g n h a T il a or p i n a la ssm eo . ea il S n a o d oil or p s e a p d h r e p m te s a d lw o at p lie e ro o m d tio . o ro a d S u tin g o s like c m h r . D in g e to s b a d u tru tu a ita u ra a u m n ib la r ly p h m g ns . u ra rb ee ro ta n Q a ie s u lit V h ly g n a (F ta l If P rc d ) type is a a h a ie e m rm . m s a e with D a v n r a T ila . e ita n a in e e lie e vr L tu s a m ti c oil is also goo . w ic h d n e at th s p in t c lo it c p su h o i o an re a e s s s for the e tir e b d y and m d . ind For tre tin g d o e s of the s t h c a r a (A a ) and a is rd r ix hk jn P n a V yu . a a e tiv e re ue b In r y ju S m to s In r y can e s y d m g e P n a in the b d y as a w o e as y p m ju a il a a ra o hl wl l e If In re d ju as d tu b the mind and se is r nses . c rte s n rio c e s p rio r ue S c re s s g l sin s . p rtic la y if a p d u ro a il o e a u rl p lie a n g w h a u re s re . le s tre n o in Y g a and o This is a key p in t in m d tio n for de lo in g o e ita ve p c nc n tio . c lm s the m d and n rv s and re v s fe e . a te r fa ia l v in . Treatmen t M ssa a ge . A p y m rm a m s a e to the a a . la d S p o ita l n rv . tim la il a po b sil .

a p y ice and a m is r n s a pl d in te ay (n sa l a If In re d a p a n ) of ju p lic tio (g t u k la ) ju e or a e g l . w ic h w r k on the h a . rm ric h o ed For p in . p rtic la n rg e i a a a u rly . y . give p in lie in g h rb s like c la u . T k e o o ic lo e a h m s ti c h rb s in rn ll y like b h i (g t u k la ) or e o ta e te a ra m o o tu e .e e iz s th s m rm . b h i a a -re v e a ms ra m or m rrh . m T a e t If th r e is blee re tm n e ding . if one fo u e s on a g e e cs h fla e .

Its five c m o e t s a the five oe rg re o pnn re a p c s of th s e th e s tue : the two s e s of the s et e re u rs id c ro a l s tue .Marmas on the Head and Neck 203 Description Nm e a S a t a (th e s m it . p s a . m c h like A h a i m rm . h a e tra ot S c re s tru tu Cn l s o tro Aa ma n to ic l . the s u l a s rro n in g im n u m k l nd u u d 5 m rm a re io s on the s u l a gn kl jo ts ) N m e r in u b Tp e y Size Se it J in t (S n h ) o adi 4 a g l i (fin e r u its ) nu g n T i s m rm a c n is s of the s tu s on the s u . b o d and c u to y s s m s y te la m lo irc la r y te (M jja h . tu C n l s the s v n h or he d c a r a (S h s ra . the o e s g l su re . ra a u d ip t a a w ic h m rk s its c n l p in . so it is h a os t u re k ll c m • posed m r e of lin s th n p in s or re io s and o o e a ot gn c v r s a la e a a . n rv u s o tro ee t a hk a a ra ) e o s s m . and the two s e s o n ur n a ita tu id of the su re . R s v h a and R k v h a So mi ) as w l l a va a aaa a ta a r ta s e as the m d a in nd P n .

O c c it ip o fro n ta s li m u sl c e and ei p c ra n l ia ap p oe n u ro s .p a rie ta lte m pr o al a nd p ri a e l ta oc c ip ita l jo in ts. is a n d m a x il l a r y n e r v es and s c n d and th d c rv a l eo ir e ic .

Oc ita l d lo c v in . m t or c la u . p s rio r p rie l . use e e c a m ti c oils like p e n rg th ri ro a c m • p o . c lm g p lie a a o tro a a in the n rv s . a i la in u o s P c e g u e d p d in w r m m d a d oils like la az ip e a e ic te Davn r a h n a ta T il a or s s m e oil on the sp t . or a s u f of c la u s p w e . ju as a ly is e o a ud e th Treatmen t M s a e . k ll T a e t F r re v g p i n a g in g c n c u n s re tm n o lie in a nd a in o s io s e s . Relative to o in g to the p te tio n a rd d by the s u l to the a a w ro c ffo e kl b in . A as g as g it gr nd a ad g o d A u re s r e m th d is to use the m d e fin e r to go o e r all o cp su eo id l g v th e s tu s and A m a on the head . p m tin g s e p and m in in g h a .204 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment n r e . T i s is a e d by the use of a hr in a ms h id a u re s re . a o d oil or s s m e oil for a swgnh a lm n ea c lmn g and re x g p rp se . a m is r a d in te If In re d v c a a n s a (c a s g n s l a p a n ) of ju ire h n ay le n in a a p lic tio m d a d c la u s oil. A h a a d a T ila . o r nd a r e re ue b S m to s y p m If In re d ju In r y may c u e p ra s . M s a e w h the fin e s a the p l m of the h n s . e ic te am nf am o dr U e c n c u n s -re iv s o s io s e s v in g a m ti c o s like ro a il . n rio nd n a ta e s Qa u litie s K la ta a P n h r a (L n -te m D a -C u in an r ra a a og r e th a s g ) ty e p m rm . h m rrh g e or s d e n d a . w r m s s m e oil s o l d cp su e br h re a ea hu be a p d d il y to this m rm a for c n llin g V ta . A o e r m th d is to m d t e u o n e gn n th eo e ita p the in it e expanse of s a e or the void e te d g from the fin pc x n in top of the s u . re u re ro T e p y T two b s t p in s for a u re s r e in the h ra he e ot cp su a aa re re w e e the s g l s tu e in rs c s the c ro a l s tu e in hr a ita u r te e t o n u r the fro t of the h a d a w e e it in rs c s the n e nd h r te e t s tu e at the b c k of the h ad . a ea o To o e n the h a d e e y . A te r and p s rio r s p rfic l te p ra l a d ev s n rio o te u e ia mo n o c ita l ateie . e e ro o le a ta in e lth Y g a a L e A h a . ra In r y ju B t h fie y a w te y in d g e of v ln ra ility . For n w o n c ild n . c ip r rs c ip ip i e o te a ta a te r parietal a fro ta l p rie l v in . ur a e A p y m d a d o s like D a v n r a T ila . B rin a pl e ic te il h n a ta a h g ra j T ila . c a tin g the m n a OM and m d tin g u o n o nd ik d ip ti hn a tr e ita p M d tio n the h a d c a r a im ro e s a l the fu c n s of the top of e ita e hk p v l n tio the h a d re io .

e c ly tu s or g g r .c m h r . a po ua p in e .

n rv u s s s m la e o y te S rotas) . ru g o e r P n a as a w o . ju t b h d the a te r fo ta e a ita u re s e in n rio n n lle . la n e e p a gi . n ahk itt in in o e e ra a T ja s and O s (p a y fa to s of p s e h a . It is the g v rn g p in t of the e tir e b d y n ita ) o e in o n o th u h the m d and b in . ro g in ra lin v ra h le It re te s to the tra sc n • d n t or s iritu l form of A n . so it has ls e tra o a a a ru g a tio n o e r th t m rm a as w l l a lin c v a a e nd s a s m n y h re a of its p p rtie . It is the s f t s o t on a b b s h a . e e y e ja rim r c r o itiv e lth n rg a d v lity . the top p in t of the s u . ro e s o p a y' ed C n l s the s v n h or h a d c a r a (S h sra ) . im e ia l y s p rio r to the e te a l o c ita l p tu e n e . m d te ue x rn c ip ro b ra c It is a o the c n l p in t at the top of m rm .Marmas on the Head and Neck 205 D escriptio n Nm e a A h a i (th e lo d of d ip t r a ) N m e r 1 m rm a p in t ll u b a o Tp e y Size Site J in t (S n h ) o adi 1/2 a g l i (fin e r u it ) nu g n L c te d on the v rte . on the oa e x o k ll s g l s tu . as w l l as P n . P n a V y u ra a (p a y rim r T rp k a K p a (lu ric tio n of the b in ) a a ah b a ra a d S d a a P a (th k g p w r) . p e l o tro ee t e hk a a ra in a g nd .

eu b na eo ir e ic e e Qa u litie s S d a P n h r a (Im e ia e D a -C u in ay ra a a md t e th a s g m rm . ro a il a il a p o nd a m s F r tre tin g T rp k a K p a . e c mn e o tro . lo s . lo s or g rd n . the t c m le s ific tio op p rtio n of the s u l is o l y o kl n c v re d by a th n s in . O c ita l a ta oe c ip S c re s a ry .206 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment A a m a l O c ito a ta l jo t . id l g u oe re s r tro g Sesame oil a p d h r e c lm s V t . A p y m rm a m s a e to the area . Due to e br ild n n rio n n ll e in o p t e o s a n . s wgnh a aaa y a v e r The s e ia l A u e i c p c e of P h u d a n a is g o d pc y rv d ra tic ic h ra o h re . ro . rim r ita n rg a ild Y g a and C a tin g the m n a OM and m d tin g u o n the top of the o hn a tr e ita p M d tio n h a d both e e ize s the h h r mn d and also h lp s us e ita e n rg ig e i e tra s e d the m d in o the in it e s a e of p r e ncn in t fin pc u c n c u • n ss . ie e re ue b In r y ju S m to s If L s s of c n c u n s y p m o o s io s e s bra . in r y to m ju ) ty e p . k u s (v tiv r ) and c a o ile . T i s c n is s of a p in g a g u e or p c e of c tto n e h os t p ly az ie o d p d in m d a d o s like D a v n r a T il a or p i n ip e e ic te il h n a ta a la ssm eo . a d lw o tu h e e h mm For tre tin g P n a V y . The p s u e can be s n . Use the in e x or pn ig e e e tiv oe d m d e fin e r for this p rp s . co a . for a o t five m u s . or a m ti c o s like b s . c m h r a c la u . M d a d oils like p lie e a aa e ic te A h a a d a T il a or M h n ra a n T il a are e e n b tte . use D a v n r a T il a or s s m e a ra au h n a ta a ea oil. It is also a g o d p in t for c p ss r o n bu in te o o and A m a a u re s r e for c lm g and c n llin g the m d and e o n s ro c p su a in o tro in m tio Te p y h ra and o e in g h h r p rc p e p w rs . the a te r fo ta e e is op n . T i s also n u h s P n a V y u i a ite h o ris e ra a (p a y v l e e y ) and c lm s the ch . o c ita l a n to ic c ip -p rie in c ip nd p rie l b n s . u in g a s n g c u r as g pl a as g s tro irc la A u re u e m tio . Relative to a a F r y in d g e of v ln ra ility . tru tu rte o te ip i c ip a ita inu M d ll a o lo g t a and s c n d and th d c rv a l n rv s . In re d in ju Treatm en t M s a e . M d tio n here also p m te s d e p and o s io s e e ita ro o e d a le s sle p and im ro e s o e l l c n e tra n . il sm e se tu a e ia F r s u tin g the c w n c a r a u e e o ta in g o tim la ro hk se th r-c n in a m ti c o s like c m h r or b s . re m s e p v v ra o c n tio d ta h e t and s lf-c n l . p s rio r d lo c vein and o c ita l s g l s s . F r q ic k h a g a p y s s m e oe i k o u e lin pl ea o l d il y to the s . u s e t a m ti c o a a a ah se w e ro a o s like ja in . a ahk itt e e tiv oe ra ) use T il a a a nd c o g a m ti c o s like o lin ro a il s n a o d . ro a il a po a il In n w o n ch re . ea il For tre tin g S d a a P a (p rc p e p w r of the b in .

c m h r a e c ly tu . a it in e Use a a n s -p m tin w re e s ro o g h rb s and p n tra e e e tin g a m ti c ro a oils lik e a a e a .Marmas on the Head and Neck 207 Te t e t If the p tie t lo e s c n io sn s r am n a n s o sc u e s . h v e th m s u f c la u s a e nf a m or If In re d g g r p w e s in o e r to re a n a a n s s or give th m ju in e o dr rd gi w re e e T il a w h g g r . or the s fo tid a po nd u a p s s e ia l A u e i c c m o n d B a t V t a pc y rv d o pu rih a .

.

.

c fii in sess s is with .

It is not meant to substitut e for a full expositio n of these impor • tant therapies . Kapha and blood flow. punc• turing the differen t types of vessels throug h which Vata. Blood-lettin g can involv e cutting the skin or making abrasion s with a smal l knife or needle ) or taking blood from the veins (Sira Vedha or puncturing the veins with numbe r 16 or 18 Anothe r method not using instrument s is wit h the help of leeches . note that Appendi x 2 contains a mor e detaile d accou n t of Marma-acupunctu r e also calle d puncturin g of marma points by Frank Ros. Blood-lettin g is carried out on the visible It is never done on the arter• ies. While we will introduc e acupunctur e in this section .c followin g material s deal with the third group of therapie s introduce d in 5. It should be done at the sensitiv e point neares t to the which can be found by palpation . This method is employe d for infections such as boils and carbuncles . calle d Rakta-moksha . this materia l has been placed in the appendix . The Many Method s of Marma Therap y which use variou s instru • ments to treat marma As these are mainly clinica l procedure s and as the explanation of them is only of outline . The mos t importan t type of this is piercin g the blood vessels or blood-letting. Marm a Therap y b y Blood-lettin g Ancien t Ayurveda refers to the practic e (Sira Vedha) . 1 . Blood-lettin g is indicate d when Pitta and its subtype s are . an expert in tha t field. Blood-lettin g is anothe r importan t therapy in many system s of traditiona l medicin e and in The piercin g of small channel s is more part of acupunctur e as discusse d in poin t numbe r Blood-lettin g at specifi c location s and veins is an importan t part of Ayurvedic surgery and of marma therapy . it should only be performe d by therapist s who are well-traine d and on patient s who pos• sess suitable strengt h not to be weakene d by the treatmen t (those whose Ojas is sufficient) . Pitta. It is counte d among the method s of Pancha Karma detoxificatio n As a strong therapy .

In Ayurveda. and the puncturin g of the smalle r vessel s that carry Prana and the Sushrut a mention s smaller channel s (Keshavahiny a or as thin as a hair). acupunctur e is commonl y called Suchi-karma . bambo o or woode n needle s were used for stimulating marma points. fine capillaries or minute vessel s spread all over the body that carry the doshas . metal needle s were develope d this purpose. It should generall y not be done on Sadya Pranahar a diat e Death-Causing ) marmas . Acupunctur e is done only on areas that contain small capillaries . inflammatio n or stagnan t Donatin g blood is ofte n recommende d for Pitta individuals becaus e this type of therapy is helpful in a genera l wa y to kee p Pitt a in An alternativ e method to blood-letting . 27 & 28 in size. wit h Suchi meanin g and Veda meanin g As the piercin g of marma s by weapon s was found to cause great injury. Acupunctur e on marma s should be avoide d in condition s of skin dis• eases in the area of the procedure . Later on. Overall . it was though t tha t stimulating them using smalle r pointed-instrument s could improve the of Prana. During the ancien t period . aloe. Sushrut a advise d puncturin g the channel s (sira). but milder in is to appl y blood-moving and alterativ e (blood-cleansing ) herbs to marma s as well as to take them internall y in the form of herbal teas and decoctions . has its counterpart in Ayurveda . by using instrument s as small as half a grain of These are needle number s 26 . red clover. myrrh. M ar m a Therap y b y Acupunctur e (Suchi-karma ) Acupuncture . Ayurvedi c acupunctur e is related to blood-lettin g and heat applicatio n (Agni-karma) method s and often used along with them. when the level of toxicit y in the blood is high or for certai n conditions of infection . during pregnanc y and immediatel y after delivery . With this needle the most sensitiv e point neares t to the center of the marma should be punctured . There are ancien t reference s to Suchi Veda. guggul.Supplemental Material and Appendices in excess . blood-letting . yello w doc k and manjisht a 2 . where there can be no oozing of bu t onl y a pacifyin g effec t on the For balancin g the doshas . plantain . or Acupunctur e is part of Vyadhan a or Bhedan a Karma . they should examin e furthe r . however. referrin g to ac• tions or of marmas . Suc h blood-cleansing herbs include turmeric . the use of needle s on marma points has bee n much less used in Ayurved a than in Chines e medicin e and does not have a comparable sophistication . For those wishin g to practic e acupunctur e on marma points. saffron . com • frey leaf . or using sharp instrument s to treat marma points.

Aromati c oils from hot-nature d herbs ca n applied to the site for the same effects . For the applicatio n of heat. The poin t type is most commonl y used in marma therapy . one end of the metal rod should be applied to the sensitiv e poin t near the marma to be treated and the other end of the rod should be heated with a candle . copper . \ Hot spicy herbs like ginger. However . Whe n treating marmas . cayenne . Fo r all types of joint pain. pippali . In this way. promotin g circulation . legs or en. In• stead. direct heat should not be used. silver. black peppe r t Agni-karma . cinnamon . it is stil l useful in man y of ice or cold packs is good for marma s where there is inor bleeding . not to tha t of the deepe r muscl e Types of Agni-karm a are classifie d accordin g to the shape of the bur n created by the type of rod used-pointed . Sushrut a advise s variou s types of Shalaka s or thin metal rods made from gold.Use of Instruments to Treat Marmas nformatio n on the subjec t in Ayurvedi c Marma Therap y b y Agni-karma or Heat Therapy Heat has powerful therapeuti c properties . iron or variou s alloys. Fomentatio n using cooling herbs like sandal - . This therapy is no t applie d to all marma s owin g to its stron g Since marma s are sensitiv e areas. improv • ing digestio n and stimulatin g healing . hea t lamps are good. Pastes of these herbs on the marm a for thi s Anothe r metho d is a f the marma with a warm cloth soaked with the juices or aromati c uch hot-nature d herbs. aroma therap y method of heat application . Heat therapy is called Agni-karm a (fire-therapy) in Ayurveda . burnin g the m on the (bu t takin g car e no t to bur n the -karma (heat application ) is particularl y effectiv e for arthritis . one should selec t ierest point closest to the marma . That amoun t of heat will be sufficien t for treatmen t purposes . The marma is heated until it is slightly burned at a point . The heat will travel from one end of the rod to the other. It involve s heating and burnin g of the skin. rften is caused by an accumulatio n of cold and dampnes s in the for reducin g Ama. half circle or circular . Moxibusti o n is anothe r uses herb s like calamu s or turmeric . one should apply high heat only to the level of the skin. Applicatio n plicatio n of cold is not as importan t a therapeuti c method as the tion of heat becaus e heat is better for stimulatin g and for cleansin g s. Fo r larger areas on the arms.

cilantr o (coriande r leaves or licoric e is very helpfu l in the sam e conditions . whic h affords them a penetratin g action. These alka • lis. or heat therapy . That is why the applicatio n of sandalwoo d oil to the forehea d is so good for men• tal functionin g and meditation . This therapy is called Kshara-karma . 4. anothe r cooling herb. They have a cleansing . w ic h ch te r de s w h thi s p h ap al it . It is also a stron g therapy that should only be done by those with the proper clinical training . Coolin g substance s from cool water to cooling herbs like are commonl y applied to the top of the head. A medium strengt h Kshara is recommende d for marma therapy . It shoul d not be too strong so as to cause damag e or too weak so as to have no effect . It is regarde d as anothe r type of Agni-karma . is u s i p Sushruta Samhita Sutrasthana XIV. Marm a Therap y by Kshara-karm a (Applicatio n o f Alkalis ) Ayurved a employ s special medicate d alkalis to treat marmas . which benefit s by bein g kep t cool.Supplemental Material and Appendices wood. or the alkali much like the use of chemica l cauterizatio n in wester n medi• cine. Kshara s are white in color and act on all three doshas . is similarl y good to apply to marma s where there is burnin g or inflammation . n hp i p Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana Note Ayurvedic Acupuncture Note Sushruta Samhita Sutrasthana XII. w ic h c a te r d a s w h th s h hp el it i to ic . for an e tir e c a te r on th s to ic . stimulatin g and detoxifyin g effect. particularl y when there is fever.25 Note Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VIII. Aloe gel. Note Sushruta Samhita Sutrasthana XI. called have a chemicall y caused burnin g affect on the skin that stimulate s the marma . Kshara s are prepare d from herbs dominan t in the fire element . Note Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VIII and S a Sthana urr for a d c s io n of th s to ic .

subject . .

A number of ancient acupuncture needles made of iron. these are actually the channels and meridian s controlling the vital energy flow. dhamanis and siras. A. errors were made in the translation of those terms. the first move was to preserv e the concerned tissue. whenever damage used to occur. specifically the Sushruta contain much more information about marmas and acupuncture than was first perceive d and included in the translations. As a consequence . therefore. the Kerala region) may have originated the practice of Only now are we discovering archaeologica l evidence of the early practice of acu• puncture both in India and Sri Lank a possibly stemming from the Indus Valley civilization and certainly from Vedi c times. arteries and veins. However. F r a n k R o s Ayurvedic researchers in India (Prof. Many of the terms used in the translations did not include the total subtlety or meaning of the words bein g translated . these experts state: "Earlier interpretation s of the Sushruta Samhita made mention of marmas. Jayasuriya. But then. which were believed to symbolize masses of tissue. Our conclu• sion is that the Sushrut a Samhit a is the base of In late experts in Sri Lanka headed by Prof. respectively. In reviewing the evidenc e was found showing that the marmas correspond pre• cisely with traditiona l acupuncture points used to treat the vital organs and that the dhamanis and siras depict meridians and channels that aid in the flow of qi.B y Dr . Dr. et discovere d not only a long history of native acupuncture practice in Sri Lanka which is well known in Sri but also the connota• tion that by archaeologica l evidence this area (including nearby India. It was [previously] thought that the dhamanis and siras repre• sent arteries and veins and. coppe r and bronze were previously un- . Joshi et have discovered that ancient Ayurvedic texts. Dr. Binod K.

It is . including the Chikitsa Jivaka (Giba) . for instance. The defini• tion of puncturing in this instance was the insertion of a sharp object in a forced or brutal way. The concept of marmas was considered sacred and so this was also a means of keeping the knowledge secret. knife or arrow that will cause major trauma or even death . which is Ayurveda . Marmapunctur e is finely attuned to the same subtle concepts of diag• nosis and treatment found in the other Ayurvedic modalities explained in this book. gives rise to controlled. only a handful of families maintaine d the knowledge and practice of Marmapuncture in Considerin g the cost involved in obtaining and maintaining expensive gold and silver needles (as no stainless steel was no wonder it fell into disrepair. heat therapy (Agni-karma ) and Prana therapy (Prana Chikitsa) in conjunction with Marmapunctur e means that these are all synergistic therapies reflecting the core of the system. The Ayurvedic perception that marmas should not be punctured stems back to the concept of surgery and injury to marmas during battles and wars. Kshatriyas. was also considered a master acupuncturis t in these texts. C. its birthplace. this minor puncturing produces a stimula• tion that gently encourages the body into action for self-repair. and yet had meteoric developmen t in the rest of the Orient. Like a number of other effective an• cient Ayurvedic it fell into disuse much like the decline of Bud• dhism in India.L. He was reputed "to have been born with an acupunctur e needle in the right hand and a drug container in the left according to the Chikitsa Vidya. th e renowned Ayurvedic surgeon. on the other hand. in order to prevent the uninitiated from using the system and possibly causin g injury. minut e trauma. The fact that a traditional marmapuncturis t will often utilize marma massage. Ayurvedic acupunctur e is best called because it aims at the puncturing of marma points. Instead of inhibiting or killing the organism such as occurs in the case of a major. This led many to the belief that marmas should not be punctured at all. Marmapuncture . It is only now with the advent of inexpensive stainless steel disposable needles tha t th e practic e of marmapuncture can develop into a popular art once again . This is not unlike the therapeutic use of aconite or arsenic in homeopathi c doses compared to the lethal doses of the poison which would kill a person. even with acupuncture. or warriors. would be treated by surgeons after their marmas had been traumatized during the process of fighting. As in China prior to the onset of the Cultural Revolu• tion.Supplemental Material and Appendices earthed at the site of Taxila University. a spear. Even some ancient Indian Buddhist texts record acupunctur e practice in India. lethal trauma. Dr. according to Prof.

Guide tubes should no t be used on these points because the tapping with the finger on the needl e can affect both the marma and the chakra and aggravat e the balance of the subtle body . Needle s are inserted into the marma s in a gentle and rhythmi c way in accordanc e with the qualitie s of Vata.25 mm x 25mm ) as the thicker the needle the greater the potentia l to cause pain and aggravat e Vata. with about fiftee n needles being the maximu m for one client. or finger units. However . The number of needles also depend s upo n the client' s bod y typ e as Pitt a or Marmapunctur e needles should normall y be very fine (standar d type is 0. Stanamul a (nipples ) and (throat ) marmas. inhibits (mediu m dose) or stimulate s (minute dose) the organism . especiall y by the inexperience d practitioner . the area of the po• tential effect of the trauma is larger than the area of the insertio n of the needle. Major trauma to any part of this area can cause a similar lethal effect paralysi s or even death) irrespectiv e of whethe r it occurs at the center or the peripher y of the marma . therefore . This law is now also called hormesi s in toxi • cology . although needlin g anywher e within the area of the marma will cause a . is done with a careful attitude of not causing pain to the client and consequentl y does not involve th e ver y deep insertio n and strong manipulatio n of the needles. certain marma s are not directly needled in These include Nabh i (navel) . which deep penetratio n may injure (like punctur • ing the lung). However .Ayurvedic Acupuncture aligned with law which states that the of dose (or trauma ) relate s to whethe r it kills (major dose). Fo r instance . The major marma s that directly relate to the chakras should be needle d very gently by rotating the needle as it is inserted . Becaus e many marma s are classifie d as lethal sites. are also generall y avoided . Pitta or Kapha and the body type of the client . Marma s located over sensitiv e or• gans and major arteries . An expert marmapuncturis t (suchika ) utilizes the least number of needles to create the greates t therapeuti c effect. Other marma s having similar qualitie s can be needled in thei r place or nearby points can be treated. Simant a marma on the summit of the head has an overall area of about four angulis . Sthapan i and Hriday a marma s have been routinel y needled by numer • ous practitioner s since recorde d history and yet no serious complication s have occurred . these two marma s are regarde d as lethal marma s because major trauma (brute puncturing ) to them can cause serious prob • lems . In the most appropriat e place to needle in order to obtain the most subtle effect is usually at the center of the marma .

then the most subtle effec t obtainabl e from the marma is generall y desirable. A prescriptio n of marma points is formulated to treat the factors out of balance . it is still For when treatin g subtle energie s like the three gunas of Rajas and or the vital essence s of Prana. Rajas and Tamas) . Needlin g Effect s The material s used for needlin g have their own qualitie s and effects on the doshas.21 8 Supplemental Material and Appendices similar effect (perhap s a more physical . whethe r needlin g at the peripher y or the center of the marma . Pitta and Kapha) and appropriat e points are include d for these. Tejas and Ojas. Udana . as a synergisti c formul a of points . silver or other material s are used. Moder n researc h demonstrate s that marma s are acupunctur e point s which have been needle d for thousand s of years withou t lethal effects . There is a careful consideratio n of the three doshas (Vata. Lethal effects are caused by brute force puncturin g of the marma . whil e needling of the peripher y of the marma will create a therapeuti c effect . Fo r instance . Marmapuncture Treatment A marmapunctur e treatmen t usually follow s the appropriat e Ayurvedi c diagnosis where the condition s of the tissues . systems . Consequently . most treatment s cannot be textboo k cases or mass-produced . There may also be a need to treat the mental aspect of the client (Sattva . then a more physi• cal effect from a marma is desirable . Either way. so consequentl y attentio n should be paid where gold. The final prescriptio n or formul a of marma points may contain a num • ber of points that are duplicate d becaus e the same marma may have a multiple of qualitie s or effects . Some expert s avoid puncturin g the center of the marma in order to avoid lethal effect s but many years of practic e also demonstrate s that a therapeuti c effect is best obtaine d when it is puncture d correctl y accordin g to marmapunctur e principles . mainly Apana . silver needle s may aggravat e Vat a . so appropriate points for these may likewis e be included . the effect of the therapy is magnifie d becaus e of the combinatio n and not just becaus e of the selectio n of individual points . Agni and Ojas are determined and an appropriat e treatmen t plan is designe d much the sam e way as for an Ayurvedi c herbal therapy . Vyana and Prana Vayus but also Pitta and Kapha subdoshas . Samana . many people regard marma s as larger than acupoints . When dealing wit h mainl y physica l diseases . Becaus e of this. However . related consequence) . Treatmen t may in• clude correctl y adjustin g the subdosha s in the appropriat e direction .

Kapha requires the most time. The technique s used may aggravat e or improv e the client accordin g to her body type. especially on a subtle level and to treat psychologica l or emotiona l imbal • ances . re u r . Smooth . fa t . the correct materia l for the person' s body type will enhanc e the therapy . s n g rra tro Needling Time 2 0 mn s 0-4 i 40 0 m s -6 in Electric Pulse S w . Strong. Yet . Gold may aggravat e Pitta on a subtle level. erratic actions will aggravat e Vata but may improv e a Kapha disorder . The usual marmapunctur e treatmen t may take up to an hour.Ayurvedic Acupuncture or Kapha on a subtle level. slow actions may not assist a Kapha person as thes e will add to the qualities of Kapha and hence its aggravation . rh th ic . rh th i c en y m M d m rh th i c e iu y m E tic . less in n e lo y m te s M d m . the length de• pending on the body type or constitutio n of the client . Needles are kept inserted accordin g to the client's body with Vata clients requiring less time than Pitta or Kapha. e ti c te s s rra Vt a a P a itt Kp a ah Vt a a P a itt Kp a ah DOSHA Vt a a P a itt Kp a ah Vt a a P a itt Kp a ah Vt a a P a itt Kp a ah Vt a a P a itt Kp a ah (Heat Application) May re u e h a t b t n t e c s iv e V t a q ir e u o xes a D e s not ge e o n rall y re u e h a t q ir e P a itt May re ir e h a t qu e Kp a ah . Needlin g Effect s Accordin g to Dosha s REQUIREMENT Marma Depth of Insertion Sa w h llo M diu m e D eepe r Number of Needles Mnm m ii u M diu m e Ms t o Needle Material Gold or S r ilve S r ilve G d ol Needling Action/Insertion G tle . r y m c e iu g la h th i In n e .

This point or marm a has a therapeuti c effect on Apana Vayu energy. Some of these marma s are outside of the system . • Sites for interchangin g pranic energy from the outside (macrocosm ) to the inside (microcosm ) of the body through the skin . which are more energy centers of the subtle body. and the Fiv e Elements .220 Supplemental Material and Appendices Marma s an d Marmapunctur e Marma s are energy wells and energy wheels connecte d by a meridia n sys• tem of conduit s (nadis) with organs and other parts of the body. • Considere d as a form of energy wheels and energy wells . Pitta and Kapha. • An are a on the ski n wit h lowe r galvani c skin • Sites of Sattva. Marma s can be injured or they can be healed. Accordingly . Vata. susceptibl e to injury . • The externa l reflectio n of the chakras . They are generally more physica l than the chakras . inside of the leg. there is an Apana marma located several finge r units (angulis ) above the malleolus . • A terminu s for the pranic flow from the related organ through its nad i or related pranic channel . In clinical practice . dependin g on the amount of trauma caused. Besides the 107 major marma s considere d by Ayurveda as lethal (or wit h potentially lethal effects) there are many other marma s that have been traditionally used bot h in marmapunctu r e and Indian martial arts At least 22 0 marma s are used in with at leas t 36 0 marma s used in one form or another in Many of the not so lethal marma s are classifie d and named under their effects or thei r locations. Fo r instance . There is also an Udan a marma located several finger units above the wrist crease on the inside of the arm. By needlin g marmas . This marma balance s Udana Vayu. only about fifty to sixt y marmas are regularl y althoug h this number will vary accordin g to the . much the same way that gentle. controlle d pressur e from massag e can help hea l while massiv e pressur e from a blow can cause injury. Rajas and Tamas. • Regarde d as the physica l and externa l aspect of the body's defens e mechanism or immun e system . • Therapeuti c points . the energy flow through thes e channels can be correcte d and a balance brough t to the human organism. The Five Element s them • selves have marma s that directly relate and treat these elements . This balance of energy equates with health. Marma s are : • Vulnerabl e points on the body. marma s have a number of therapeuti c effects and can be used for various problems .

Ram L. Tokyo . J sh . Thi s is akin to the analogy of an electric radiato r elemen t that has a high resistanc e to the flow of electricity . A. However . Akashi c Balancin g Treatmen t of the most subtle or etheric aspects (akasha ) of the person in order to facilitat e the free flow of Prana is the aim of Akashi c Balancing . 198 2 a ub n et Apri l Sri L n . Sthapan i marm a G 24. In i a (pp.g.I. which is ver y different from the previou s normal Most clients of this method relat e feelin g totally differen t than the conventiona l marmapunctur e treatment .. P b a n : J ip r . Dr.Marmapuncture. In Akashi c Balancin g all five Pranas are treated at the same time in order to stimulat e the prope r flow and directio n of Prana. Prana also require s an unim• peded path . Dr. This is a techniqu e using marmapuncture . Medicine. so the more restrictio n is encountere d by Pran a along its pathway s the more serious or deeper is the health prob• lem. Dr. 3u lic tio s au d . J l y 27. only after proper marmapunctur e treatment for normal physica l complaint s is complete d and any physica l disease symptom s are remove d should Akashi c Balancin g be attempted . Jap n P licatio s Inc. et ino o i The Daily News.S. Shah . heat and light to generate. Since the some marmapunctur e practitioner s have used the modern internationa l conventio n of numberin g acupoint s (e. Dr. ro 4). Akashi c Balancin g is helpful to produc e clarity and focus in thought s and ideas as well as for peak physica l achievement . Then the body is prepare d for this special type of treatment . the traditiona l names are still retained and used just like they are in Chi• nese acupunctur e today . pranic therapy (Prana chikitsa ) and essentia l aromas/taste s to balance the psychologica l and emotiona l states or koshas of the body. In a radiato r this is the desired effect but in the human body it results in Like a pure gold wire conducto r gold wire tracks on computer circuit where the electricit y has a free flow allowin g the signals to arrive at their intende d destination . Disease is considere d a restrictio n of Prana or energy through the body. much like shorthan d writing . There are times when other marma s with specific qualitie s are require d for treatmen t because of the serious • ness or specific nature of the disease . ro Acupuncture. causing friction . B d K. shortcu t system . P f . MD. Japan . Ayurvedic Acupuncture 22 1 problem and body type of the client. The Hindu. There is generall y a sense of lightness . positivand mental clarity as well as an overall feeling of well-being . However . P f . a ka u A. This new system has been found useful in teachin g by providing a clear.5 ) .

19 5 tu 9 Ayurveda. London . Dr. R ober t Svoboda . Life. . Health and Longevity. Lo s Press . R r ober t Arni e Lade .D. Arkan a Pengui n Books .

.

Marma s an d Thei r Sanskri t Name s Most of these are anatomica l in nature but a few have specialize d mean • ings reflectin g their effects . reflectin g its anatomica l positio n reflecting its anatomica l position . because it rules over the brain and head. the armpit or axilla outer corner of the eyes . reflectin g its anatomica l positio n to the side. reflectin g its anatomica l positio n reflecting its anatomica l positio n point of a needle. reflecting its anatomica l form reflectin g its anatomica l positio n joint. the lower regio n of the uppe r arm or leg reflectin g its vulnerability . reflectin g its powerful affect. crown of the hea d blade. a point on the upper abdome n said to carry Prana or the life-forc e from its eye relates to the arm. the lower abdome n large or the broad region of the back. reflectin g its anatomica l positio n the point above the center of eac h .

reflectin g its location on either side of posterior superio r ilia c spine s knot or thum b or big to e reflectin g the knot of muscle s at the base of the head of kurcha. owing to the shape of the muscle s in the region. a point on the upper side of the nec k or umbilicus . the top of the shoulde r join t rises from the hip. reflectin g its anatomica l position side of the waist. owing to the crossroad s of the . Basti also means bladde r in other contexts . reflectin g its anatomica l locatio n uphold s the flank. points betwee n the thumb and index finger on the hand and betwee n the big toe and first toe on the foo t the loins. the lowe r frontal end of the shoulde r joint and hip join t reflectin g its connectio n to the wris t owing to its connectio n with the voice. which it is located below at the root of the thumb or big toe joint. reflectin g its anatomica l structure .224 Supplemental Material and Appendices reflectin g its anatomica l positio n arrow or a superio r type of arrow. reflectin g its anatomica l positio n blue. a point on the lower arm or lower leg. from the color of the nearby veins at the base of the neck buttocks. joint. reflectin g its physiologica l effects. reflectin g its anatomica l location reflecting its immediat e effect. reflectin g its anatomica l positio n hood. reflectin g its connectio n to kurcha marma. reflectin g its anatomica l positio n as it is a point for the blood and the hip and shoulder joints. the side of the nostril s reflectin g the templ e where four roads meet. reflectin g its anatomica l position near the hip join t of the neck.

2 A pang . a point below and behind the ear s or painful. 2 U . 4 L p mh ohita ksha . Ligaments and s ipa V itapa .2 2 A sa h la m p a ka . 2 M niban a dha . reflectin g its anatomica l position region of the breast . 5. reflectin g its anatomica l position on the skul l Sira Matrika-mothe r of the blood vessels . 2G ulpha . 2 2 M nya . 8 Sira M atrika . reflectin g its anatomica l structure . P a . 2 A asta b a . wher e the legs are connecte d to the trun k owing to its location above the ear s is wide. 2 S n m la . uk d 2 Aa . 4 K rc a h n uh u h s ira . reflectin g its anatomica l positio n gives support or fixes. 1 S a a i . 2 v rta K a a rik tik . Tendons 4. reflectin g its anatomica l position is cast the thigh s due to its sensitiveness . 4 2 A sa . ta a u p la a th p n rvi 2 Bahvi . 4 T lahrid a aya . the point betwee n the eye s of the sole or palm. 2 V hur a adh id 2 K tik ta n a a ru a 2 S an a h kh . 2 Janu . Ac c o r d i n g to Anat omi c al Fact o r s 2. 2 U epa . 1 B m tksh asti . 2 S aroh tan ita . 2 K ara . 2 a 3. reflectin g its sensitiv e nature. -Bone 8M as arm 20 M a s arm 1 H ridaya . 1 N b i . the perineum . 27 M rm s a a K h r . owing to its connectio n with the common carotid artery in the lower neck regio n of the breast. 2 A a p . 5 urp 1A dhipati . the wide region of Categorie s of Marmas A . 1 2B rihati . 2 K un ara . a 4 A i . 2 2K aksh ara . reflectin g its connectio n with the power of concentration . 4 K rc a . 2 P ah arshvasan dhi . han (Arteries and Veins) M rm s a a G M rm s ud a a 41 a 4 Indrab asti .Names and Classifications of Marmas 225 senses that exists at the soft palate of the mout h Simanta-summit .

2 A stam a . 1G uda . S s ru a p c s th s e s ta g uh t la e e m rm s in the o e r c te o s ) a a th a g rie . 9 M rm s a a . n t fo n d in S sh t a b t o l y in V g h tt a o u u ru u n aba (A h n a Hridaya). 2 Vidhura . 4 pa bh S ring ta a (T i s is a s e ia l c s ific tio h a k h pc la s a n .6.

2 V u ash itapa . 2A palap . 2 S am l a tan u 2 Jan u (knee) .226 Supplemental Material and Appendices Arms and hands M rm a R g n s a e io 22 M rm a P in s a ot 2 K h ra . ita b 2 P rs v s n h . 1 G a (anus) . 2 Ind rabasti . 1S tk h p h nh thapani . 2 2 A sap a k a m h la 2 Kik tik . 2 N m a . p ba 2 K tika ru a . 2 T la rid ya . ah o ita h 2K aksh a a adh r 2 K h ra . 2 K rc a . 2 B a . s ip a h a u h 2 K rc a h u h s ira . a haa d i rih ti m 2 A spa k m a h la a . 5 S a im nta . 2 K a a . 2 A a . ta a h rik tik 2 V h ra . ni breadth anguli) T ta l 56 o . 1 N b i . 2 M aniban dha . 2 Avarta . d bs u a ni 2 B vi . 4 s ip a hid y d bs 4 Loh itaksh . 2 A a ga . 5 4 8 Sira M trik a a 2. 2 U . Three finger breadths (3 anguli) T ta l o T ta l 6 o T ta l 4 o 2U . 2 G urc sh ulpha . 2 Ani. 4 S rin a k a h g ta 4 K h ra . 2 A sa . 2 A a g . 2 a 2 K tik ta n a a ru a . 1 S ani . 2 2S tanaroh ita . 4 K rch ira . 2Saka . 2 T la rid ya . 2 Janu . Fist size or Four T ta l 29 o (bladde . 1Ah a i d ip t 4. 1 B s . 1 B st i uh ud a 1 N b i (nave . 1 A thap dhipati . 2 2M anya . 2 K rp ra . 2 In ra a ti .Abdomen and Chest 4. pna v rta tksh a 2S hankha . (4 anguli) ila 5. 2 S n ro ita . 2 A a palapa . 4 T la r a a . finger breadth r) N . 1 H a a (heart) . 2 P a a . 2 L h ks a . One half finger A . rvi 2 Lh kh . 2 K sh h ak ad ar a 2G ulph a (ankle) . 2 V h ra . On the Back and Hips 5. 2 K rc a . s ip a h a u h 2 K ha ira . 2 K ku d ra . On the Neck and Head 8 M rm a R g n s a e io M rm a P in s a ot 7 M rm a R g s a e ion M rm a P in s a ot M arm a R io s eg n 37 M rm a P in s a ot Accordin g to Siz e One finger breadth (1 anguli) Two finger breadths (2 anguli) 3. id u hn pn 2 U sea . 8 S a M ay ir atrika . arsh 2B rihati . Legs and feet M rm a R g n s a e io 22 M rm a P in s a ot 3. 2 A . 2 V p a o ita s a ita 1G uda . 2 M anibandha . u na 2 2 P vasandhi . 2 K rp r a (e o ) u a lb w 4 K rc a . 1 H a ti ah ridaya . 2 K k n a a ta n u u d ra . 2 P ra a id u hana . 2 A astam h .2B rvi ahvi . 4 In ra a ti . 2 ah l) rid y 2 Mna . 2 U ep .

2 K u nd ra aksh dh a ara . Accordin g to Symptom s If Injure d Type Pranahara (Immediate Death(anus) . 1 B t i (bladder) . 4 K rch . 4 K h ra . 2 V hu . 2 A vart a 2 M n a d a . 1 G d a u 1 H a a (heart) . 1 S ap tk h p th an i 4 L h k h . Causing or fiery) Number 19 Specific Marmas 4S hringataka . 8 S ira-M atrika . 2 K rp u ara .2 . 4 K a ira . 2 N . (Pain-causing or both fiery and airy) 8 . 2 K a a . 2 S an a h kh (te p m les) . and watery) a a ru a 3. Kalantara Pranahara 33 (Long-term DeathS n ro ita . d bs . 5 S a ta a u im nta 2 P rs v s n h . 2 A a ta b a p la a p s mh 2 S n m la . 2 V u a itapa . 1 A dhipati .Names and Classifications of Marmas 22 7 D. a ib n h urch sh 2 G lp a (a uh nkle ) 4 In ra a ti . 2 id ra rik tik (sho r) .2 . ila 2 M n . o ita s a ni 2 2B ahvi . 2N m a ita b 2. ulde 2 2A panga . a hid y s ip 2 A a p . Vaikalyakara (Disability-Causing or watery) 3 44 5. Vishalyaghna (Fatal If Pierced or airy) 4. 2 B a a haa d i rih ti 2 U s e a . 2 Jan u (knee) . 2 P a a (n a ya hn ostrils) . 2 K ku a . 4 A . Causing or both fiery ta a h K tik ta n . rid y as 1 N h i (n l ) ab ave 4 T la r a a .

.

or the digestiv e system . as oppose d to the doshas.the digestiv e fire. generally. bathing an area with herbs or oils. which are more specifi c toxin s Ambhuvah a Annavah a unit Apana tissu e Asthivah a Self of Kapha in the ches t therapy . also refers to the bladde r Bhrajak a Bodhak a in the ski n of Kapha on the tongue or tissue-buildin g therapy center of the subtle bod y ancient Ayurvedi c teache r generall y nerv e Dhanur hea d martial art s or drippin g of oils onto a particula r usually the fore • carryin g bone or skeleta l syste m form of Vat a Udakavah a Srota s carryin g food. fire as a cosmic principl e therapy in the eye s in the digestiv e tract.

230 Supplemental Material and Appendices humo r (clarifie d butter ) qualitie s of nature as sattva. oils or liquid s form of Kapha as power of immunit y and enduranc e Pachak a of Pitta in the digestiv e syste m of marma therap y carryin g the muscle s or muscula r syste m carryin g nerve impulse s or nervou s syste m . rajas and Ida nostril channe l fire water-humor Kledak a of Kapha in the stomac h use of caustic herbal alkalis power. energy source for the subtle bod y therap y paste tissue Majjavah a tissu e Mamsavah a Mani Manovah a Mantra therap y carryin g though t or the mind sounds for healing the min d and promotin g meditatio n therap y or pressure-base d massag e point or sensitiv e regio n Marma Marma tissue Medovah a Mutravah a carryin g fat or the adipose syste m syste m pranic channel s of which 14 are most importan t application of herbs.

particularl y for improvin g diges • tion and removin g toxins from the digestiv e tract or detoxificatio n therapy . higher Sel f Purishavah a of Aggressio n Raktavah a carrying blood or circulator y system of Pitta in the live r and bloo d and lymphatic s Rasavah a Sadhaka Samana carrying the plasma or lymphati c system therapy of Pitta in the brai n air of balancing . or purgatives . or Shodhan a or vomiting . harmonizin g or healing or calming therapy. particularl y of the dosha s tissue s syste m Siddha Ayurved a Sira Vedh a or Sir a Sleshak a of Kapha in the joint s Indian yogic and healing tradition connecte d to generall y blood-vesse l literall y system . as nasya or nasal Pingala five methods of Ayurvedi c purification . or the respirator y system the Prana. basti or enemas. constitutio n Prana Pranavah a therap y carrying Prana. and or blood-lettin g nostril channel fire-humor matter or manifestatio n principle . breat h control exercise s methods of sensory control and interiorizatio n of the mind principle .Sanskrit Ayurvedic Terms Pancha therapy.

includin g oil massage system of the bod y of srota s ancient Ayurvedi c teacher sweating therap y Swedavah a system. Samana and Vyan a Vedic traditions Virechana Vyana izatio n Yoga therap y and sacred sciences through the Vedic and Yoga or purgatio n therapy nasa l applicatio n air science of physica l and mental disciplin e aiming at Self-real • .232 Supplemental Material and Appendices oil therapy. Apana . Udana. sebaceou s gland s medicate d oil. with various herbs cooked in the oil of inerti a tradition of energy practice s using body and mind of Kapha in the brai n and nervous system form of Pitta as positive force of fire and vitalit y Udakavaha system. water intake portion of di• gestive syste m Udana air ancient Ayurvedi c teacher vitality and sexual energ y as marma but as a place that requires protectio n air-humor of Prana or Vata. generall y sesame oil based. particularl y the five Vayus of Prana.

also note The Yoga of Herbs by Frawley and Lad) agalocha integrefolia officinalis Guduch i aspera arjuna gigantean indic a somnifer a rhombifoli a cordifolia anacardiu m alba chirata belerica marmelos. sandalwoo d zeylonica pallens . Specia l Ayurvedi c Herb s an d Botanica l Name s (Note that we have not listed the botanical s for the common wester n herbs listed in the text. for this consult any good western herbal text. juniper album. asiatica. gotu kola indicum virginiana.A .

cotto n glabr a nagi. aromati c oil of henna Himalayan jatamams i reticulat a paniculata kadamba cubeba. cubeb s pruriens herbaceum. cardamo m luzonicum castor bea n Galbanu m (ferula species) . Himalaya n ceda r dactylo n cardamomum .234 Supplemental Material and Appendices deodar. Ushir a kurro a saffro n lapp a deoda r Jatamamsi . ordorantissiu m bractatum cordifoli a chebul a inermis.

hispid a .

Herbs and Oils 235 clove s racemosu s cordifolia . lotu s cucumeri a foetida diffusa lanceolata prionitis cinerea buchanani robusta serrata malabarica verrucosa racemosus . madder roxburghii paniculata malabaricus adescendens rotundus. nutgrass ferrea indic a nimba negundo cerasoides nucifera .

pterigosperm a .

milk. sariva. khus B . or Amalaki and sesame oil (B R ) 3. bilva. note Ushira ribes digitat a muricatus . Bilvad i and sesam e oil . bilva. deodara. manjishtha . bala. kankola. tulsi. Bala guduchi. rasna. roots. licorice and sesame oil (B R ) haritaki. nut oil (SY) 8. bibhitaka . atibala. bibhitaka and amalak i sanctum religeosa zizanoide s or calamus. bilva. sesame camphor . triphala and sesame oil (BR ) other herbs and sesame oil of the bark of arjuna and sesame oil (BR ) ela. ela. lico• rice. cloves.236 Supplemental Material and Appendices (a mineral ) ginge r haritaki. 6. Ay u r v e d i c M e d i c a t e d Oil s (Tailas ) an d Herba l Formula s Agaru 2. 4. cordifolia . nagakeshar a and sesame oil (AH ) 10 . calamu s arundinacea e vasik a fero x zizanoides . coco • and sesame oil 9. oil (SY) 7. 5. jivanti. agaru.

and coconut oil (BR ) .

rice. Himasagar a kushmanda . jivanti.Herbs and Oils 23 7 12. sariva. shatavari. Bhringara j alba. manjishta . 20. and sesame oil (BR ) 15. Jirakadi 26. bala. agaru. bilva. devadaru . kutki. Then powders of licorice. Brihat Marma compose d of extracts of vidari. agaru. milk licorice. manjishtha . lico • of bhringara j and amalaki . punarnava. Gandha in kakolyad i group (kakoli. kushtha . sandalwood . jatamamsi . bala root. manjishtha . kushtha . Dashamul a 19. kakadshingi . manjishtha . amalaki (AH and Vaidya 22. kshira kakoli. dashamula . (ten special roots) and sesame oil (Himalaya n cedar) and sesame oil of bala root. sesam e oil (YR ) barberry. black gram. licoric e and 27. chitraka. agaru. ashwagandha . madhuka . 21 . ksheera . agaru. lodhra. red and white sandalwood are added to make the tablets . laksha. shalmal i and sesame oil (BR) 25. licorice. licorice. sariva. sandalwood . Brihat Saindhavad i salt (saindhava) . Dosag e is 50 milligram s thre e time s a day for days 13. Chandanad i bala. haritaki . sandalwood . rasna and sesame oil (YR ) 18. musta. deodaru . calamus . vidari. sandal• wood. calamus . valerian . black pepper. khus. cow's milk. Bhringamalakad i and sesam e oil (SY ) 16. Dhanvantar a valerian. lodhra. shigru . jaggery and honey . guduchi . vamsha-rochana ) cow's milk and sesame oil (AH ) 24. coconu t oil 23. 17. coconut oil (SY ) 28. patala. and white sandalwood . and triturate d with a de• coction of gokshur a and ushira . Karpas-asthyad i seeds. sariva. amalaki . licorice. turmeric and sesame oil (B R ) 14. Jyotishmat i and sesame oil and apamarg a (YR ) rasna. mahameda . Dhanvantar a roots. arka. and other herbs in sesame oil . jivanti. punarnava .

manjishth a and sesame oil (BR ) and sesame oil 36 . 3 3 . brihati. guduchi . both types of sandalwoo d and licorice. Nalapamarad i of fresh curcuma . 38 . cardamom . kushtha . guggul. ashwagandha . sesame oil sandalwood . licorice . nutmeg. amalaki. plaksha. 34 . aloe juice and sesame oil (SY ) 4 0 . rasna . milk and sesame oil (SY ) . agaru . ela. vasa. cow's milk. ashwagandha . sandalwood . and sesam e oil 4 3 . musta. atibala. kushtha. triphala . calamus . triphala . milk and sesame oil (BR ) of leaves of and sesame oil Nimbapatrad i of leaves of nimba. jatamamsi . licorice . sesame oil (AH ) calamus . shatavari . sesam e oil 32 . nagakeshara . kapikacchu . 42 . garlic . manjishtha. kutki. Laghu Marm a prepared with extracts o f shatavari . rasna and ashwagandha. calamus . punarnava . deodaru and sesame oil (B R ) 30 . Narayan dashamula . punarnava . parpata. kushtha. Lakshad i Lashunadi turmeric . agaru . ginger. Marm a containin g te n roots: casto r root. patala . musta. haritaki . calamus . camphor . jatamamsi . manjishtha. licorice. Masha and sesame oil udumbara. To this is added shilaji t and the mixture is triturate d with the decoctio n of bark of various plant s and made into The dosage is 100 milligram s three times a day for 15 days . sariva. rasna. atibala. deodaru . Mahamanjishtad i Agnimantha . brihati. sesam e oil 39 . bala. musta. Kumkumad i ushira. kushtha . ca• lamus . ushira . Kshara alkali of apamarga . Kshirabal a 31 . licorice. roots. blac k pepper. ushira . kushtha . Kottamachukad i laksha. Mahanaraya n ashwagandha . Mahamas h a gokshura and sesame oil (B R ) dashamula . manjishtha. Manjishtad i sariva. kushtha .238 Supplemental Material and Appendices 29 . deodaru . kantakari. sesame oil (B R ) 37 . kantakari.

Panchaml a 48. manjishtha . Ushirad i 57. Shatavar i Triphal a 55.Herbs and Oils 239 46. sesame oil 56. 47. other herbs and sesame oil haritaki . bilva. Vacha 58. Vishagarbh a chitraka and sesame oil (YR ) Abbreviation s Used wax . castor. of nirgund i and sesame oil oil and five sour plant s sesame oil . kutki and sesame oil garlic and sesame oil alba. vatsanabha . sariva . 59. and sesam e oil 51. calamus . Taila (Shefal i stem. sandalwood . gokshura . sesam e oil 50 . Shankhapushp i 52. sarjarasa . Padmakad i 49 . Sangraha Datt a . Shatadhaut a washed with wate r 53. kushtha . ratnavali . laksha. Pind a dhanyamla . agaru and sesame oil prepare d ghee in a copper vessel and and sesame oil and ghe e guduchi . kushtha . ushira . Triphalad i milk . shilajat .

.

Ayurveda and Aromatherapy. Lad. Twin Lakes. Dr. Twin Lakes. Srikantha Academ y 2000 . The Yoga of Herbs. 1997 . Dr. Lotus Lotus Press . India: Prof. David and Subhash Ranade. Avinash. and Bhagwan Dash translation.K. 20 0 1 . Frawley.R. Lo• Guide to Polarity Therapy. Twin Lakes. Lotus Press. David. Douillard. Vasant. Ayurveda and Twin Lakes. 2 0 00 . Frawley. New York. Twin Lakes. 199 8 . Frawley. Dr. tus Press. Lotus Press. Lotus Press . Press. (three volumes). 199 9 . 199 8 . Varanasi . The Lotus Press. David and Sandra Yoga for Your Type: An Ayurvedic Ap• proach to Your Asana Practice. Twin Lakes. India: Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office. Ayurvedic Healing. Ranade and Qutab. 200 1 . Ayurveda: Nature's Medicine. David and Vasant Lad. India: Krishnadas Academy. Joshi. David. New York: Crown Trade Paperbacks 199 4 . Twin Lakes. . New York. Pune. David. John. India: International Academy of Ayurveda. Dr. R. Frawley. 2000 . 199 8 . The Astrology of the Seers. translation. Miller. Lotus Press. 199 5 . K. and Ayurvedic Mas• sage. Yoga and Ayurveda. Lotus Press. Light and Brian. New York: Harmony Books.Varanasi. Samhita. 197 6 . Dr. Body. The Complete Book of Ayurvedic Home Remedies. 198 6 . Gyanendra. Frawley. Mind and Sport. Twin Lakes. Varanasi. Twin Lakes. Frawley.

100 (Tamil Publication). India. Lotus Press.G . Ayurvedic Holistic Center. New York: Van Howten. Susruta Samhita. Planetary Herbology. Qutab and Deshpande. 199 8 . Twin Lakes. India: Madhva Yoga Vasishta Samhita. Susruta. The Ayurveda Encyclopedia. Varma I. . Ayurvedic Acupuncture. Sada Shiva. Lotus Press. Smith. Atreya. Frank. History and Philosophy of Ayurveda. 197 6 . D . Varanasi. Lotus Press. India: Dr. S a n s k ri t O n l y Ashtanga Hridaya of Vagbhatta. Chaukhambha Visvabharati. Ashtanga Sangraha of Vagbhatta. 1988. India: Simon. Pune. 1 9 99 . New York: John Wiley and Sons. Maine: Samue l Weiser. Kaivalya Mandira 198 4 . Varanasi. Ranade. Vital Energy. Publication. 199 8 . Madras. New York. Acupuncture. Delhi. 199 8 . Twin Lakes. Pratyakshasariram Academy. 198 4 . India: International Academy of Ayurveda. 199 8 . Selvara. 199 9 . 2 0 00 .I. Dr. Pune. Subhash. Prana: The Secret of Yogic Healing. Ayurveda and Life-Impressions Bodywork. Gananat h Sen . Dr. Michael. India: Chaukhamba Orientalia. 19 93 . (three volumes) . 199 7 . Smith. India: Prakashan. York Beach. translation. Twin Lakes . Qut a b and Deshpande.T. Lonavala. Subhash. 199 6 . John. Health and Disease in Ayurveda and Yoga. Marma and Other Asian Therapeutic Tech• niques.242 Supplemental Material and Appendices Ranade. Donald.S. Dr. Twin Lakes. Secrets of Ayurvedic Massage. Dr. Ros. David. Lotus Press.

190. 109. 169 . 197 75 . 146-147 . 20 5 Agni-karm a 65 . 103. 70 . 192. 2 12 -2 13 . 215-22 1 Acupunctur e point s 3-4 . 2 01-20 2 Alkalis 21 4 Almond oil 67. 127. 10 0-103 . 25 Taila 103. 163 . 17. 105. 109. 66-6 8 Acupressur e (not e also unde r Tabl e o f Marmas and Their Treatmen t 96 -2 07 ) 64 . 125. 171 . 8 7 Acupunctur e 65 . 150-152 . 13. 4 6 . 97 . 45-47 . Alternat e nostri l breathin g 56-5 7 nadi 42 . 101 . 90 . 72-73 . 92 . 72 . 194. 107. 86 . 102-103 . 139 Ambhuvah a Srota s (water-metabolis m sys• tem) . 133. 2 01 . 56 . 196. 185. 188 . 156 . 80 . 44 . 129 . Adipose system (Medavah a Srotas ) 24 . 148-149 . 149 . see Udakavah a Srotas 23 Taila 97 chakra (heart chakra) 42 . 173 Alochaka Pitta 16. 187-188 . 139 . 131 . 44 . 51 . 2 00 . 44 .A Abhyanga 64 . 151-1 5 2 Akashi c balancin g Ajna chakra 42 . 141 . 160 7 Agni 17-18. 173 Ancient India 8 Angul i Srotas (digestiv e system) 23 . 92 . 51 . 73 . 25-26 . 144 . 135 . 127. 42 . 151 . 102-103 . 107. 129. 21 3 Air elemen t 12. 148-14 9 Taila 115.

123 . 141 . 166-16 7 Astrology . 194. 19 3 Apricot oil 67 Arnica 78 . 44 . 133 . Kapha 17. 98 . 74 . 156 . 18. 202 . 73 . 98 . 183. 149 . 17 9 Bhringamalakad i Taila 13 3 . 15 2 Ashwagandh a Taila 105 . 18. 2 1 3 Aromatic oils 69-7 1 Srotas 25 . 104-105 . Vedic 7. 2 0 6 Bhrajaka Pitta 16. 2 0 6 Asth i dhat u (bon e tissue ) Asthi marmas (bone-base d marmas ) 35 Asthivaha Srotas (skeleta l system) 24 . 165. 169. 169. 20 7 Asanas 5. 86-87 . 147 . 2 04 . Bala Taila 123. 175. 139. 48 . 80 . 109. 141 . 92 . 163. 121 . 158. 89 . 68 . 129 . 90 . 123 . 48-4 9 Asanabilvad i Taila 145 Taila 15 8 Ashwagandh a 38 . 81 . 44 . 2 04 . 151-152 . 15. 96 . 131 . 17 3 Bandhas (Yoga) 49 Basil 139. 7. 11 Ayurvedi c constitutio n 18-2 1 Ayurvedi c therapie s 63-6 4 B Bala 68 . 202 . 196 .Apana Vayu 5. 198 . 68 -73 . 154 Ayurveda 4-5 . 8. 144-147 . 171 . 165. 156. 92 . 129. 144-14 5 system) 24 - Asafoetid a (hing) 76 . 44 . 15 8 Aroma therapy (note also unde r Tabl e of Marmas and Their Treatmen t 9 6-2 07 ) 64 . 18. 59 46 . 79 . 163.

79 . 165 . 191 . 20 2 Taila 101 . 169. 28 . 154. 171 . 45 . 42 . 135 . 20 6 Cardamom 107. 9 35 c Calamu s 38 . 77 . 165 . 188 . 81 . 99 . 145. 198 . 9 Chyavan prash 81 Cinnamon 68 . 163 . 45 . 194 . 33 . 211-21 2 Blue Sapphir e 61 Bodhaka Kapha 17. 133 . 2 0 6 Brain 17. 2 00 . 194. 44 . 24 .244 Supplemental Material and Appendices Circulator y system (Raktavah a Srotas ) 24 . 22 . 87 . 70 .25 . 73 . 20 4 Bladder 24 . 92 . 27 . 22 . 2 0 0 -20 6 Brihat Marma Gutika 8 0 Brihat Vata Chintaman i 20 7 Buddhism 8. 76 . 139. 35 . 68 . 184. 73 . 2 4 Bone-base d marmas (Asthi 79 . 123 . and marma s 92 Charaka 5. 109. 194. 10 1 . 20 4 . 151 . 78 Che s t 18 Chinese medicine 3-4. 108 . 175 . 192 Chakras . 133. 197 Bon e 15. 181 113. 125 . 76 . 79 . 21 . 103 . 109 . 77 . 107. 167. 36 . 183 . 198 . . 86 . 8. Cautery 6 5 Cayenne 3 9 Cedar oil 123. 149 . 44 . 2 04 . 97 . 9 1 . 202 . 87 . 42 . 20 2 . 71 . seven Chandanbalalakshad i Taila Channel systems 23. 150-152 . 133 . 97 . 121 . 191 . 173. 139. Bhringraj Taila 25 Bilvadi Taila 11 5 179 . 171 Castor oil 70 . 146-14 7 Bleeding 7 8 Blood 21 . 73 . 137. 71 . 18 1 Blood-lettin g 64 . 152. 179 . 115 . 145 . 165 . 20 6 Campho r 71 . 127. 181 . 18 1 . 115 . 179 . 79 . 156 . 137. 108 . 20 0 Bodily posture 117.

76 . 2 1 . 86 . 71 . 145 .1 03 . 18 9. 28 . 107. 16. 147. 1 4 8 . 67 . 38-39 Doshas. 2 04 . 145 Elecampan e 152 Elements.190 . 20 0 Earth element 12. 42 . 13 3 77 Crown chakra (Sahasrara ) 42 . 145 . five 12. 190. Vata 14. Crystals 58-5 9 Cumin 137 203-2 0 7 D Dalhana 2 4 Taila 127. 42 . 149. 20 0 Coconu t oil 39 . 1 3 1 . 145 Edemas 78 . 78 . 22 . 1 0 2 . 47 . Pitta 15.14 9 Diseases. three 12-13 .39 . 55-5 7 Emerald 6 0 Enemas 72 . 3 8 Drea m state Taila 127 E Ears 42 . 109 . 127. 167 .39 . 20 6 Dharana 5 0 25 Diamon d Diabetes 2 3 Digestive system (Annavaha Srotas ) 1718. 92 . 2 0 -22 . 202 . 3 8. 44 . 18 3 Cloves 71 . 8 7 Col d applicatio n 78 Color therapy 57-5 8 Comfrey 76 . 123. 2 1 . 149. 73 . 55 . 23 .181 .17 3 Taila 192 Dhanur Veda 7 Dhanvantar a Kashaya 80 Dhanvantar a Taila 163 . Kapha 17. 127 Consciousnes s 4 2 Coral 6 0 Coriander 71 . 38. 80 .

145 . 8 0 I m m u n e syste m (se e als o O j as ) 1 2 3 India .20 7 Ginseng 76 . 2 2 0 Kapha dosha 12-13. 1 48 -14 9 Flaxseed 154 G Galangal 165 Gandha Taila 163 Gandhari nadi 42 . 38 -39 . 22 7 Kalari 3. 4 6 . 1 8 4 . 56 .1 47 . 1 60 . 79 . 79 . 2 0 1 150-152 . j 149. 92 . 187-188 . 105. 75-7 6 245 Herba l treatmen t o f marma s (not e also under Table of Marma s and Their Treat• ment 96-207 ) 63-8 1 Herb s Himasagar a Taila 171 Hing (asafoetida ) 76 . 131 Finge r unit s Fire element (see also Agni) 12. 34 1 \ H Haritaki 145 35 Hastijihva nadi 48 . 173 . 1 4 6 . 45 . 21 3 Hemagarbh a Taila 20 7 Herbal pastes 64 . 2 0 6 . 24 Feces 2 2 Fennel 107. 14 4-14 5 Eyes (see also Alochak a Pitta) 42 . 109 . 46 . 97 . 158. 70 . 72 . 9. 2 04 . 185. 68 . 2 0 0 . 42 . 194 . 171 . 16 9 Jirakadi Taila 137 Joint-based marmas (Sandhi Marmas ) 35 Jyotishmati Taila 183 K Kakolyadi Taila 163 Pranahara Marmas (Long-ter m Death-Causing) 36 . 56 . 2 04 . 121 . 20 2 Guduchi 127 Guggul 77. 78 . 192 . 39 .Index Ether element 12.1 67 . 1 5 6 . 198 . 131 . 179 Eucalyptu s 39 . 15 . 16 0 Gunas. 99 . three 12. 13. 86 . 20 6 vessels Sira) Ge m therapy 57.1 86 . 151 . 156 . 76 . 86 . 160 . 76 . 7 0 . 79 Hingutrigunad i Taila 131 Honey Hri d Bast i 76 . 127. . 81 . 198 Ginger 38 . 141 . 1 8 4 . 8 1 . 175 . 19 6 Jatharagn i 2 5 35-3 8 Garlic 165. 183. 22 . 42 . 125 .6 1 Ghee 67. 109. 20 6 77 . 1 6 6 . 123 Heart (see also circulator y system ) 23 . 1 81 . 4 3 . 37. 97 . 80 .1 8 6 . 79 . 187-188 . 21 . 46 . 179. 188. 97 .20 2 F Fat tissue (see also adipose system ) 15. 194 . 173 Hea t applicatio n 65 . 101 . 15 8 j j I 68 . 9 1 . 87 . 100 . 98 . 7 3 . 99 . 16-17. 102. 71-73 . 80 . 20 4 Excretory system (Purishavah a Srotas ) 24 .1 52 . 197-198 . 103. ancien t 8 Injury t o J Jasmine 71 . 158 . 81 Golden Seal 80 .71 . 1 5 0 . 78 . 20 1 Veda 7 Ganesha 145 Id a nad i 4 2 . 42 .

44 . 121 . 150-152 . 17 3 Kapha. 171 . 44 . 42 . 5 1 . 99 . 91 Kaph a typ e person s Taila 15 4 Taila 13 9 Kavacha 53 Heart chakra (see . 36 .28 . 123 . five types 17.

and three doshas 38-39 . 152. 81 . 93 . 148-14 9 . . 183 . 160. 20-22 . 92 . 179 . 171 . 148-149 . 55 . 137. 44 . and nadis 43 . Bija 54-55 . 149. 123. 113. 141 . 13 3 Ligament s 15 Ligament-base d marmas (Snay u Marmas ) 35 Lotus 86 . 177. RA M 56 . definition s 3 3 . and chakras 42 -43 . 139. 16 1 . 127. 20 6 Mahayogara j Guggul 77 Majj a dhat u (nerv e tissue ) Majjavah a Srotas (nervou s system ) 24 . 88 . 92 . 204 . 19 5 167 Lepa (herbal pastes) 64 . 44 . 146 Tail a Tail a 92 . 147 . 147. 165. L Lactation system (Stanyavah a Srotas ) 24 25 . 166-16 7 Meditation 46 . 179. 175 . externa l and interna l 29 . 16 0 Kottamchukad i Tail a 16 5 65 . 20 .3 4 . 166 16 7 Kledaka Kapha 17. eighteen 50-5 3 Marmapunctur e Marshmallo w 14 7 Martial arts 3. 171 M Mahabharat a 9 Taila 107. 185 Lymphati c system 24 . and Yoga 48 -5 0 Marma formula s 83 Marma kashaya 8 0 Marm a therapy 14. table of 31-32 . LA M 55 . 149 . 179. 20 6 Lungs (see also respirator y system ) 2 3 . 152 Mantras. 63-65 . 44 . 2 0 3. 19 3 .24 6 Supplemental Material and Appendices Khus 71 . 154 Laghu Marma Gutika 8 0 Large intestine 14. 155-158 . YA M 56 . 202 . 179 . 72 . VAM 56 . 74 . 92. 183 . 173. 121 . G A M 145. 173. 21 1 Marma massage 66-6 7 Marma meditatio n 51-5 3 Marm a regions 9 5 . 171 Manovah a Srotas (mental system) 24 Mantr a 5 3 -5 6 .3 5 . 154-15 6 Manjishtad i Taila 10 9 Manipura chakra 42 .20 4 (waste-materials ) 2 2 dhat u (muscle ) Mamsavah a Srotas (muscula r system ) 24 . 18 8 Liver (see also Ranjaka Pitta ) 1 0 8 -1 09 . 102 . 9 1 . 173. H U M 54 . 92 . 149. 117. 55 . 137 . 143 . AI M 54 . Kshar a Taila Kshirabal a Taila 16 0 Kuhu nadi 42 . 8-9 Mash a Tail a Massag e (not e als o unde r Tab l e o f Marmas and Their Treatmen t 96-207 ) 6 4 -6 7 Massag e oils (not e also unde r Table of Marmas and Their Treatmen t 96-207 ) 6 7 -6 8 Mauna 5 0 Me d a dhat u (fat tissue ) Medavaha Srotas (adipose system) 24 . 16. 152 . 145 . 175 . 147. 99 . 223 2 27 . compositio n 3 4 . Mahanaraya n Taila 121 . 51 . 163. 115 . 200 . 154-156 . 145. 121 . 119 . 16-17 . 175. 166-167 . 51-53 . 75-76 . 55 . 200 . H A M 56 . and subdosha s 88-89 . 20 6 Mantras. and five element s 5556 . 85-86 . and yantras 62 Mantra 54 Mardana (Ayurvedi c acupressure ) 72-7 3 Marmas 3-10 . 146-147 . 75 . 20 6 Kidneys (see also Mutravah a Srota s and Udakavah a Srotas ) 121 . 55 . 143-147 . lethal and therapeuti c 28-2 9 . 14 9 Licorice 77. 13.

149. 175. 152. 165. 179. . 192 . 200 . 188 .

20 2 N Nada 47 .18 6 49 Navel 36 . 3 4 Muscle-base d marma s 34 Muscula r system 92 . 24 Nervous system (Majjavaha Srotas ) 17. 184. 191 192 . fourtee n 41-4 8 Nalapamaradi Taila 133 Narayan Taila 99 . 86 . 129 . 2 0 3 20 4 Neti pot Taila Nimbapatradi Tail a 167 Nose 42 . 151 . 1 83 . 169. 166-16 7 Myrrh 77 . 137 . 87 . 24 .1 49 . 195. 44 . 34 . 123 . 194. 167. 80 . 141 .1 58 . 92 . 171 Ne c k 17 Nerve tissue 14. 46 . 129 . 45 . 14 4-145 . 129 . 25 . 77 . 1 4 8 . 192. 42 . 144-14 5 Muscle 14. 2 0 0 o Ojas 17. 44 . 160 . 42 . 2 1 . 198 .186 . 156. 92 . 2 0 0 Nutmeg 141 .196 . 173 . 125 . 18 1 . 148-14 9 Navel center or chakra (Manipura) 42 . 51 . 2 04 . 19 0 Nadis. 44 . 14 1 .Index 2 02 . 45 .20 4 Mint 71 . 103 . 71 . 147 Nasya (nasal therapy ) 185. 163 . 105 . 147. 14 5 Mutravah a Srotas (urinary system ) 24 . . 107 . 2 0 6 Menstrua l system 25 . 92 . 34 . 109 . 16 5 Mental system (Manovah a Srotas ) 92 Mind 24 . 2 0 0 . 15 4-15 6 marmas ) Srotas) 24 . Srotas) 24 - 24 7 Mustard oil 67 . 15 1 . 190 . 24 . 21 . 14 5 Muladhar a chakra 42 . 81 . 175 . 20 4 Moo n 20 0 Mulabandh a 141 . 144-147 . 87 . 68 . 1 5 5 .

78 . 73-7 4 Pranagni 25 Pranavaha Srotas (respiratory system ) 23 . 2 0 0 . 173 Pranic healing 64 .1 86 . 152. 131 . 2 0 5 . 96 . 22 . 90 . 73 . 29. 74 . 15-16 . 2 0 0 Oil massage 66-68 . 22 . 152 . 169. 99 . 74 . 100 . 190. 96 . 14. 2 0 6 P Pachaka Pitta 16 . 15. 86 . 8 6 Olive oil 67 O M 6 . 184-18 6 . 89 . 171 . 44 . 152. 68 . 8. 123. 22 . 184. 1 21 . 73 .1 90 .66 . five 14. 125 .20 6 Pranas. 155. 97 . 24 .71 . 93 . 192 147 Purgation 14 9 . 41 . 92 . 71 Plantain 76 . 9 6 Polarity therapy 74 Poultices 7 5 Prakrit i Prana 6. 45-46 . 47 . 202 . 202 . 17. 98 . 1 8 9 . 18 6 50-53 . 1 8 4 . 5 4-56 . 17. 26 . 1 01 . 152. 148 -149 . 186. 1 21 . 148 -14 9 Padmakad i Taila 10 9 Pain 34 . 7 7 Pancha karma 71 Panchaml a Taila 135 Pancreas (see also Udakavah a Srotas ) 109 7 Payasvin i nadi 42 . 34 . 102 . 45 . 74 . 20 1 Pitta dosha 12-13 . 154. 189-19 0 . 197.20 4 Prana Vayu 14. 10 0.165 . five 90 Pitta type persons 18-21 . 90 . 2 04 . 56-57 . 107 . 2 04 . 45 . 6 5 . 45 . 173. 28 . 20 1 Pearl 6 0 Pichu dharana 20 6 Pingala nadi 42 . 198. 43 . 20 6 Pitta-carryin g vessels (Pittavah a Sira ) 35 Pittas. 149. 7 0 . 38-3 9 .30 . 154 Plasma 2 1 . 87 Pranayama 49-50 .

129 . 74 . 102 . 139 . 141 . 70 . 16 5 Rasa dhatu (plasma ) Rasa Taila 171 Rasavaha Srotas (lymphati c system ) 24 . Purishavah a Srotas 92 . 22 7 Safflower oil 67 Saffron 115 . 144-145 . 20 1 20 6 Sadya Pranaha r a Mar m a s (Immedia t e Death-Causing) 36 . 18 3 Sahachara Taila 105 Sahasrara chakra 42 . 90 . 78 . s Sadhaka Pitta 16.2 0 7 . 18. 72 . 16 9 Purush a 6. R dhatu (blood) 21 Raktavaha Srotas (circulator y system ) 24 . 89 . 92 . 169 . 108 . 17. 139. 15 1 . Samana Vayu 15. 20 1 Sandalwood 86 . 44 . 203. 73 . 92 . 17 3 Rig Veda 6. 5 1 . 9 137. 187-188 . 93 . 131 . 42 . 46 . 154 . 15 1 . 96 . 73 . 86 . 141 . 169 Respiratory system (Pranavah a Srotas ) 23 . 149. 71 . 92 . Samkhy a 44 . 165 . 108 . 99 . 70 . 45 . 76 . 7 2 Reproductiv e tissu e Reproductiv e system (Shukravah a Srotas ) 24 . 1 23 . 171 Root chakra 14 5 42 . 148-14 9 Pusha nadi 42 . 166-167 . Rasayana 6 3 Reduction therapies 63 .248 Supplemental Material and Appendices system) 24 . 1 8 1 . 44 . 90 . 115 . Rose 39 . 92 . 11-1 2 Pus formatio n 79-8 0 107. 87 . 45 . 127. 93 . 121 . 2 0 6 Ruby 6 0 Rujakara marmas 22 7 36. 146-147 . 1 8 3 Ranjak a Pitt a 16. 44 . 98 . 96 . 151 . 68 .3 8 .

25 . 9 1 . 47 . 105 . 143. 129. 107. 42 . 167 Shatavari Taila 16 5 Shefali Taila 173 Shirodhara 72. 2 1 .4 6 Snayu marmas (ligament-base d marmas) 35 Snehana 71 Som a 20 0 Soul 4 6 Speech 179. 2 1 . 104105 . 24 .87 . 92 Shukravah a Srotas (reproductiv e system ) 42 . 183 . 186. 101 . 133. 194 Sleep 194 Sleshaka Kapha 17. 204 . 147. 189-190 .1 05 . 20 6 Se x center or chakra 44 . 173 . 196. 1 0 4 . 93 . 163. 20 1 Shatadhaut a Ghrita 99 .16 7 Skin (see also plasma) 18. 163. 107. 51 .1 47 . 20 0 . 75 . 16 3 . 20 6 Sira marmas (vessel-based marmas ) 35 Sitopaladi 15 6 Skeletal system (Asthivaha Srotas) 24 . 188 . 202 . 81 . 125 . 86 . 148-14 9 Smell. 145 . 146-147 . 165 . 92 . 129 . 1 6 6 . 200-20 2 Sesame oil 67 . 198. 18. 185 . 165 . 45 . 20 2 Sandhi marmas (joint-base d marmas ) 35 Sarasvati 179 Sarasvati nadi 42 . 192. 87 . 25 . 129. 149 . 151 . 97 . 2 04 . 1 46 . 190 . 20 2 Shiva 7 Shivalinga s 61 Shock 78-7 9 Shodhana 71 dhatu (reproductiv e tissue) 2 1 . 101 Shatavari 68 . sense of 45. 76 . 92. 188. 169 Siddha medicine 7 Sinuses 185. 48 . 17 9 Senses 17. 179. 194. 169 Shaligrama s Shankhapushp i Taila 18 3 Shankhini nadi 42 . 70 . 173 Small intestine 16. 175 .

202 . 181 . 92 . 5 1 . 20 0 . 43 . 163 . 2 4 Sweating system (Swedavah a 92 . 15 5 Subdoshas 14-1 7 Subtle body 6 Sun 2 0 0 Sunflower oil 67 . 2 0 0 Tejas 15. 137. 154 . 152. sense of 42 . 34 . 165 . 249 127. 2 1 5 Sushumn a nadi 42 . 146-147 . 163 . 34 . 44 . 45 . 5 1 . 158 . 171 Third eye (Ajna chakr a ) 4 2 . 163 . 45 . 16 9 Sweat 22 .Index Spleen 108-109 .20 6 Taste. 171 Triphala Gh e e 125. 103 . 5 1 . 18 8 Taila 12 9 (see also basil) 77. 154 . 179. 78 . 2 0 1 . 24 . .20 2 Throat chakra (Vishuddha) 42 . 4 5 Svadhishthan a chakra 42 . 92 . 2 0 0 Trataka 20 2 Triphala 145. Tiger balm 77 Tissues.4 7 . 175. 192. sense of (see also Bodhak a Kapha ) 42. 2 0 5 . 143 . 171 Swelling 78 T Tailas 67-6 8 Tantra 7 Tarpaka Kapha 17. 27 . 68 . 2 1 . 159-16 0 Smal l intestin e 15 . 109 . Stanyavaha Srotas (lactatio n system ) 24 25 . 171 Swedana 71 Swedavaha Srotas 24 . 8 . 47. 151 . 101 . 72 Touch. seven Tonification therapies 63 . 45. 86 Sushruta 5 . 91 . 156. 149. 20 6 Turmeric 76-80 . 99 . 2 04 . 13 3 Stif f shoulder s Stomach 17. 45 . 79 . 193 .

9 8 . 74 . 154 . 42 . 20 2 u Udakavaha Srotas (water-metabolis m sys• tem ) 23 . 1 08 -109 . 1 4 6 . 45 . 144-147 . 175 . 166-16 7 Ushiradi Taila 127 Uva ursi 14 7 V Tail a Vagbhatta 5 . 34 .1 98 . 179.1 03 . Vasishta Samhit a 50-5 2 vessels (Vatavah a Sira) 35 Waste-material s 22 Wate r elemen t 12. 74 .169. 121 . 89 Vedic science 6-7 Vessel-based mannas (Sira marmas) 35 Vishalyaghna Marm a s (Fat a l I f Pierced ) 36 . 89 . 104 . 17. 137. 16. 123. 92 . 37. 42 . 1 0 2 . 173 w 70 . 190. 89 . 183 . 73 . five 14. 73 . 44 . 44 . 5 1 . 6 1 . 145 . 3 8 . 20 4 . 191 Upavedas 7 Urine 2 2 Urinary system (Mutravah a Srotas ) 24 . 1 9 3 . 179 nadi 42 .1 95 . 133 . 188. 22 . 45 . 48 . 28 .14 7 Vata dosha 12-15 . 19 6 Varma 9 Varuna nadi 42 . 13 7 Udan a Vayu 14. 186. 9 9 . 100. 56 . 1 9 7 . 155. 11 3 . 2 0 6 Vata type persons Vayus. 18. 3 6 Vaikalyakar a marma s (Disability-Causing ) 36 . 89 . 15. 135 . 37 . 158. 200 . 158 . 2 02 . 148 Vyana Vayu 14. 22 7 Vishuddha chakra 42 . 47 . 175. 86 . 1 44 147. 93 . 73 . 137 . 22 7 Valerian 77 . 115 . 181 . 92 . 6970 . 44 .

133. 163 Wounds 79-8 0 Y Yantra s Inde x of Marmas Adhipati 31 . 9 0 Kurcha (foot) 32 . 32 . 42 .1 3 1 Janu 29 . 135 . 192. 1 9 1 . 51 . 1 3 0 . 1 0 0 . 1 4 4 . 93 . 133 . 16 0 Wintergree n 77 .1 6 0 Avart a 197-198 Bahvi (arm ) 32 . 149 . 1 6 4 . 50 .152 . 92 .1 7 5 Amsaphalak a 31 . 1 3 2 . 93 . 1 1 2 .1 6 3 Krikatik a 32 . 190. 110-111 Ani (leg) 3 1 Apalap a 157. 8 . 11 3 . 56 . 2 03 . 1 8 7 . 1 7 2 . 1 7 4 . 93 .1 2 5 Kurcha (hand) 32 . 1 2 4 . 81 .158 Apang a 31 . 88 . 89 . 93 . 108-109 . 9 6-97 Kukundar a 32 . 9 1 Kshipra (foot) 32 . 51 . 1 5 0 . 91 . 179.1 9 2 Kshipra 48 .1 4 5 Gulph a 32 . 123 .1 0 1 Amsa 31 . 171 Indrabast i (arm ) 32 . 165 .1 8 8 Apastambh a 31 . Katikatarun a 32 . 42 . 88 . 93 . 44 .1 3 3 Kakshadhar a 32 . 88 .9 1 . 51 . 186. 147. 2 0 6 Yoga nidra 152 Yogaraj Guggul 77 Yunnan Yao 78 Wate r metaboli s m syste m (Udakava h a Srotas) 23 . 98 . 2 04 .250 Supplemental Material and Appendices Yarro w 78 . 88 . 93 . 51 . Kshipra (hand) 32 . 42 .1 0 7 Indrabast i (leg) 32 . 8 8 . 93 . 16 9 Brihat i 32 . 1 6 2 . 42 . 50 . 1 5 9 . 123 Yellow sapphire 60 Yoga 5-6. 202 . 47-56 . 93 .1 7 3 Ani (arm) 31 . 175 . 141 . 32 . 51 . 105 . 1 2 8 . 93 . 93 . 13 7 Weight reductio n 137. 45 . 88 . 51 . 2 00 . 42 . 42 . 51 . 1 4 6 .1 6 5 . 1 0 6 . 129 .1 1 3 Basti 32 . 2 05-206 Kurcha 72 . 44 . 152. nadi 47-48 . 87 .1 2 9 Hriday a 29 . 145 . 11 . 44 .1 4 7 . 93 . 46 . Guda 32 . 88 . 8 8 -91 .

1 9 9 . 1 0 2 . 42 .Kurchashir a (foot) 32 . 45 . 1 5 3 . 51 . 2 0 3 . 1 4 8 1 49 Nila 33 .1 5 6 Sthapani 33 .1 3 7 Utkshep a 33 .1 9 4 Shringatak a 29 . 45 . 88-91 . 51 . 76 . 37 . 56 . 5 1 . 1 8 0 . 37 . 9 8 . 76 .1 6 9 Phana 33 . 1 9 3 . 1 2 6 .1 8 1 Nabhi 32 . 51 . 44 . 91 Talahridaya (foot) 33 .1 9 6 Vidhur a 33 .9 9 Urvi (leg) 33 . 88 .1 0 3 Kurpar a 32 . 42 . 88 .1 9 0 Vitapa 33 . 42 .1 8 3 Stanamul a 33 . 76. 42 .1 2 7 Kurchashir a (hand) 32 . 1 6 6 .1 5 4 Stanarohit a 33 . 1 3 8 . 1 8 9 . 89 .1 0 5 Many a 32 . 1 4 0 . 1 6 8 . 56 . 45 . 1 2 2 .1 4 1 . 37. 88 . Nitamb a 33 . 33 . 89 . 47 . 5 1 . 1 0 8 . 88 . 1 3 6 . 89. 5 1 . 2 01-202 Talahridaya 48 . 1 0 4 . 56 .1 3 9 Manibandh a 32 . 37 . 88 . 93 . 91 . 16 9 . 93 .2 0 0 Simant a 33 .1 2 3 Talahridya (hand) 33 . 42 . 51 . 1 8 4 1 86 Shankh a 33 . 76 . 93 . 1 8 2 . 1 9 5 . 1 5 5 .1 0 9 Lohitaksh a (arm ) 32 . 93 . 93 . 42 . 91 . 55 .1 6 7 Parshvasandh i 33 . 1 1 4 . 93 . 51 . 46 .1 1 5 Lohitaksh a (leg) 32 .2 0 4 Sira Matrika 33 .

He has studied the Vedas. He is the author of over twenty five books and numerou s articles on diverse as• pects of Vedic and Yogic knowledge . D a v i d F r a w l e y ( P a n d i t ) Shastri Dr. Jyotish Brihaspat i (professo r of Vedic Astrology ) and Medica l In India. his Vedic work. is highly regarded . the Europea n Institut e of Vedi c Studies and the America n College of Vedic Astrology . Dr. directe d by Dr. Dr. Puranas . particularly relative to its interfac e with the greater system of Yoga. He works closel y with the Californi a College of Ayurveda. devoted to the greater system s of Vedic and Yogi c . Frawle y is one the main western pioneer s of Ayurvedi c medicine . where he has lectured and taught throughou t the country . He has a special connectio n with the teaching s of Bhagava n Maharshi . who can authenticall y represen t the real teachings . Frawle y is a Pandit or traditiona l teache r of Vedic knowledg e an (traditiona l teache r of Ayurveda) .ABOU T THE AUTHOR S Dr . America n Institut e o f Vedi c Studie s The America n Institut e of Vedic Studies is an educationa l center. Frawle y is the directo r of the America n Institut e of Vedic Studie s and is also on th e advisor y boards for the Nationa l Associatio n of Ayurvedic Medicin e and the magazin e Yoga International. Frawle y (Pandit Vamadev a Shastri ) is regarde d as one of the mos t important western exponent s of Vedic knowledg e in the world today. He presents detailed informatio n for those who want to go deeply into thes e profound traditions . includin g his translation s from the Vedas. which he has been involve d with over the last thirty years . The aim of his work is to train serious student s and practitioners. Dr. Yoga and Vedic Astrology . Tantras and Yoga Shastra s in the origina l Sanskrit and written extensivel y on their wisdom and their practices . as well as several training program s on Ayurveda. David Frawley.

.knowledge. It teaches related aspects of Vedic Science includin g Ayurveda .

courses and classes . New Mexico . acupuncturists . th e Vedi c Friend s Association .com . Fax: 505-982-580 7 Website : www.vedanet. • The Soul and the Sacred Fire: Showin g the ancient fire and enlighten • ment religion of all humanity . It offers publications . N M 87504. the World Associatio n o f Vedi c Studies . diagnosi s and practice . • Translation s and interpretation s of the Vedas. there is no require d medica l backgroun d for those wishing to take the . Mantra and Medita • tion. • Vedic History : The history of India and of the world from a Vedic per • spective . particularl y the Vedic Agni or Fire Yoga . massag e therapists . reflectin g the latest archaeologica l work in India . the America n Counci l of Vedic Astrology . Yoga and Vedant a with a special referenc e to thei r background in the Vedas. David Frawle y (Pandit Vamadev a Directo r Ph: 505-983-9385 . has helped found various organizations includin g the Europea n Institut e of Vedic Studies . located in Santa Fe . • Vedic Yoga: Restorin g the ancient Vedic Yoga that perhaps is the founda• tion for the Yoga tradition . It also goes in depth into Yoga phi • losophy and Ayurvedi c psychology . The Institute . outlinin g an integra l mind-bod y medi • cine and its practica l application .co m America n Institut e o f Vedi c Studie s Ayurvedi c Healin g Correspondenc e Cours e This comprehensiv e distanc e learnin g program covers all the main aspect s of Ayurvedi c theory. Email: vedicinst@aol. It contain s the main materia l covered in two-year Ayurvedi c program s for foreign student s in India and The course is designe d for Health Care Professional s as well as for seriou s students to provide the foundatio n for becomin g an Ayurvedi c practitio • ner. yoga therapist s and psychologists . How• ever. America n Institut e of Vedic Studie s P O Bo x 83 5 7 Santa Fe . particularl y the Rig Veda . in• cluding special tutorial program s for advance d students . and the British Associatio n of Vedic Astrology . Califor • nia College of Ayurveda .835 7 Dr. herbalists.252 Supplemental Material and Appendices Vedic Astrology . It has been taken by doctors . The Institut e is engaged in several researc h project s including : • Ayurvedi c Psycholog y and Yoga: The mental and spiritua l aspects of Ayurveda and the Ayurvedi c usage of Pranayama . with detailed informatio n on herbal medicin e and dietary therapy . nurses.

David Frawley. the Disease Pro• cess. Yogas. Ayurvedi c Psychology . the largest Vedic Astrolog y organizatio n outside of India. Nakshatras . Mantras . Spiritua l Astrology . • Ayurvedi c (Medica l ) Astrology . Color-therapy . approac h and way of thinking of Vedic Astrology . Mantra and Meditation . the cours e provides many keys for unlockin g its languag e and its methodolog y for the western student . The course is authored by Dr. The course can be taken as part of a longer tutorial program of training in Vedic Astrolog y through the America n Counci l o f Vedic Astrolog y (ACVA). Diagnosi s of Disease . Arom a Therapy. providin g practica l insights regardin g how to adapt and use the system relative to our changin g circumstance s today . Its orientatio n is two-fold : 1) to teach the lan• guage. S u b h a s h R a n a d e Dr. David Frawley (Pandit Vamadev a uses his books on Ayurved a and represent s his approac h to Ayurveda . He has written over sixty books on differen t aspect s . and. Topic s include: • Ayurvedi c Anatom y and Physiolog y Dhatus. The goal of the course is to provide the foundatio n to become a profes • sional Vedic astrologer . Signs. Aspects . Topics include : • Planets. Gem therapy. Malas. Ayurvedi c Herbology . Determinatio n of Constitution . For those who have difficult y approachin g the Vedic system. Houses. and more . has been awarded the titles of Jyotis h Kovid (proficienc y in Vedic astrology ) and Jyotish Brihaspat i of Vedic Astrology ) through the Indian Council of Astrologica l Science s Prof . Dr. America n Institut e of Studie s Astrolog y o f th e Seer s Correspondenc e Cours e This comprehensiv e distance learning program explains Vedic Astrolog y in clear and modern terms. Deities. Yoga and Ayurveda . Pancha Karma. Divisiona l Charts .Biodata and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy 253 course and many non-professional s have complete d it successfully . Ashtakavarga . Subhash Ranade is a leading academicia n and physicia n in the field of Ayurved a worldwide . Pranic Healing . Karma. Dashas. to teach the Astrolog y of Healing or Ayurvedi c Astrology . and detailed Principle s of Chart Analysis . Th e course author. and Yog a • Die t and Nutrition . adapting Ayurved a to the modern world without losing its spiritual integrity .

He is also Chairman of the Ayurveda International Diffusing Association. Polish . Ashtang Ayurved College. Ateneo Veda Vyasa. the SEVA Academy in Munich. and Director of Aushadhi which manufactures numerou s Ayurvedic herbal products . Poland. and professor of the Shalya Shalakya (surgery). Ranade is the Chairman of the International Academy of Ayurveda in which offers Ayurveda courses as well as Pancha Karma and Rejuvenative treatments for foreigners and Indians in Pune and Goa. His pioneering work in the field of C D . Italy and Germany as well. He has spoken at man y international and national seminars on Ayurveda and Yoga. He is in charge of the new Ayurveda courses that have been started at Barcelona. Chi e f Medica l Consultan t Atreya Rugnalaya and Research Center. Since 1981 . At present Dr. He has writte n numerous articles published in various magazines. Italy and the Foundation for Health. newspapers in India and abroad and is also on the editorial board of several Ayurvedic journals. He has had the honor of being visiting Professor to many Ayurvedi c Institutes in the United States. D r . Avinash Lele graduated from R. USA . Lele has a vast clinical experience as Medical Director of Janaki Clinic and Panchakar m a Healt h club. A v i n as h Dr. Hindi. Italian and German. India . He is an expert in Ayurvedi c surgery. Podar Government Ayurvedic College in with distinction in Ayurvedic surgery and did his post• graduate study from College. Canada and Japan . Dr. He has been a post-graduate teacher and examiner since 1983. which he practices and teaches worldwide . Vice-Presiden t of Savitri Ayurve d Pratishthan. Japanese. Lele has a broad professional experience having served as principal of Maharashtra Mandal's College of Ayurveda.R O M ' S like Dhanvantari Ayurvedic Massage and Marma Therapy have been whole-heartedly wel• comed and highly appreciated. Warsaw . Spain and Graz. Professor Ranade has given many television interviews on Ayurveda. Germany . A. He has worked as Professor and Head of the Department of Ayurveda. he has visited and conducte d hundreds of Ayurveda courses for medical practitioners in Europe. Director of the International Academy of Ayurved. Savona. Pancha Karma and Rasayana (rejuvenation therapy). Austria . Dr. which have been published in Marathi. Japan. not only in India but in Poland.25 4 Supplemental Material and Appendices of Ayurveda. Pune University and Principal of Ashtanga Ayurveda College in Pune. .

He has written many articles on differen t Ayurvedi c subject s pub• lished in variou s journal s in India and the West. Dr. Japan. Bahamas . Atreya M. Italy. Ayurvedi c Massage . Internationa l Academ y of Ayurved a Nand Nandan . German y and USA . He is a visiting professo r and advisory boar d membe r for variou s Internationa l Academ y o f Ayurved a The Internationa l Academ y of Ayurveda in Pune. Ranade . Hawaii .ayurveda-int. including special clinical instruction . Dr. is the author of several books on Ayurveda in both Marath i and English includin g and Ayurvedi c Massag e and Secrets of Marma. Hans Dr. marm a therapy . both basic and ad• vanced. India . as well as other educationa l material s (Ayurvedi c CD-RO M ) and herbal products . The institut e offers practica l courses in Ayurveda. Please register at least two months ahead of tim e to reserve your place . It feature s a renowne d faculty of Ayurvedic experts from throughou t the world includin g Dr. Subhas h Ranade and directo r is Dr. Netherlands.Biodata and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy 255 Dr. The institut e has its own line of a dozen importan t books on Ayurveda in English by Dr. Frawle y and others. Pune itself is one of the most modern cities in Indi a with a pleasan t year round climate and easy airport access from Bombay making it an ideal place in India to study . Avinas h Lele. Lele has been travelin g and teachin g Ayurved a worldwid e sinc e 1994 includin g Singapore . Avinas h one of the fore• most institution s for training foreign student s in India. David Frawley and Mukund a Stiles.whose chairma n is Dr. Ayurvedi c acupressur e and acupunctur e and Dr.Y. Lele Chow k Erandawana . It has complet e facilitie s and program s for all levels of training from beginne r to advanced . Dr. Abbas Qutab.com . Subhas h Ranade. Austria . He has organize d various national scientifi c seminar s and workshop s on Ayurveda and conducte d courses for foreig n and Indian student s with clinical training in Pancha Karma. Dr. Dr. Lele . making it an importan t Ayurvedi c resourc e center as well. Pancha Karma. Pune 00 4 Indi a Telefax: Website : www. Marm a Therapy . Ayurvedi c Massage . Herbolog y and Clinical Program s are given and November-Januar y every year in batche s of about ten students . Special program s are availabl e on the Fundamental s of Ayurveda. Switzerland .

Swede n Ph: 0433-10 4 9 0 Fax: 0433-10 4 9 2 Email: info@ayur-veda. Australi a Website : homepages/suchi-karm a Australia n Schoo l of Ayurved a Dr. Directo r P O Bo x 32 2 Ingle Farm S.H.A. David Frawle y (Pandit Vamadev a Shastri).se Ayurved a Academ y Dr. 27 Blight Stree t South Australia 5 00 8 Ph.com (Coimbatore ) 136-13 7 Trichy Roa d Coimbator e 64 1 045 . T.America n Institut e of Vedic Studie s Dr. 28 5 2 2 Esplanaden 2. . India Email: ayurveda@vsnl. Indi a Ph: 91-212-33213 0 Fax: 91-212-363132 / 3 4 3 933 . N M 8 750 5 Ph: 505-466-766 2 . Email : Ayurved a for Radian t Healt h & Beaut y Ivy 16 Espira Cour t Santa Fe .avpayurveda. Presiden t 36 Kothrud . MD . N M 87504-83 5 7 Ph: 505-983-938 5 Fax: 505-982-580 7 Email: vedicinst@aol. Mhatob a Templ e Pune 029 .com Website: www. 08-346-063 1 Bo x 78 .com Australia n Colleg e of Ayurvedic Medicin e Dr. 5098 .vedanet.N.com Website: www. P. Krishn a Kumar . Directo r P O Box 835 7 Santa Fe . Fran k Ros.

Sussex TN 7 4ET. Vasant Lad . Director Menaul.com East Wes t Colleg e of Herbalis m Ayurvedi c Progra m Marsh Green. Boulder .LifeSpa. N M Ph: 505-291-969 8 Website: www.com Two year state approved progra m in Ayurveda The Chopr a Cente r At La Cost a Resort and Spa Deepak Chopra and Davi d Simon Estrella de Ma r Roa d Carlsbad.com Website: www. U K Ph: 01342-82231 2 Fax: 01342 -82 634 6 Email: ewcolherb@aol.ayurvedacollege.ayurvedahc.com Californi a Associatio n of Ayurvedic Medicin e Website : Californi a Colleg e of Ayurved a Mai n Stree t Grass Valley.ayurveda. C O Ph: 303-442-116 4 Website: www. N E Albuquerque. Rejuvenatio n through Ayurved a 306 5 Cente r Gree n Dr .chopra. .com E. C A 93 00 9 Ph: 888-424-677 2 Website: www.com Ayurvedi c Institut e and W ellness Cente r Dr. C A 9594 5 Ph: 530-274-910 0 Email : info@ayurvedacollege.Ayurvedi c Holisti c Cente r Sadashiv a Directo r N Y 117 0 9 Website: www.com John Douillar d Life Spa .

loaj.. Suite 20 3 Los Altos.and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy Europea n Institut e of Vedic Studie s Atreya Smith.ayurvedicnutrition. herbalism.5 2 4 2 Email: Kaya Dr. Suite D Capitola.E. WI 531 8 1 Ph: 2 6 2 . M T P O Bo x 32 5 Twin Lakes. PA 1843 1 Website : Institut e for Wholisti c Educatio n Dept. Editor/Publishe r Quinaquisse t Avenu e Mashpee. Reiki.co m Website: www. M A 0 2 64 9 Ph: 508 -477 -478 3 Website: www.lotusayurveda.org Kayakalp a Sri Dixi t 22/ 2 Judge Jumbulinga m Roa d Of f Mylapor e Chennai 60 0 Indi a Website : Dr. Directo r 69 2 Andrew Cour t Benicia.4 7 9 .Y.ayurvedichealings.co m Lotus Pres s Dept. Internationa l Panda y Satto.2 1 2 .8 8 9 .com Life Impression s Institut e Donald Van Howten .atreya. V 4 3 0 17 0 Monoblet . Bo x 40 0 Honesdale .3 78 5 3 2 / 52 4 4 7 2 Email: Internationa l Yoga Studie s Sandra Kozak. energeti c healing . C A 9 4 51 0 Ph: 7 0 7 . 9 5 01 0 Ph: 4 0 8 . Pune 41 1 004 .7 4 5 .2 4 1 6 Email: lotuspress@lotuspress.co m Lotus Ayurvedi c Cente r 41 4 5 Clares St. Avinas h Nand Nandan. Directo r Street Santa Fe . Sarasota. N M 8 750 1 Ph: 5 05 -988 -2 62 7 Light on Ayurveda : Journa l of Healt h Geneviev e Ryder .S .co m Website: www. India 9 1 . Avinash Lele Atrey a Rugnalay a Erandwana. France Ph: (33 ) 4 6 6 8 5 0 4 11 (33 ) 4 6 6 8 5 054 2 Website: www. F L 34 24 2 Email: earthess@aol.co m Publisher of books on Ayurveda .1 6 7 6 Website: www.wholisticinstitute. Directo r Editions Turiy a I.com Ligh t Institut e of Ayurved a Bryan & Light Mille r P O Bo x 3 5 28 4 Internationa l Academ y of Dr.com Ayurvedi c training in Europ e Ganesh a Institut e Pratich i Presiden t 489 8 Real. editions of Sri Aurobindo' s writings .8 5 1 6 Fax: 2 6 2 . Atreya Rugnalay a M. aromatherapy . Pun e Indi a Tel/Fax: 91-2 0-5 67853 2 Email: avilele@hotmail. N Y 1001 2 . Lele Chow k Erandawana.8 8 9 .com Website : www. M T 33 71 9 116th Street Twin Lakes .E.lotuspress. C A 9402 2 Ph: 61 5 -9 61 -8 31 6 Website : Himalaya n Institut e RR1 . alternativ e health and U. Ph: 2 62 -8 77 -939 6 Website: www.

Rob Francis. N M 8 7 55 2 Ph: 5 05 -7 57-619 4 Website : www.co m Vedic Cultura l Fellowshi p Howar d Director H C 70 .vedicworld. N M Ph: 5 0 5 .SanskritSounds. Suite 20 1 Pasadena.org Nationa l Institut e of Ayurvedi c M edicin e 58 4 Roa d Brewster.net Website : Sanskri t Sound s . Subhas h Ranad e Rajbharati .ne t Ayurved a Cente r 250 9 Virginia NE .9 6 2 4 Website: www.6 5 2 2 Website: www. Bo x 6 2 0 Pecos. Texas 77 50 4 Ph: 7 1 3 . Indi a Emai l: Rock y Mountai n Institut e of Yoga and Ayurved a P O Bo x 109 1 Boulder.2 91 0 Email: rmiya@earthnet.25 8 Supplemental Material and Appendices Nationa l Associatio n of Ayurvedic Medicin e Website : www.org Wise Eart h Schoo l of Ayurved a Maya Tiwar i .2 9 6 .vinayakayurveda. Suite D Albuquerque . C O 8 030 6 Ph: 3 0 3-49 9. N Y 1050 9 Ph: 8 4 5-2 7 8-870 0 Email : Website : Dr.net Website : www.ayurvedic-association. directo r 400 8 Vista B.com Texas Yoga & Ayurved a Institut e Dr. 36 7 Sahaka r Nagar 1 Pune 009 . 8750 2 Email: shabda@earthlink.9 4 1 .Nicola i Bachma n P O Bo x 435 2 Santa Fe .texasyoga.

9 2 5 .6 4 4 0 2 Website: www.9 0 Davis Cree k Roa d Candler . 5 1 0 .2 6 1 . C A 9 4 70 3 Ph: 8 0 0 . 1002 5 N. N C 2 8 71 5 Ph: 8 2 8 -2 5 8-999 9 Website : www.co m Traditional Ayurvedic Herbs . 5317 0 Ph: 2 62 -8 8 9-8 56 9 Fax: 2 62 -88 9-2 46 1 Email : Website : Importe r and maste r distributo r of Auroshikha Incense . M T P O Bo x 100 8 Silver Lake.1 3 1 7 Banyan Tradin g Compan y P O Bo x 13 00 2 Albuquerque.4 1 0 2 1 Website: www. Ayurvedi c Soa p and Herbal Vedic Ayurvedic products .wisearth.5 4 8 .bazaarofindia. Ayur Herba l Corporatio n P O Bo x 6 39 0 Santa Fe . N M 8750 2 Ph: 2 62 -8 89 -8 56 9 Website : www.herbalvedic. 8 0 0 . 4th Street W A 9 8 00 4 Ph: 8 0 0 . Ayush Herbs .co m Bio Veda 2 1 5 North Route 30 3 Congers.1 8 8 . Inc .E .7 6 6 . N M 871 9 2 Ph: 5 0 5 .Wholesale Bazaar of India Imports University Avenue Berkeley.banyantrading. N Y 10920-172 6 Ph: 8 00 -2 92 -600 2 .com Manufacturer of Herba l Vedic Ayurvedic products .9 5 3 .2 4 4 .org Ayurvedic Herba l Supplier s Internationa l Dept.

4 7 9 . C O 8 030 1 Ph: 888-550-VED A Website : Organi c Indi a Affiliate o f O m Organic s Dept.0 7 0 7 Email: oilbath@aloha. Must suppl y resale certificat e number or practitione r license to obtai n catalog of more tha n 10.com Retail mail order and Interne t re-seller of Ayurvedic products .8 56 1 Fax: 2 6 2 .Biodata and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy 259 Earth Essential s Florid a Bryan and Light Mille r 406 7 Shell Roa d Sarasota.co m Lotus Ligh t Enterprise s Dept.co m Lotus Herb s 150 5 42nd Suite 19 Capitola. 90 3 Organic s 3 24 5 Prairie Avenue .lotuslight. supplements. M T P O Bo x 100 8 Silver Lake.4 5 5 . Hawai i Ph: 8 0 0 . M T P O Bo x 48 9 Twin Lakes.com 800-548-38 2 4 (toll free orde r line ) (offic e 262-8 89-8 59 1 (fax) Email: lotuslight@lotuspress. Suite A Boulder.herbalvedic.oilbath. herbs.internatural. M T P O Bo x 32 5 Twin Lakes. Lotus Brands. India Website: www. Lucknow .planetherbs. C A 950 7 3 Website: www. supplements. essentia l oils.lotusbrands. Director Kauai.ne t Website: www.co m Formula s by Dr.lotusayurveda. Dept. C A 950 1 0 Ph: 4 0 8 . WI 5 317 0 Indira Nager.com Website : Frontie r Herb s PO 22 9 Norway .com Ayurvedic herbs and formulas from the Kerala Ayurvedic Pharmac y . essentia l oils.co m Planetar y Formulation s P O Bo x 53 3 Soquel. spices . herbal remedies .com Wholesale distributo r of Ayurvedi c products.8 8 9 . Utt a r Pradesh.com Website: www.2 46 1 Email: lotusbrands@lotuspress.organicindia. herbal remedies . WI 531 8 1 Ph: 2 6 2 . incense. 226 01 6 . 5318 1 (toll free order line ) 262-889-85 8 1 (office phone ) 262-889-859 1 (fax) Email: internatural@lotuspress. incense. Inc .1 6 7 6 Website: www.co m Website: www. 90 3 Order: 800-255-83 3 2 Ext. supplies and videos.00 0 items . N M 8750 2 Website: www. yoga mats. M A 0 152 3 Info: 8 00-8 43-833 2 Ext. 52 31 8 Ph: 800-669-327 5 HerbalVedi c Product s P O Bo x 63 9 0 Santa Fe . books and other supplies . spices. books. Ayurved a Product s Internationa l 41 7 Bolton Road P O Bo x Lancaster .8 8 9 . F L 3424 2 Ph: 941-316-092 0 Email: earthess@aol.com Website: www. Michae l Tri Healt h Jeff Lindner. herbs.

.

.

.

and relieving chronic pain. P 0 Box 325 . . aromatherapy. Yoga Journal r.9 5 plus $2. Dept. herbology.co m Lotus Press is the publisher of a wide range of books and software in the field o f alter nati v e healt h . Y o gaf o r Your Type present s a fundamenta l understandin g of both Yoga and Ayurveda and provide s the infor • mation needed for you to balance your energy and feel healthy .lotuspress. These two systems of healing and energ y management have long been re• garded as effectiv e methods of relieving stress.75 s/h for each additional copy ordered at the same time) to: Lotus Press. Request our free book catalog . Tr ad e P a pe r ISB N 29 6 p p os $29. S . Ch in e s e medicin e . Twin Lakes. Reik i and energetic healing modalities. creating persona l balance. 5318 1 U S A toll free order line: 80 0 82 4 639 6 office phone: 262 88 9 8561 office fax: 262 88 9 24 6 1 email : lotuspress@lotuspress.9 5 Available at bookstores and natural food stores nationwide or order your copy directly by sending $29. D v i d F a w l & Sa n d r a S u m m e r f i e l d This is the first book that details how to choose Yoga asanas (Yoga poses ) most appropriat e for your unique body type accordin g to the five thousand year old system of Ayurvedic medicine .5 0 shipping/handlin g ($. eliminating ailments .co m web site: www. includi n g Ayurved a .Yog a by D Your Type a r e y M .

Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Index Resource s Acupuncture . Frank Ros 3 Names and Classification of Marma s 4 Sanskrit Ayurvedic Terms 5 Ayurvedic Herbs and Oils 6 Bibliograph y v vii 1 3 27 63 75 83 85 95 143 161 177 20 9 21 5 22 3 22 9 23 3 24 3 25 1 . Ayurvedic Acupunctur e by Dr.Foreword by Atreya Smith Preface Part Introduction to Marmas : Energy Points Yoga and Ayurveda Chapter 1 Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda Chapter 2 The Ayurvedic System of Healin g and Marm a Therap y Chapter 3 Marmas: Their Nature and Classification Chapter 4 Marma s and the Practic e of Yoga Chapter 5 The Man y Method s of Marm a Therap y Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing Chapter 6 The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2: Herbal Methods Part II Table of Marmas and Their Treatment Chapter 7 Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therap y Chapter 8 Marmas on the Arms and Hand s Chapter 9 Marmas on the Legs and Fee t Chapter 10 Marmas on the Abdomen and Ches t Chapter 11 Marmas on the Back and Hips Chapter 12 Marmas on the Head and Nec k Part III Supplemental Material and Appendices Appendix 1 Us e of Instruments to Treat Marmas: Blood-letting . Agni-karm a and 2 Marmapuncture .

The higher forms of Yoga are concerned with the devel• opment of prana on this level. which governs the mind and The advanced aspects of Ayurveda can assist to harmonize prana here and aid in all forms of personal development and spiritua l unfoldment. The uses of Marma therapy are almost unlimited for health care and form a corne r . Prana as the source of the is the single most important factor in health and therapeutic treatment. Marm a therapy supplements and supports all Ayurvedic therapies. increasing their effectiveness and ability to awaken the healing power of the body. striving to stabilize and harmonize its primaril y through the three vata. energeti c and mental sheaths and Koshas) that in turn have an effect on the souls apparent jour• ney Marma therapy is used as a part of most Ayurvedic treatments and is of primary importance in self-care and self-healing. It can also aid in the study of yoga practices such as pranayam a and asana. poorly understood in the West. Marma therapy is used alone to treat a variety of disorder s ranging from paralyses to psychosomati c disorders. Yet. which are chiefly concerned with increasing and regulatin g prani c function through the nadis or channels of the subtle body. Prana as the posi• tive energy of the vata dosha is the primary source of physical and energetic health. Marma therapy plays a key role in bridging the physical and subtle bodies of yogic science. the subtle body (Sukshma sharira). body and physical universe. pitta and kapha.The subject of pranic energy as a biological force is well documented in but until now. a working knowl• edge of Marma therapy is an important assistance on all yogic Marma therapy is a multidimensiona l approach to health that includes the physical. All Ayurvedic therapies work on the prana of the patient in some manner. It allows us to interact with the five senses. Indian doctors prescribe it as a matter of course for patients who are also taking herbal or other Ayurvedic medicines. Marma therapy is the most direct method of harmonizing prana in the physical body (Sthula of anothe r person . Therefore. Prana as the source of mental function and perception allows us to think and perceive. Ayurvedi c medicine has a wonderful therapeutic system to work directly on this bio-energetic principle that is called Marma therapy .

After all. In reality the Ayurvedic vision of marma points is flexible and adapted to the individual.vi Ayurveda and Marma Therapy stone of classical Ayurvedic medicine . as are all Ayurvedic therapies. Atreya Smith Autho r of Secrets of Ayurvedic Perfect Balance. Further• there are regional differences on marma location in What we may learn in Western India can be different from Northern or Souther n India. The main confusion regarding Marma therapy in the West is the con• cept of 107 fixed points on the physical anatomy. profoun d knowledge. The present edition goes far beyond the old and adds much practical infor• mation for the Western therapist of massage and acupressure. Applyin g the information in this book too rigidly would be a disservice and would ignore the main vision of Ayurveda as an individualized medicine . A number of misconceptions and confusions are cleared up in this edition to form a clear. There are also different approaches from different doctors or practi • tioners. Ayurveda and Marma Therapy is an updated and revised edition first published in India. Fo r the first time we are presented with a clear book on the subjec t from three world famous authors. In short. the main purpose of Ayurveda is for us to become more intelligent. . There are also a number of minor marma points that are not classifie d under the primary 107 points. While this may seem confusing to the beginner it actually adds to the richness of the tradition and forces the practitioner to use his or her intelligence when applying the marma system to a patient. Ayurveda and Marma Therapy assists everyone in this endeavor with clear. lecturers and doctors. In practice we find a variety of differences manifesting according to the prakriti and (temporary state) of the person. Ayurvedic and di• rect o r o f th e Europea n Institute o f Ved i c Studie s i n Franc e . the present edition of this landmark work has little to do with the original and is much improved. practical therapeutic guide for the Westerner. the ancient restriction on the use of Marma therapy by unqualified persons shows the need of respect and sensitivity when working on these dynamic points of energy. Additionally. The marma points can differ from one individual to another and require a certain sensitivity on the part of the therapist to find the area of prani c congestion.

more interest is developing in their specific healing modalities as well. Ranade. They are also frequentl y mentione d in yogic teachings. Dr. Frawley is one of the leading western Ayurvedic experts. He has written many books. This book is meant to help fill in that gap. But up to this present vol• Ayurveda and Marma Therapy is no single book that at• tempts to make this subject easily accessible and readable in the West . Dr. Lele. Ranade and Dr. drawing on various yogic teachings and other related Vedic sciences. The use of pressure points. India. Ranad e . Ranade and Dr.The science of Yoga. Subhash Ranade and Dr. He is trained in traditiona l Ayurvedic methods of surgery. in• cluding the explanations of Ayurvedic principles and treatments in the first section. having authored half a dozen books on the subject as well as developed extensive course material for Ayurvedic pro• He has taken the main lead in shaping the book. including their treatment with gem and color therapy. As Yoga and Ayurveda become better known . which has become very popular all over the world in recent decades. Avinash Lele both of Pune. Frawley wrote the greater portion of the material in the book. A new Yoga and Ayurveda therapy is arising. is an important part of this interface. Dr. Dr. Frawley co-authored the book Ayurveda: Nature's Medicine. called marmas in Sanskrit. Ranade is one of the most importan t Indian Ayurvedic doctors teaching in the western world as well as in India. which carefully considers the use of marmas . David Frawle y (Pandit Vamadeva Shastri) of the U S A along with Dr. a colleague of Dr. is intimately connected to Ayurveda as its correspondin g system of natural medicine. including textbooks used in Ayurvedic colleges . is another important Ayurvedi c docto r who has specialized in marma therapy. as well as most of the information on the treatment of marmas in the Table of Marmas in the second section. Ayurveda and Marma Therapy has three authors: Dr. Lele have col• laborated on several Ayurvedic books published in India. Dr. He specifically developed the material explaining the use of marmas relative to the practice of Yoga and meditation. integrating their renewed mu• tual application using yogic tools like asana according to Ayurvedic guide• lines as well as applying Ayurvedic therapies to aid in yogic healing . Marmas are a common topic in clas• sical Ayurvedic texts and are referred to in modern books as well. Dr. Dr.

whic h is quick and easy to do. energ y healing or bodywork. herbs and aromas as well as acupressure . but still only an introductio n to this profound topic. The treatment of marmas with aroma therapy. We have not dealt a great deal with how Ayurvedic marma therap y interfaces with the many forms of bodywork and massage that are prac• ticed today. in order to improve any future editions of this book in light of their suggestions . David Frawley. The book emphasizes the main classical Ayurvedic marmas . as well as the initial outline of the book . whic h are 107 in number. hopefully. acupunctur e and various herbal While classical Ayurvedic herbs and massage oils are presented for those who have access to these.V I I I Ayurveda and Marma Therapy and Dr. other therapists will take up in time. We would like to emphasize that this book is not meant to present the last word on the number of marmas. That is another vast field for research which. It should be supplemented by a further study of Ayurveda for its full application and integration with the entire range of Ayurvedic modalities . Dr. Ma y we gain the power to sail into its endles s horizons and enter new universes of healing and self-transformation ! Dr. particularly oil massag e and aroma therapy. their location or their manner of treatment. We welcome any feedback from our readers. Avinash Lele M A Y 2 00 2 . We have included several references in the bibliography for those who wish to take up related forms of Ayurvedic healing. has been a major topic . but many other such sensitive points can also be used. The book is a good place to start working with marmas. Such methods include massage with special oils. Subhash Ranade & Dr. Dr. we have also offered commonly availabl e herbs and oils so that any interested reader can begin to use marma therap y for self-care purposes. We would like to offer a special thanks to Dr. Ayurveda remains a vast ocean and we are still but getting acquainte d with its waves and currents. While it introduces various methods of treating marmas. Frank author of The Lost Secrets of Ayurvedic Acupuncture for his chapter on explaining Ayurvedi c acupunctur e in detail. such methods can be delineated in greater detail and adapted relative to various treatment strategies and a compre• hensive Ayurvedic therapy. Lele provided the illustration s and most of the information on the description of marma points. The book aims both at identifying marmas and indicating the appropri• ate methods to treat them effectively. Ros is perhaps the western world's foremost exper t on this important topic .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful